Background Report - Burnett Mary Regional Group

Transcription

COUNTRY TO COAST A Healthy Sustainable Future
VOLUME 1a
BACKGROUND REPORT
2/17 Barolin Street
PO Box 501
BUNDABERG Q 4670
Ph: 07 4132 8333
Fax: 07 4132 8377
Email: admin@burnettmarynrm.org.au
Web: www.burnettmarynrm.org.au
February 2005
Country to Coast - A Healthy Sustainable Future
Volume 1a Background Report
Page 1 of 235
Table of Contents
LIST OF FIGURES...................................................................................................................................... 4
LIST OF TABLES........................................................................................................................................ 5
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY .......................................................................................................................... 6
1
INTRODUCTION .......................................................................................................................... 7
1.1
1.2
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
3
3.1
3.2
4
BURNETT MARY NATURAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT PLAN DOCUMENTS ........................................ 7
HOW TO USE THIS VOLUME AND ITS RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER VOLUMES ........................................... 7
THE BURNETT MARY REGION............................................................................................... 8
CATCHMENT BASIN PROFILES ............................................................................................................. 8
2.1.1
Baffle Basin Catchments..................................................................................................9
2.1.2
Burnett Basin Catchments .............................................................................................10
2.1.3
Burrum Basin Catchments.............................................................................................12
2.1.4
Kolan Basin Catchments ...............................................................................................13
2.1.5
Mary River Catchment ..................................................................................................14
2.1.6
Fraser Coast Catchments ..............................................................................................18
SOCIAL & ECONOMIC PROFILE .......................................................................................................... 20
2.2.1
Background ...................................................................................................................20
2.2.2
Population .....................................................................................................................20
2.2.3
Changing Demographics...............................................................................................23
2.2.4
Indigenous Community ..................................................................................................26
2.2.5
Economic Structure .......................................................................................................27
2.2.6
Employment ...................................................................................................................30
2.2.7
Unemployment...............................................................................................................32
2.2.8
Value of Agriculture ......................................................................................................34
2.2.9
Other Social and Economic Characteristics .................................................................35
2.2.10 Education.......................................................................................................................35
2.2.11 Home Ownership ...........................................................................................................37
2.2.12 Internet Usage ...............................................................................................................37
BIOPHYSICAL PROFILE ...................................................................................................................... 38
2.3.1
Climatic regime .............................................................................................................39
2.3.2
Geology and Topography ..............................................................................................41
2.3.3
Salinity...........................................................................................................................42
2.3.4
Soils ...............................................................................................................................45
BIOREGIONAL PROFILE...................................................................................................................... 46
2.4.1
Terrestrial and Marine Bioregions................................................................................46
2.4.2
Regional Flora and Fauna ............................................................................................50
THE BURNETT MARY REGIONAL GROUP ........................................................................ 54
ORGANISATIONAL STRUCTURE ......................................................................................................... 54
MEMBERS & PARTNERS .................................................................................................................... 55
REGIONAL PRIORITIES.......................................................................................................... 58
MEMBER PRIORITY INVESTMENTS .................................................................................................... 58
4.1.1
Member Contribution by Sector ....................................................................................58
4.1.2
Distribution across Basins.............................................................................................59
4.1.3
Relevance of Contributions to Assets ............................................................................59
4.1.4
Measuring contributions against Outputs .....................................................................60
4.1.5
Contributions compared with Matters for Target..........................................................62
4.1.6
Contributions Relative to Management Action Targets.................................................62
4.1.7
Gaps ..............................................................................................................................63
4.2
RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT ............................................................................................................ 64
4.2.1
Research and Development Priorities ...........................................................................64
4.3
GAPS IN REGIONAL CAPACITY .......................................................................................................... 71
Page 2 of 235
4.1
5
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
6
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
COMMUNICATION AND ENGAGEMENT STRATEGY..................................................... 75
COMMUNICATION AND ENGAGEMENT PLAN 2005 - 2008.................................................................. 75
ISSUES ............................................................................................................................................... 75
KEY MESSAGES ................................................................................................................................. 75
STRATEGY ......................................................................................................................................... 75
COMMUNICATION AND ENGAGEMENT GROUPINGS ........................................................................... 76
ACTIONS............................................................................................................................................ 77
PLANNING FOR INTEGRATED NRM ................................................................................... 80
PURPOSE OF THE PLAN ...................................................................................................................... 80
SCOPE................................................................................................................................................ 80
6.2.1
Physical .........................................................................................................................80
6.2.3
Strategic.........................................................................................................................80
6.2.3
Business of NRM............................................................................................................81
6.2.4
Economic .......................................................................................................................81
OPERATIONAL PRINCIPLES & POLICIES ............................................................................................. 82
6.3.1
BMRG Principles for Plan Development.......................................................................82
6.3.2
Accreditation requirements ...........................................................................................82
POLICY & LEGISLATIVE FRAMEWORK .............................................................................................. 83
6.4.1
National and State legislation and Initiatives................................................................83
6.4.2
Convention on Wetlands (Ramsar, 1971) ......................................................................84
6.4.3
World Heritage Area Convention..................................................................................84
6.4.4
ANZECC and NRMMC Guidelines ...............................................................................84
6.4.5
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (EPBC) ..................85
6.4.6
Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act 1975 ....................................................................86
6.4.7
National Action Plan and National Heritage Trust Extension ......................................87
6.4.8
Environmental Protection Act 1994 (including Environmental Protection (Water) Policy 1997) 87
6.4.9
Nature Conservation Act 1992 ......................................................................................87
6.4.10 Water Resource Plans and other plans and processes under the Water Act 2000 ......88
6.4.11 Coastal Protection and Management Act 1995.............................................................88
6.4.12 Fisheries Act 1994.........................................................................................................89
6.4.13 Vegetation Management Act 1999 (including State Vegetation Management Policy and draft
Regional Vegetation Management Plans) .....................................................................89
6.4.14 Land Protection (Pest and Stock Route Management ) Act 2002..................................90
6.4.15 Integrated Planning Act 1997 (IPA) (including Local Government Planning Schemes, Regional
Growth Management Frameworks, and State Planning Policies) ................................91
6.4.16 Wide Bay Regional Growth Management Framework (RGMF) ...................................92
6.4.17 SEQ Regional Plan........................................................................................................93
6.4.17 Local Government Initiatives ........................................................................................93
6.4.18 Community and Industry Based Initiatives....................................................................94
CONSULTATION AND ENGAGEMENT .................................................................................................. 97
6.5.1
General..........................................................................................................................97
6.5.2
Indigenous engagement .................................................................................................98
6.5.3
Roundtables ...................................................................................................................98
6.5.4
State of the Burnett Mary region Report (SoBMRR) Forums........................................99
6.5.5
Working Draft Plan - Member Consultation ...............................................................100
6.5.6
Draft NRM Plan Public Consultation..........................................................................102
7
ACRONYMS .............................................................................................................................. 106
8
APPENDICES ............................................................................................................................ 110
APPENDIX 1 COMPOSITION OF THE BOARD OF MANAGEMENT AND THE TECHNICAL ADVISORY GROUP .................... 111
APPENDIX 2 MEMBER LIST ......................................................................................................................................... 113
APPENDIX 3 COMMUNITY CONSULTATION AND ENGAGEMENT .................................................................................. 121
APPENDIX 4 COMMUNITY FEEDBACK ......................................................................................................................... 138
APPENDIX 5 RELEVANT QUEENSLAND GOVERNMENT POLICY & LEGISLATION ......................................................... 188
APPENDIX 6 RELEVANT AUSTRALIAN GOVERNMENT POLICY AND LEGISLATION ...................................................... 197
APPENDIX 7 LOCAL GOVERNMENTS INTEGRATED PLANNING ACT SCHEMES ............................................................. 219
APPENDIX 8 MEMBER CONTRIBUTIONS LOCAL INVESTMENT PRIORITIES................................................................... 223
Page 3 of 235
List of Figures
Figure 2.1
Figure 2.1.5
Figure 2.2.2a
Figure 2.2.3a
Figure 2.2.3b
Figure 2.2.3c
Figure 2.2.4a
Figure 2.2.5a
Figure 2.2.5b
Figure 2.2.6a
Figure 2.2.6b
Figure 2.2.7a
Figure 2.2.7b
Figure 2.2.10a
Figure 2.2.10b
Figure 2.2.11
Figure 2.2.12
Figure 2.3.1a
Figure 2.3.1b
Figure 2.3.3a
Figure 2.3.3b
Figure 2.4.1a
Figure 2.4.1b
Figure 3.1
Figure 4.1
Major Basins and subcatchments for the Burnett Mary Region
Mary River Catchment Reach Prioritisation
Population by Statistical Local Area in the region, 2001
Trend in population growth for the region, 1996-2001
Median age of regional population, 2001
Median age of farmers in the region, 2001
Indigenous population in the region, 2001
Contribution to Gross Regional Product by Industry Type, Wide Bay Burnett
2002 to 2003
Regional Employment Trends in the Burnett Mary, 1996 to 2001
Summary of participation and unemployment rates, and employment to
population ratios, 2001
Distribution of regional population employed in Agricultural Industries, 2001
Concentration of general unemployment for the region, 2001
Concentration of youth unemployment for the region, 2001
Post-school qualification rates for the regional population, 2001
Post-school qualification rates for the farming population, 2001
Regional Home Ownership Rates, 2001
Regional Internet Usage, 2001
Mean Monthly Temperatures
Mean monthly rainfall
Dryland Salinity and the Water Cycle
Burnett Mary Region Landscape Salinisation and Groundwater Flow Systems
Distribution of Biogeographic marine sub-regions of the Burnett Mary
Distribution of Biogeographic sub-regions of the Burnett Mary
BMRG Structure and Relationships
Local Investment Priorities by Regional Asset
Page 4 of 235
List of Tables
Table 2.1.1a
Table 2.1.1b
Table 2.1.2
Table 2.1.3
Table 2.1.4
Table 2.1.5
Table 2.1.6a
Table 2.1.6b
Table 2.2.2a
Table 2.2.8
Table 2.4.1a
Table 2.4.1b
Table 2.4.2
Table 4.1.1
Table 4.1.2
Table 4.1.3
Table 4.1.4
Table 4.1.5
Table 4.1.6
Table 4.2.1
Table 4.3
Table 5.5
Table 5.6
Table 6.3.2
Table 6.4.1
Table 6.4.5
Table 6.4.6
Table 6.4.10
Table 6.4.11
Table 6.4.12
Table 6.4.13
Table 6.4.17
Table 6.5.3
Table 6.5.4
Table 6.5.5
Subcatchments of the Baffle Basin
Information sources for the Baffle Basin
Information sources for the Burnett Basin
Information sources for the Burrum Basin
Information sources for the Kolan Basin
Information sources for the Mary Basin
Coastal subcatchments of the Burnett Mary Region
Information sources for the Burnett Mary marine areas and the Great Sandy
Region
The Burnett Mary region’s population by Statistical Local Area, 2001
Total value agricultural production of each Statistical Local Area in the region,
2001
Great Barrier Reef Bioregions within the Burnett Mary Region
Biogeographic Sub-regions of the Burnett Mary Region
Census estimates of Vascular Plants and Vertebrate Animals in the region
Local Investment Priorities by Sector
Local Investment Priorities by Basin
Local Investment Priorities by Asset Type
Local Investment Priorities by Output Category
Local Investment Priorities by Matters for Target
Local Investment Priorities by Management Action Target
Research and Development Needs in NRM Plan
Capacity Building Requirements
Communication and Engagement Groupings
Current and proposed communication actions/devices to be employed by BMRG
NAPSWQ and Trust Objectives
Legislation and Policy Hierarchy
Matters of National significance under the EPBC Act
Plan Actions Aiming to address RWQPP Targets
Plan Actions that complement Water Resource Planning initiatives
Plan actions that support the initiatives of the SCMP
Plan action that assist in achieving the SVMP outcomes
Plan actions that support the Land Protection Act
Examples of Local Government involvement in NRM activities
Priority Issues Identified during the Burnett Mary Roundtable Series
Regional Assets & Principal Issues Tabled during the Roundtable and Forum
Series
Regional Assets and Principal Issues raised during the Working Draft Plan
Member Consultation Series
Page 5 of 235
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Country to Coast – A Healthy Sustainable Future is a plan for integrated Natural Resource
Management (NRM) for the Burnett Mary region. It has been compiled from literally hundreds of
individuals, groups and other sources. The large amount of quality information received dictated
that a series of volumes be produced (Volume 2, Figure 2.3).
Country to Coast has evolved from the inaugural work of the Burnett Mary Regional Strategy
Group who developed the Burnett Mary regional Strategic Framework in December 2001. This
Framework and pre-existing catchment management strategies provided a foundation for the
development of this draft NRM plan. More recent community engagement efforts of the BMRG
sought feedback from Members and the broader community at various stages in the development of
the Plan (Volume 2, Figure 2.5). A working draft was distributed to nearly 300 Member groups and
individuals in July 2004. Revisions based on feedback on the July version resulted in a seven
volume draft Plan. This version was distributed to Members, other stakeholders and made available
to the public in November 2004. A series of brochures and pamphlets aimed at the broader
community accompanied the November 2004 version.
The Background Report provides a broader context for understanding the Plan and aims to
summarise the key features of the underpinning research and consultation. Each volume is intended
to function as a stand alone document. The volume provides substantiating detail on the process
and functions undertaken to derive the targets and actions detailed in the Plan. This will allow
readers who are not familiar with the area and its issues to develop a better understanding of the
resources and the people that will be affected by implementation of the Plan.
Page 6 of 235
1
INTRODUCTION
1.1 Burnett Mary Natural Resource Management Plan Documents
Development of the Burnett Mary Natural Resource Management (NRM) Plan has required
extensive research and consultation with a diverse range of community and agency based
stakeholders. As a result, a wide range of information has been compiled during the development
of the Plan. This information is presented in four Volumes to facilitate use and to make its various
components more accessible.
Volume 1a
Background Report
Volume 1b
Social & Economic Assessment & Prioritisation of NRM Plan
Volume 2
Burnett Mary Regional Integrated NRM Plan
Volume 3a
Supporting Science and Technical Information – State of the Burnett Mary Region
Report and Social and Economic Technical Papers
Volume 3b
Supporting Science and Technical Information – Biodiversity Technical Papers
Volume 3c
Supporting Science and Technical Information – Land and Water Technical Papers
Volume 3d
Supporting Science and Technical Information – Coastal and Marine Technical
Papers
Volume 4
Map folio
1.2 How to use this Volume and its Relationship to other Volumes
The Background Report provides a broader context for understanding the Plan and aims to
summarise the key features of the underpinning research and consultation. Each volume is intended
to function as a stand alone document.
The Background Report provides substantiating detail on the process and functions undertaken to
derive the targets and actions detailed in the Plan. Volume 1 provides information necessary to
achieve accreditation. Factual information on the natural and cultural features of the region derived
from existing literature and reports commissioned by the BMRG is included in the Background
Report. This will allow readers who are not familiar with the area and its issues to develop a better
understanding of the resources and the people that will be affected by implementation of the Plan.
Page 7 of 235
2
THE BURNETT MARY REGION
2.1 Catchment Basin Profiles
The following sections provide basic descriptive information about each of the catchment and
include a table identifying useful sources of information on salient topics.
Figure 2.1 Major Basins and subcatchments for the Burnett Mary Region (Source: LRAM,
SoBMRR Volume 1)
Page 8 of 235
2.1.1
Baffle Basin Catchments
Principal information sources: (BCCMG, 2003).
The Baffle Basin covers approximately 3999 km2 and currently supports a relatively small yet
growing population (approximately 5,000 in 2001), with increasing numbers of people seeking a
coastal lifestyle and consequently expanding areas of urban and rural residential development. The
principal industries in the Basin include beef grazing, forestry (native and plantation timber),
tourism and fishing. The Shire of Miriam Vale and the northern part of the Burnett Shire are
included within the Basin.
The main tributary of the Baffle Basin is Baffle Creek which is approximately 117 kilometres long
and enters the ocean at Rules Beach. The tidal reach extends approximately 35 km inland to near
the Essendean Bridge on Hills Road. The Baffle is one of the few riverine systems on the east coast
that has no constructed water impoundments and is recognised as having a near pristine estuary.
An unknown amount of water is extracted from the river for irrigation. All of the estuarine areas
adjacent to the Baffle Basin, north of Round Hill Head are declared Fish Habitat Areas reflecting
their importance as relatively undisturbed ecosystems.
The vast majority of the basin is used for cattle grazing for beef and dairy production (estimated at
3495 km2 (GBRMPA, 2001)). State forest covers 477km2 and much of this area is leased for cattle
grazing. Plantation timber is a growth area locally with at least 82km2 of timber (mainly eucalypt)
currently established for the purpose of paper production in Miriam Vale Shire.
The natural and cultural heritage features of the area include:
x approximately 214 km2 of protected areas including the Eurimbula and Deepwater National
Parks
x sea turtle nesting beaches
x extensive coastal wetlands
x scenic, unpolluted beaches
x tangible and intangible Aboriginal cultural heritage sites
x type localities of botanical collections
x part of the GBRMP
x Captain James Cook’s second landing site on the East Australian coast
x Bustard Head Lighthouse.
Table 2.1.1a Subcatchments of the Baffle Basin
Name
Main Creeks
Coastal Tributaries
Scrubby, Sandy, Hilliard, Pine,
of Rodds Bay
Worthington
Coastal Tributaries
Middle, Eurimbula, Deepwater, Bullock,
Blackwater
Baffle Creek
Baffle; tidal and nontidal areas
Littabella Creek
Arthur, Mullet, Littabella
Southern Tributaries Bottle, Murrays, Grevillea, Scrubby
Central Tributaries
Western Tributaries
Gorge, Captain-Euleilah, Cattle, Island,
Sandy
Granite, Seven Mile, Banksia, Colosseum,
Three Mile
Main Towns
Turkey Beach
Seventeen Seventy, Agnes
Water, Rules Beach (part)
Rules Beach (part)
Yandaran
Rosedale, Lowmead
Miriam Vale, Bororen
Page 9 of 235
Table 2.1.1b Information sources for the Baffle Basin
Topic
Source
Climate
x Section 3.1.1, p13 (BCCMG,
2003)
Geology
x Section1.2.3, p3 (Van Manen, N.,
2003)
Soil
x Section 3.1.2, p13-15 (BCCMG,
2003)
History/Heritage
Riparian issues
x Section 3.6.2, p 31-32 (BCCMG,
2003)
2003)
x Section 1.2.5, p 5-6 (Van Manen,
N., 2003)
2003)
x (Van Manen, N., 2003)
Weeds & Pest
animals
x Section 3.5, p 27-28 (BCCMG,
2003)
Land Use
Vegetation
2.1.2
Comment
Includes Rainfall and stream discharge
statistics
Brief geological overview
Includes summary of soils for the six
geological subdivisions of MiriamVale
Shire
Summarises Meerooni (Aboriginal)
heritage and non-Aboriginal settlement
Summary and brief comment on major
impacts of land use
Brief summary of major vegetation
communities
Comprehensive assessment of selected
tributaries of the BaffleBasin
Includes priority list of Shire
Burnett Basin Catchments
Principal information sources: (DNR, 2000), (BCCA, 2000).
The major sub-catchments of the Burnett Basin are the Three Moon Creek, Nogo River, Auburn
River, Cadarga Creek, Boyne River, Stuart River, Barker Creek, Barambah Creek, Boonara Creek
Reid Creek and the Burnett River.
All the major streams in the Burnett Basin are naturally intermittent. The duration of no flow
periods is naturally greater in the drier western parts of the catchment than in the eastern areas.
The tidal flows and estuarine area of the Burnett have been significantly affected by upstream water
developments, principally the Bingera Weir and Ben Anderson Barrage. These structures have
resulted in a significant reduction of natural stream and sediment flows to the estuary at Burnett
Heads. The original tidal length of the River has been estimated at 56 km and is now 25.9km
ending at the Ben Anderson Barrage. Construction of the barrage in 1976 has resulted in loss of the
marine to fresh water transition zone and changes in tidal amplitude with flow on effects to fisheries
productivity.
Groundwater resources have been drawn upon for irrigation and water supply purposes. In the
Bundaberg area, three main aquifers are drawn upon. In the Three Moon Creek valley, alluvial
aquifers provide a major source of irrigation water supply, and recharge of these aquifers is
artificially supplemented.
Human activities impacting on natural resources in the catchment include agriculture, urbanisation,
industry, power generation, mining and extractive industries, instream modifications, introductions
of exotic species, commercial fisheries, tourism and recreation, and water resource development.
The estuarine area has been particularly affected by dredging, sand/gravel extraction, artificial
Page 10 of 235
realignment of river mouth and other river training works, land reclamation, including infilling of
mangrove creeks, port and harbour development, agricultural and urban development of adjacent
land, and changes in the quality of fresh water inputs resulting from catchment land use change.
Agricultural uses in the study area include grazing, cropping (cereals, cotton, sugar cane, peanuts
and other crops), vineyards, orchards and horticulture. More intensive uses, such as dairying,
orchards, and cropping, occur in irrigated areas. Some of the agricultural uses are confined to
specific parts of the catchment – for example, sugar cane in the Bundaberg Irrigation Area, cotton
growing near Murgon in the Barker-Barambah catchment, and citrus production in the Central
Burnett.
Bundaberg is the largest urban centre in the study area. Other major centres are Biggenden,
Childers, Eidsvold, Gayndah, Gin Gin, Goomeri, Kingaroy, Monto, Mundubbera, Murgon,
Nanango, Proston, and Wondai.
Industrial development in the study area is largely limited to major centres such as Bundaberg and
Kingaroy. Key developments include the four sugar mills, at Bingera, Fairymead, Millaquin and
Isis.
Tarong Power Station is situated near the southern edge of the Barker Creek sub-catchment. It is
part of the Queensland state power grid. Cooling water for the power station is supplied by a
pipeline from Boondooma Dam, and used water is discharged into Barker Creek via Meandu Creek.
Instream sand and gravel extraction occurs at localised sites on the Burnett River and its tributaries.
Other extractive industries in the study area include mining for coal, gold, magnetite, limestone,
foundry sand, clay and shale.
Introduced species found within the study area include crop plants, pasture grasses and legumes,
ornamental plants, agricultural and domestic animals, and translocated native and exotic fish
species. From the viewpoint of the rivers and streams and associated ecosystems, important pest
species include para grass (Urochloa mutica), mosquito fish (Gambusia holbrooki), goldfish
(Carassius auratus), pigs and cane toads.
The estuarine sections of the study area and nearby marine areas have commercial fisheries values.
Prawns, crabs and fin fish are caught. Large seagrass beds were common in the Burnett system
prior to the construction of Bingera Weir in 1933. However, they no longer occur.
Key recreational uses in the study area which are relevant to the rivers and streams and associated
ecosystems include recreational angling (in rivers and streams, water storages, estuaries and marine
areas), and boating (in water storages and the estuarine and marine areas). Rivers and streams are
integral parts of the Auburn River and Cania Gorge National Parks.
The most significant proposal affecting the natural resources of the Burnett Catchment is the
proposed Paradise Dam and associated developments including raising Walla and Jones Weirs,
which will have a combined purpose of extracting an additional 170 000 ML of water annually.
This water will benefit the sugar industry around Bundaberg and supplement town water supplies.
The environmental costs have been considered by several studies. Paradise Dam will flood 45 km
of the Burnett River with associated loss of existing instream habitat and surrounding terrestrial
ecosystems. The planning and legislative processes associated with the Burnett Water Allocation
Management Plan (WAMP) are intended to address the environmental consequences of the
development by ensuring adequate flow regimes and minimising impact on endangered, vulnerable
and rare ecosystems and species.
Table 2.1.2 Information sources for the Burnett Basin
Page 11 of 235
Topic
Estuarine physical and
hydrological changes
Source
x (DNR, 2000)
Catchment overview and x (BCCA, 2000)
strategic actions to
address community
issues
Comment
Good summaries on conditions and impacts
on estuarine reaches of Burnett, Kolan, Elliot
Gregory and Isis Rivers – sect 5.2.1 – 5.2.4.
Provides a good summary on the issues
identified by BCCA in the Burnett Catchment.
Source: The Burnett Catchment Strategy (BCCA, 2000).
2.1.3
Burrum Basin Catchments
Principal information sources: (NR&M, 2000; NR&M, 2003).
The main sub-catchments of the Burrum Basin are Cherwell River, Burrum River, Burrum Coast
(including Hervey Bay), Elliot River, Elliot Coast, Gregory River and Isis River.
Agriculture (including intensive horticulture), and grazing are the dominant land uses within the
non-coastal areas of the Basin. Urban areas dominate the coast in the vicinity of Bargara and
Hervey Bay. Native forest reserves, forest plantations and national parks also occur within the
Basin.
Outcrops of coal in the banks of the Burrum River first attracted attention in 1865 and coal mines
opened at Howard in 1875. Prior to construction of the Howard-Maryborough rail line, schooners
were used to transport the coal down river. (Middleton, B., 1970)
The main trunk of the Burrum River extends 72.5 km inland. The river starts out as Duckinwilla
Creek, and becomes the Burrum River at the confluence of Doongul Creek at 34.3 km inland. The
tidal limit of the river extends to Weir No. 1 at 23.3 km upstream. The major water storage located
on the Burrum River is Lenthalls Dam at 34.2 km inland. There are current proposals to raise the
level of this dam to provide for additional water supplies.
Other impoundments in the Basin are Burrum Weirs No1 and 2; 2 storages in the Beelbi Creek
catchment; the Gregory River weir and the Isis Junction Weir. The river discharges into the Pacific
Ocean near Burrum Heads.
Water resource development in the Elliott, Gregory and Isis catchments is limited to unregulated
extraction. The Gregory and Isis River weirs are located at the downstream ends of the streams,
near the tidal limits, and form barriers to fish passage between the estuarine and non-tidal reaches.
A small private barrage on the Elliott River, 9.8 km upstream from the coast, is so low that very
high tides go over its crest if there is no flow in the river, hence it is likely to only have a limited
impact on fish passage.
Little information is known in relation to groundwater resources or uses in this area.
Flows in Elliot, Gregory and Isis Rivers have been reduced by unregulated extraction, with the
degree of impact increasing in a downstream direction through the developed areas. Low and
medium flows have been most greatly affected. This can be expected to have reduced the flow
depths and/or velocities and/or the extent of aquatic habitat in susceptible areas, such as riffles, with
implications for instream biota.
Page 12 of 235
Fish data for the Elliott River indicate only minor departure from natural conditions in the Elliott
River downstream of Mahogany Creek. The fish faunas of the Gregory and Isis Rivers have been
significantly affected by the barrier effects of the weirs at the downstream ends of the non-tidal
reaches of these streams.
Table 2.1.3 Information sources for the Burrum Basin
Topic
Source
Comment
Estuarine physical and x (DNR, 2000)
Good summaries on conditions and impacts on
estuarine reaches of Burnett, Kolan, Elliot
Source: Mary Basin draft Water Resource Plan - Land and Water Resource Assessment. (NR&M, 2003).
2.1.4
Kolan Basin Catchments
Principal information sources: (DNR, 2000).
The main sub-catchments of the Kolan Basin are Gin-Gin Creek and Kolan River (entering the
coast at Miara), and the Kolan Coast (drained by Croome and Welcome Creeks entering the coast at
Moore Park). Apart from the coastal townships which have a tourism/recreational focus, the
principal land use in the Basin is agriculture.
Flows in the Kolan River are regulated, as part of the Bundaberg Irrigation Scheme, by three
structures: Fred Haigh Dam, Bucca Weir and the Kolan River Barrage. A considerable proportion
of the length of the Kolan River is impounded by these structures. Water is also extracted directly
from the river for irrigation. Flows in the Upper reaches of the Kolan and Gin-Gin Creek are not
regulated although unregulated supplies are taken from Gin-Gin Creek for town water and domestic
use.
Fred Haigh Dam has led to a major reduction in downstream flows in the Kolan River. Mean annual
flow immediately downstream of the dam is less than 50% of undeveloped, and reductions in low,
medium and high flows have occurred. Inflows from unregulated tributaries downstream of Fred
Haigh Dam mitigate its impacts to some degree. For example, at Bucca Weir, mean annual flow is
78% of natural. Baseflows below Bucca Weir have become elevated and more sustained than
natural as a result of regulated releases for water delivery down the river channel. A significant
reduction in floodflows persists for the entire length of the Kolan River from Fred Haigh Dam to
the coast.
Limited information exists on the fish fauna of the Kolan River. It could be expected that the fish
fauna have been altered as a result of changes in aquatic habitat and the loss of appropriate cues
resulting from flow regime changes, as well as barrier effects arising from Fred Haigh Dam and the
two weirs. Fish stocking occurs in the dam, which is dominated by catfish. Mullet used to exist in
the river system, and persisted there for five years. However, because of the barrier effect of the
dam, they were unable to complete their migration processes, and have become extinct from this
part of the river system. They now occur only downstream of Bucca Weir. The confluence of Gin
Gin Creek and the Kolan River is ponded by Bucca Weir, which may have implications for fish
access.
The Kolan River Barrage has reduced the natural length of the estuary by about half, from around
31 km to around 15 km. Low, medium and high flow regimes have been significantly reduced as a
result of river regulation and water use in the catchment. Flood flows in particular, have been
reduced. The impounded area behind the Barrage has become a weir pondage and no longer
functions as part of the estuary. Entrapment of sediment by the barrage can be expected to have led
to a change in sediment input to the estuary.
Page 13 of 235
Table 2.1.4 Information sources for the Kolan Basin
Topic
Source
Comment
Estuarine physical and x (DNR, 2000)
2.1.5
Mary River Catchment
Principal information sources: (MRCCC, 1997; NR&M, 2003).
The Mary River is 307 km long from the headwaters in the Conondale Range, 7 km south-west of
Maleny, to its mouth at River Heads in the Great Sandy Strait. The Mary River flows through
Conondale, Kenilworth, Gympie, Tiaro and Maryborough. The catchment occupies 9595 km2, and
70% of the catchment is downstream of Gympie. The catchment is bounded by the Jimna Range to
the west, the Clifton Ranges to the north-west, the Conondale Ranges to the south-west, Blackall
Ranges to the south and Beenham Ranges to the south east. The tallest mountain peak in the
catchment is Mount Langley in Conondale National Park, at 868m above sea level. At the
headwaters, the river is 500m above sea level, and falls 300m in its first 5 km. The river then falls a
further 80m in the valley above Conondale, at a bed gradient of 1 in 160. Between Conondale and
Kenilworth, the bed gradient is about 1 in 600. From Kenilworth to the Mary River Barrage
downstream of Tiaro, the bed gradient is about 1 in 2500 (DPI 1995; Pointon et al. 2000).
The Mary River catchment is bordered by the catchments of the Brisbane River to the south and
west, the Burnett to the west and north, the Burrum to the north, and the Noosa, Maroochy and
Mooloolah to the east. Several creeks drain into the Great Sandy Straits (Pointon et al., 2000).
Tributaries that drain into the Mary River include Munna Creek, Tinana Creek, Wide Bay Creek,
Yabba Creek, Six Mile Creek and Obi Obi Creek.
The upper reaches of the catchment comprise mountain ranges of moderately inclined to steep
slopes, and the river alluvium is generally less than 1 km wide. Three constrictions can be identified
in the catchment; upstream of Kenilworth between Cambroon Bridge and Walli Creek confluence;
downstream of Kenilworth at Moy Pocket; and downstream of Gympie at Fishermans Pocket. An
extensive alluvial plain dominates the north-east lower reaches of the catchment (DPI, 1995;
Pointon et al., 2000).
Prior to the construction of the Mary River Barrage in 1983, the tidal limit of the river extended to a
rock bar upstream of Tiaro at (AMTD 84km). The river bed has been estimated to be about 10m
below sea level at the Granville Bridge at Maryborough (DPI, 1995).
The Mary River catchment includes part of the Local Government areas of Caloundra, Kilcoy,
Maroochy, Noosa, Cooloola, Tiaro, Kilkivan, Woocoo, Hervey Bay and Maryborough Shires plus
very small areas of Caboolture and Biggenden Shires.
Population growth in the catchment has been consistently high for a number of years and this trend
is expected to continue. The average annual streamflow for the Mary catchment is 2,309,000
megalitres (Ml). However this streamflow is highly variable with the river usually at low levels for
most days of the year but rising quickly with high rainfall events. In 1997, the catchment provided
town water supply (30,000 Ml/yr), irrigation water to regulated supplies (25,000 ML/yr), industry
(approximately 380 Ml/yr) plus an unknown amount for unregulated uses.
Page 14 of 235
The catchment supports a wide variety of land uses. Some of these uses and associated
management practices have resulted in severe degradation of parts of the catchment. Degradation
such as soil erosion, landslip, nutrient depletion, soil acidification, woody weed invasion, stream
bank erosion, pasture deterioration, salinity and loss of flora and fauna and associated habitat are all
symptoms of inappropriate land use management.
Water quality in the Mary catchment suffers in some locations from generally recognised sources of
contaminants from urban, mining, forestry and agricultural activities. Indicators of deteriorating
water quality that need addressing include:
x decline in fish species including the endangered Mary River cod
x reductions in benthic macroinvertebrates (eg aquatic worms, snails, beetles and bugs)
x blue green algae occurrences
x recorded levels of heavy metals eg arsenic, cyanide, aluminium and selenium, which far
exceed national water quality standards
x presence of high nutrient levels and increasing salinity levels in localised groundwater
aquifers and watertables.
Increasing population levels may also result in further decline in water quality without appropriate
controls on development.
Riverbank stability is a catchment wide issue. Erosion of the mainstream of the Mary River
extends from Conondale to the estuary downstream of Maryborough. The riparian zones of the
Mary catchment have been the subject of concentrated effort resulting largely from the
development and subsequent implementation of elements of the Mary River Rehabilitation Plan
(MRCCC, 2001). Defined reaches of the river and its tributaries have been prioritised according to
their condition and values; problems and potential strategies to remedy the issues have been
identified; thus allowing for considered and systemised rehabilitation works (Figure 2.1.5.)
The catchment contains at least 260 rare and threatened flora and fauna species. Human activities
including habitat modification and destruction, inappropriate fire regimes, urban and agricultural
development and practices, continue to impact on flora and fauna values. For example, the recently
discovered Mary River tortoise lives in a small area at Tiaro and is under severe pressure from
foxes and shrinking habitat. Weeds are a continuing and expanding significant agricultural and
environmental problem as are introduced foxes, and feral pigs, dogs, cats, deer and goats.
Table 2.1.5 Information sources for the Mary Basin
Topic
Source
Comment
Climate/
Includes tables of rainfall, streamflow and
x Chapter 2, p8-17 (NR&M,
Hydrology
groundwater data
2003)
Geology
Broad description of geological development
x Section 3.2, p21-22
(NR&M, 2003)
Soil
Provides a list of soil resource assessments and
a detailed table identifying soil types, their
(NR&M, 2003)
major characteristics and limitations and
Page 15 of 235
Topic
Source
History/
Heritage
x Section 3, p9-10 (MRCCC,
1997)
x Sections 5.2-5.3, (NR&M,
2003)
Vegetation
(NR&M, 2003)
x Mary River and Tributaries
Rehabilitation Plan
Riparian issues
Comment
management comments in relation to
agricultural suitability and or issues. Also brief
discussion of local ASS and salinity issues.
A brief overview principally related to nonAboriginal settlement
x Sect. 5.2 provides and historical overview of
non-Aboriginal settlement.
x Sect. 5.3 includes references to 37
information sources relevant to the
Indigenous history and values of the area and
a brief summary of the content of the sources.
Broad summary and table identifying most
common Regional Ecosystems.
(MRCCC, 2001)
Page 16 of 235
Figure 2.1.5 Mary River Catchment Reach Prioritisation (Source: Mary River Rehabilitation Plan
MRCCC, 2001)
Page 17 of 235
2.1.6
Fraser Coast Catchments
Principal information sources: (DNR, 2000), (NR&M, 2003), (FIU, 1994), (Van Manen N, 2003).
All of the Burnett Mary Basins have a coastal component. The coastal area is considered to be
comprised of those sub-catchments of the Basins which drain directly to the sea including all of
Fraser Island and other areas of the Great Sandy Region (Table 2.1.6).
The Great Sandy Region encompasses all of the marine and coastal areas of the Burrum and Mary
Basins and the Fraser Island and Cooloola sand masses. The Great Sandy Region extends from
Burnett Heads seawards around and including Fraser Island World Heritage Area and then
southerly to the Burnett Mary Region boundary in the vicinity of Teewah landing on Rainbow
Beach.
The Great Barrier Reef World Heritage Area lies adjacent to the Baffle Coast, extending
northwards from the vicinity of Baffle Creek.
The major impact on the coastal areas of the region is expanding population growth. The area is
famed nationally for its scenic amenity, boating, four-wheel driving and recreational fishing
opportunities. Urban and rural areas adjacent to the coast are under significant pressure from
residential and tourism development. Hervey Bay, Tin Can Bay and the Bargara Coast are foci for
urban growth. Inskip Peninsula, Rainbow Beach and Agnes Water are foci for tourism
developments. Development leases on Inskip Peninsula were granted as compensation for
surrendering sand mining leases on Fraser Island and elsewhere in coastal Queensland.
The marine and coastal areas of the Region support extraordinary natural values amply justifying
their inclusion in two World Heritage Areas. The geological formations of the Great Sandy Region
are unique in the world and the marine species and ecosystems represented support internationally
recognised threatened species including humpback whales (Megaptera novaeangliae), dugongs
(Dugong dugon) and turtles as well as trans-equatorial migratory wading birds. The marine fish
fauna of the Region is more diverse than that of the Great Barrier Reef, as it includes both subtropical and tropical species. Many significant terrestrial ecosystems and species also occur within
the coastal Region including the rare ground parrot (Pezoporus wallicus), resident in heath lands,
and rare remaining stands of Satinay (Syncarpia hillii), a visually impressive timber formerly
commercially targetted in the GSR.
The dunes of the Cooloola – Teewah sand mass has been estimated to have a groundwater yield of
approximately 200,000ML/annum.
Soils in the GSR are not ideal for agricultural purposes as they are generally low in nutrients and
highly prone to erosion.
Mt Bilewilam is an important source of quarry material and is one of the few prominent rock
features, apart from coastal headlands, in the Cooloola area.
Table 2.1.6a Coastal subcatchments of the Burnett Mary Region
Page 18 of 235
Coastal sub-catchment
Baffle Basin
Coastal tributaries of Rodds
Bay
Baffle Coast
Baffle Creek (tidal)
Littabella Creek
Kolan and Burnett Basins
Kolan
Main Rivers/Creeks
Towns
Worthington, Pine, Scrubby,
Oaky, Hilliard
Middle, Eurimbula,
Deepwater, Fullers, Bullock,
Blackwater
Baffle, Duck
Arthur, Mullet, Littabella
Turkey Beach
Kolan estuary, Yandaran,
Croome, Welcome
Burnett estuary
Moore Park, Miara
Burnett
Burrum and Mary Basins
Elliot
Elliot
Gregory
Gregory
Isis
Isis, Cherwell
Burrum River
Burrum
Burrum Coast
Beelbi, Eli
Mary
Mary estuary, Susan R
Fraser Island and Great Sandy Strait
Fraser Island
Bowarraddy, Coongul, Eli,
Yidney, Bogimbah, Boon
Boon, Wanggoolba
Sandy Straits
Kalah, Maaroom, Big Tuan,
Scrubby, Poona, Kauri,
Teebar, Searys
Noosa (Upper)
Teewah
Seventeen Seventy, Agnes
Water, Rules Beach
Yandaran,
Burnett Heads
Bargara, Elliot Heads
Burrum Heads
Toogum, Hervey Bay
River Heads
Orchid Beach, Eurong, Happy
Valley, Ungowa
Maroom, Boonooroo,
Tinnanbar, Tin Can Bay,
Rainbow Beach
Noosa River Catchment
The Noosa River is 60 km long with a north to south orientation. The catchment occupies 855 km2
and consists of a series of freshwater and salt water lake systems. The headwaters are in the Como
escarpment and the river passes through the western basin to meet Teewah Creek before flowing
south across the Noosa Plain. The boundary of the Burnett Mary Region bisects the river
approximately midway between its confluence with Teewah Creek and the northern end of Lake
Cootharaba (where the river reaches its tidal limit). The majority of upper reaches of the catchment
are protected within the bounds of the Cooloola section of Great Sandy National Park. The river
flows through Lake Cootharaba and discharges at Laguna Bay in the South Pacific Ocean.
Table 2.1.6b Information sources for the Burnett Mary marine areas and the Great Sandy Region
(GSR). (Note: refer to Basin sections for other coastal areas)
Page 19 of 235
Topic
Great Sandy
Region
Fisheries
Source
x (FIU, 1994)
Estuarine physical
and hydrological
changes
World Heritage
Values
x (DNR, 2000)
x (Morton, R. and Healy,
T., 1992)
Geology
Groundwater
Soil
History/Heritage
Weeds & Pest
animals
x Fraser Island – Section
1.02 pp 35 – 38 (FIU,
1994)
x Great Barrier Reef
x Section 1.05, pp 48 – 50
(FIU, 1994)
x Section 2.17, pp 116 –
117 (FIU, 1994)
x
x p 29, Section 1.03, pp 41
– 42, Section 1.08, p58
(FIU, 1994)
x Section 1.12, pp 70 - 71
(FIU, 1994)
Comment
Provides a very brief overview of issues in area
and identifies proposed actions and guidelines.
Although dated, provides a comprehensive
summary of fishery information for Fraser
Island and GSS
A brief summary of the values detailed in the
formal WHA nomination document.
A brief overview of geology and soil forming
processes affecting GSR
Summary of aquifers and potential impacts in
the GSR.
Summary of principal Aboriginal and nonAboriginal cultural heritage values.
Identifies principal pests of GSR coastal areas.
2.2 Social & Economic Profile
2.2.1
Background
This section provides a statistical profile of the social and economic attributes of the region and
their relevance to NRM. The main source of data underpinning this section is derived from the
Census of Population and Housing undertaken every five years and collected at what is termed a
Collection District level. Natural resource data on the other hand is collected and generally
reported at the catchment or sub-catchment level. Due to inconsistencies in data collection
boundaries, difficulties arise in being able to present an exact profile of the region’s social and
economic base in line with the regional planning boundary. The following profile is as accurate a
representation of the region as possible given the issue of boundary concordance. Additional
information on this topic is provided in Volume 3a.
2.2.2
Population
According to Census 2001, the Burnett Mary region has an estimated population of 259,000 with
the most heavily populated areas situated in the eastern part of the region, particularly in the
southern coastal area.
The region’s population is approximately seven percent of the total Queensland population. Table
2.2.2a and the map in Figure 2.2.2a provide the population of each Statistical Local Area for the
region.
Page 20 of 235
Table 2.2.2a The Burnett Mary region’s population by Statistical Local Area, 2001
Statistical Local Area
Bundaberg (C)
Hervey Bay (C) - Pt A
Maryborough (C)
Cooloola (S) (excl. Gympie)
Cooloola (S) - Gympie only
Noosa (S) Bal
Burnett (S) - Pt A
Kingaroy (S)
Burnett (S) - Pt B
Nanango (S)
Caloundra (C) - Hinterland
Isis (S)
Miriam Vale (S)
Maroochy (S) Bal
Murgon (S)
Kolan (S)
Tiaro (S)
Wondai (S)
Hervey Bay (C) - Pt B
Kilkivan (S)
Woocoo (S)
Gayndah (S)
Monto (S)
Mundubbera (S)
Biggenden (S)
Eidsvold (S)
Perry (S)
QLD Burnett Mary
(Source: 2001 Census, ABS)
Population
43,146
40,862
24,465
17,970
15,020
13,674
12,249
11,344
11,116
8,206
7,017
5,958
4,817
4,642
4,566
4,506
4,445
4,034
3,963
3,122
2,948
2,879
2,572
2,430
1,480
925
410
258,776
Page 21 of 235
Number of persons
410 - 1480
1480 - 4034
4034 - 8206
8206 - 24465
24465 - 43146
N
Miriam Vale (S)
Burnett (S) - Pt B
#
#
Monto (S)
#
Burnett (S) - Pt A
Bundaberg (C)
Kolan (S)
Isis (S)
Perry (S)
#
Eidsvold (S)
Biggenden (S)
#
Maryborough (C)
#
Gayndah (S)
Woocoo (S)
Mundubbera (S)
Tiaro (S)
Kilkivan (S)
#
#
Murgon (S)
#
Wondai (S)
#
#
Kingaroy (S)
#
0
50
100
Maroochy (S) Bal
Nanango (S)
#
50
Noosa (S) Bal
150
200
250 Kilometers
Figure 2.2.2a Population by Statistical Local Area in the region, 2001 (Source: BRS, 2004)
Page 22 of 235
2.2.3
Changing Demographics
Between 1996 and 2001, the population of the region grew by 5 percent. Whilst this is lower than
the percentage change recorded for the State as a whole, the eastern portion of the region
experienced a substantial increase in population during this period. The region’s projected
population is estimated to reach over 260,000 by 2006, 300,000 by 2016 and 350,000 by 2026
respectively. This trend in population growth presents significant challenges in managing our
natural resources to achieve sustainability in the region. The map in Figure 2.2.3a provides a
spatial respresentation of the population change across the region between 1996 and 2001.
Population change
-13.3
-13.3 - -0.5
-0.5 - 3
3 - 7.4
7.4 - 17.6
N
Miriam Vale (S)
Burnett (S) - Pt B
#
#
Monto (S)
#
Burnett (S) - Pt A
Bundaberg (C)
Kolan (S)
Isis (S)
Perry (S)
#
Eidsvold (S)
Biggenden (S)
#
Maryborough (C)
#
Gayndah (S)
Woocoo (S)
Mundubbera (S)
Tiaro (S)
Kilkivan (S)
#
#
Murgon (S)
#
Wondai (S)
#
#
Kingaroy (S)
#
0
50
100
Maroochy (S) Bal
Nanango (S)
#
50
Noosa (S) Bal
150
200
250 Kilometers
Figure 2.2.3a Trend in population growth for the region, 1996-2001 (Source: BRS, 2004)
Page 23 of 235
The median age of the region’s population, where median indicates the age at which half the
population is older and half is younger, is 40 years whereas the median age of farmers is 52 years.
This statistic is particularly important given the high concentration of employment in agricultural
industries and subsequent level of dependency on resource-based industries for some parts of our
region. Figure 2.2.3b and 2.2.3c reflect the distribution of median age for the population in total
versus farmers for the region.
Median age (years)
31
31 - 38
38 - 40
40 - 42
42 - 45
N
Miriam Vale (S)
Burnett (S) - Pt B
#
#
Monto (S)
#
Burnett (S) - Pt A
Bundaberg (C)
Kolan (S)
Isis (S)
Perry (S)
#
Eidsvold (S)
Biggenden (S)
#
Maryborough (C)
#
Gayndah (S)
Woocoo (S)
Mundubbera (S)
Tiaro (S)
Kilkivan (S)
#
#
Murgon (S)
#
Wondai (S)
#
#
Kingaroy (S)
#
0
50
100
Maroochy (S) Bal
Nanango (S)
#
50
Noosa (S) Bal
150
200
250 Kilometers
Figure 2.2.3b Median age of regional population, 2001 (Source: BRS, 2004)
Page 24 of 235
Median age (years)
46 - 47
47 - 50
50 - 52
52 - 55
55 - 64
N
Miriam Vale (S)
Burnett (S) - Pt B
#
#
Monto (S)
#
Burnett (S) - Pt A
Bundaberg (C)
Kolan (S)
Isis (S)
Perry (S)
#
Eidsvold (S)
Biggenden (S)
#
Maryborough (C)
#
Gayndah (S)
Woocoo (S)
Mundubbera (S)
Tiaro (S)
Kilkivan (S)
#
#
Murgon (S)
#
Wondai (S)
#
#
Kingaroy (S)
#
0
50
100
Maroochy (S) Bal
Nanango (S)
#
50
Noosa (S) Bal
150
200
250 Kilometers
Figure 2.2.3c Median age of farmers in the region, 2001 (Source: BRS, 2004)
Page 25 of 235
2.2.4
Indigenous Community
There are approximately 7,000 people who identify themselves as being of Aboriginal or Torres
Strait Islander origin residing in the region. This accounts for close to three percent of the total
population with the largest concentration of persons living in the central western parts of the region.
When compared with the regional median age of 40 years, Murgon (S) has a median age of 31
years indicating the youngest population base in the region. Figure 2.2.4a shows the distribution of
Indigenous population in the region.
Indigenous persons (%)
0.7 - 1.5
1.5 - 2.6
2.6 - 3.9
3.9 - 5.3
5.3 - 30.9
N
Miriam Vale (S)
Burnett (S) - Pt B
#
#
Monto (S)
#
Burnett (S) - Pt A
Bundaberg (C)
Kolan (S)
Isis (S)
Perry (S)
#
Eidsvold (S)
Biggenden (S)
#
Maryborough (C)
#
Gayndah (S)
Woocoo (S)
Mundubbera (S)
Tiaro (S)
Kilkivan (S)
#
#
Murgon (S)
#
Wondai (S)
#
#
Kingaroy (S)
#
0
50
100
Maroochy (S) Bal
Nanango (S)
#
50
Noosa (S) Bal
150
200
250 Kilometers
Figure 2.2.4a Indigenous population in the region, 2001 (Source: BRS, 2004)
Page 26 of 235
2.2.5
Economic Structure
Critical to assessing the social and economic impacts of achieving sustainable NRM is to
understand the contribution of the different industry types to the wealth of the region. As impacts
on particular industries are realised, so too are the potential effects to our regional economy. Figure
2.2.5a represents industry contribution to gross regional product for the Wide Bay Burnett statistical
division only in the period 2002 to 2003. The major industries contributing the wealth of region are
manufacturing, retail, wholesale and trade, agriculture, home ownership, construction, education
and health and community services.
For a more comprehensive assessment of the impacts, particularly at the subregional or local scale,
data at the statistical local area or LGA level is necessary. Accessing this data has proven a
challenge and as such remains a gap in the planning process. The BMRG will work with the State
Level Activity IM01 Regional Information Services to address this gap in 2005.
Another important factor to consider when assessing the social and economic impacts of achieving
sustainable NRM is the potential impact on industry employment rates. Figure 2.2.5b provides a
trend of industry employment percentages for the region between 1996 and 2001. The major
employment industries in the region are retail, wholesale and trade, community services, agriculture
and manufacturing. Trends indicate higher employment growth rates in the retail, wholesale and
trade and community services industries than the agricultural and mining industries.
Page 27 of 235
Page 28 of 235
0.0%
General Government
Ownership of Dwellings
Personal & Other Serv
Cultural & Rec Serv
Health & Comm Serv
Education
Govt Admin & Defence
Property & Bus Serv
Finance & Insurance
Communications
Transport & Storage
Accom, Cafes & Rest
Retail Trade
Wholesale Trade
Construction
Electricity, Gas & Wat
Manufacturing
Mining
Agriculture
Contribution to Gross Regional Product (%
Wide Bay Burnett Statistical Division,
GRP at Factor Cost, 2002-03
14.0%
12.0%
10.0%
8.0%
6.0%
4.0%
2.0%
Industry Type
Figure 2.2.5a Contribution to Gross Regional Product by Industry Type, Wide Bay Burnett 2002 to
2003 (Source: AEC Group Ltd)
0
5
10
15
20
25
A
gr
i
l
cu
r
tu
e
M
in
g
in
M
u
an
fa
c
g
in
ec
El
r
tu
c
tri
ity
,G
as
,W
at
er
n
Co
str
t
Re
W
il,
n
a
tio
uc
ho
l
a
es
le
,
o
sp
rt,
o
St
r,
n
m
Fi
m
Co
c
an
Industry Type
an
de
Tr
a
Tr
e,
I
,
ns
Pr
G
,A
rty
ov
e
op
dm
in
d
an
D
e
ef
Regional Employment Trends by Industry 1996 to 2001
e
m
Co
nc
Page 29 of 235
Figure 2.2.5b Regional Employment Trends in the Burnett Mary, 1996 to 2001 (Source: QRBIS)
Percentage of Labour Force (%)
m
u
ty
ni
Se
i
rv
s
Re
ce
e
cr
at
io
l
na
Pe
o
rs
na
l
O
th
er
2001
1996
2.2.6
Employment
There are close to 13,000 people in the region employed in agriculture, fishery and
forestry industries, accounting for over 13 percent of all employed persons compared with
4.9 percent for Queensland. The highest concentrations of people employed in these
industries are located in the western portion of the region where percentages are between
30 and 50. The graph in Figure 2.2.6a provides a comparison of participation and
unemployment rates, and employment to population ratios between the region, other nonmetropolitan regions and Queensland. The map in Figure 2.2.6b depicts the locations of
the highest concentrations of persons employed in resource-based industries in the region.
Labour market indicators, 2001
QLD Burnett Mary, QLD non-metro and Queensland
70
60
per cent
50
Labour Force Participation
40
Unemployment rate
Employment to Population ratio
30
Youth unemployment rate
20
10
0
QLD Burnett Mary
QLD Non-metro
Queensland
Figure 2.2.6a Summary of participation and unemployment rates, and employment to
population ratios, 2001 (Source: BRS, 2004)
Page 30 of 235
Persons employed in AFF (%)
2.9 - 7.4
7.4 - 12.2
12.2 - 21.1
21.1 - 34.1
34.1 - 53.9
N
Miriam Vale (S)
Burnett (S) - Pt B
#
#
Monto (S)
#
Burnett (S) - Pt A
Bundaberg (C)
Kolan (S)
Isis (S)
Perry (S)
#
Eidsvold (S)
Biggenden (S)
#
Maryborough (C)
#
Gayndah (S)
Woocoo (S)
Mundubbera (S)
Tiaro (S)
Kilkivan (S)
#
#
Murgon (S)
#
Wondai (S)
#
#
Kingaroy (S)
#
0
50
100
Maroochy (S) Bal
Nanango (S)
#
50
Noosa (S) Bal
150
200
250 Kilometers
Figure 2.2.6b Distribution of regional population employed in Agricultural, Forestry and
Fisheries Industries, 2001 (Source: BRS, 2004)
Page 31 of 235
2.2.7
Unemployment
The unemployment rate for the region is 11.4 per cent compared with 8.2 per cent for
Queensland. The highest concentration of unemployment is found in the eastern part of
the region, conversely the lowest unemployment rates are recorded in the far north and
central western part of the region. The youth unemployment rate for the region is 19.8
per cent compared with 15.3 for Queensland. Maps in Figures 2.2.7a and 2.2.7b reflect
the concentration of unemployment for the region.
Unemployment rate (%)
2.7 - 5.2
5.2 - 7.6
7.6 - 9.1
9.1 - 12.7
12.7 - 20.3
N
Miriam Vale (S)
Burnett (S) - Pt B
#
#
Monto (S)
#
Burnett (S) - Pt A
Bundaberg (C)
Kolan (S)
Isis (S)
Perry (S)
#
Eidsvold (S)
Biggenden (S)
#
Maryborough (C)
#
Gayndah (S)
Woocoo (S)
Mundubbera (S)
Tiaro (S)
Kilkivan (S)
#
Murgon (S)
#
#
Wondai (S)
#
#
Kingaroy (S)
#
0
50
100
Maroochy (S) Bal
Nanango (S)
#
50
Noosa (S) Bal
150
200
250 Kilometers
Figure 2.2.7a Concentration of general unemployment for the region, 2001 (Source:
BRS, 2004)
Page 32 of 235
Youth unemployment rate (%)
0 - 8.1
8.1 - 15.9
15.9 - 20
20 - 24.6
24.6 - 31
N
Miriam Vale (S)
Burnett (S) - Pt B
#
#
Monto (S)
#
Burnett (S) - Pt A
Bundaberg (C)
Kolan (S)
Isis (S)
Perry (S)
#
Eidsvold (S)
Biggenden (S)
#
Maryborough (C)
#
Gayndah (S)
Woocoo (S)
Mundubbera (S)
Tiaro (S)
Kilkivan (S)
Murgon (S)
#
#
#
Wondai (S)
#
#
Kingaroy (S)
#
0
50
100
Maroochy (S) Bal
Nanango (S)
#
50
Noosa (S) Bal
150
200
250 Kilometers
Figure 2.2.7b Concentration of youth unemployment for the region, 2001 (Source: BRS,
2004)
Page 33 of 235
2.2.8
Value of Agriculture
The gross value of agricultural commodities produced in the region was over $800
million compared to over $7 billion for Queensland. This indicates that the region
contributes to over 11 percent of the total value derived from agricultural commodities in
Queensland. Table 2.2.8 shows the total value of agriculture of each Statistical Local
Area in the reigon. Burnett (S) – Pt B, Kilkivan (S), Isis (S), and Cooloola (S) (excl.
Gympie) have the highest gross value of agricultural commodities (sugar cane, small
crops, lucerne and fodder production), accounting for 40 percent of the total gross value
of agricultural commodities produced in the region. Other areas with gross values above
than the regional average are Mundubbera (S) (citrus), Kingaroy (S) (peanuts, maize,
wheat, soy, and grapes), Monto (S) (dairying, beef cattle) and Gayndah (S), (citrus).
Conversely, the lowest gross values of agricultural production are recorded in Hervey
Bay (C) – Pt B, Hervey Bay (C) – Pt A, Cooloola (S) – Gympie only, Maryborough (C),
all major urban centres, and Perry (S), the least populated part of the region. It is
estimated that the fisheries industry contributes approximately $67 million to the value of
agriculture in the region (8%).
Table 2.2.8 Total value agricultural production of each Statistical Local Area in the
region, 2001 (Source: BRS, 2004)
SLA Name
Burnett (S) - Pt B
Kilkivan (S)
Isis (S)
Mundubbera (S)
Kingaroy (S)
Monto (S)
Gayndah (S)
Wondai (S)
Maroochy (S) Bal
Burnett (S) - Pt A
Kolan (S)
Murgon (S)
Tiaro (S)
Nanango (S)
Miriam Vale (S)
Eidsvold (S)
Woocoo (S)
Bundaberg (C)
Noosa (S) Bal
Biggenden (S)
Maryborough (C)
Perry (S)
Total Burnet Mary
Average Burnett Mary
Total value ($)
115,925,553
84,619,022
73,137,325
66,175,103
61,364,650
47,400,749
45,126,683
41,614,775
39,893,502
36,354,027
29,174,128
25,833,794
25,294,319
24,372,343
21,794,670
19,656,596
17,097,226
16,428,211
15,646,436
14,638,415
13,431,600
11,883,113
7,538,706
6,109,347
4,993,464
4,743,666
1,860,165
872,107,588
32,300,281
(Source: 2001 Agricultural Census, ABS)
Page 34 of 235
2.2.9
Other Social and Economic Characteristics
Other social and economic characteristics relevant to NRM include educational
attainment, home ownership and internet access and usage.
2.2.10 Education
Over 20 percent of the region’s population have post-school qualifications compared with
25 percent for Queensland. The percentage of farmers who have post-school
qualifications is 15.9 compared to 16.3 for Queensland. Figures 2.2.10a and b show the
post school qualification percentage rates for the population in total and farmers in 2001.
Persons with post-school qualifications (%)
12.4 - 15.2
15.2 - 17.1
17.1 - 19.1
19.1 - 20.7
20.7 - 27
N
Miriam Vale (S)
Burnett (S) - Pt B
#
#
Monto (S)
#
Burnett (S) - Pt A
Bundaberg (C)
Kolan (S)
Isis (S)
Perry (S)
#
Eidsvold (S)
Biggenden (S)
#
Maryborough (C)
#
Gayndah (S)
Woocoo (S)
Mundubbera (S)
Tiaro (S)
Kilkivan (S)
#
Murgon (S)
#
#
Wondai (S)
#
#
Kingaroy (S)
#
0
50
100
Maroochy (S) Bal
Nanango (S)
#
50
Noosa (S) Bal
150
200
250 Kilometers
Figure 2.2.10a Post-school qualification rates for the regional population, 2001 (Source:
BRS, 2004)
Page 35 of 235
Farmer with post-school qualifications (%)
13.4 - 15
15 - 18.2
18.2 - 22.3
22.3 - 29.2
29.2 - 37.6
N
Miriam Vale (S)
Burnett (S) - Pt B
#
#
Monto (S)
#
Burnett (S) - Pt A
Bundaberg (C)
Kolan (S)
Isis (S)
Perry (S)
#
Eidsvold (S)
Biggenden (S)
#
Maryborough (C)
#
Gayndah (S)
Woocoo (S)
Mundubbera (S)
Tiaro (S)
Kilkivan (S)
#
Murgon (S)
#
#
Wondai (S)
#
#
Kingaroy (S)
#
0
50
100
Maroochy (S) Bal
Nanango (S)
#
50
Noosa (S) Bal
150
200
250 Kilometers
Figure 2.2.10b Post-school qualification rates for the farming population, 2001 (Source:
BRS, 2004)
Page 36 of 235
2.2.11 Home Ownership
A region’s wealth and community well-being can be measured by its level of home
ownership and associated condition, locality and affordability of the housing stock.
Growth in home ownership rates is also considered to improve the level of capital
produced by a region. Trends indicate that approximately 68 percent of all households in
the region are either fully owned or being purchased. This rate is much higher than that
for Queensland (62%) and other non-metropolitan areas (61%). Figure 2.2.11 shows the
spatial representation of home ownership for the region in 2001.
Home ownership (%)
54.3 - 56
56 - 64.9
64.9 - 68.3
68.3 - 72.7
72.7 - 82.1
N
Miriam Vale (S)
Burnett (S) - Pt B
#
#
Monto (S)
#
Burnett (S) - Pt A
Bundaberg (C)
Kolan (S)
Isis (S)
Perry (S)
#
Eidsvold (S)
Biggenden (S)
#
Maryborough (C)
#
Gayndah (S)
Woocoo (S)
Mundubbera (S)
Tiaro (S)
Kilkivan (S)
#
#
Murgon (S)
#
Wondai (S)
#
#
Kingaroy (S)
#
0
50
100
Maroochy (S) Bal
Nanango (S)
#
50
Noosa (S) Bal
150
200
250 Kilometers
Figure 2.2.11 Regional Home Ownership Rates, 2001 (Source: BRS, 2004)
2.2.12 Internet Usage
Page 37 of 235
Equal access to information and associated technologies has particular relevance to NRM
and sustainability, particularly from a capacity building perspective. The proportion of
the population in the region (15%) using Internet is lower than the State rate (17%).
Figure 2.2.12 depicts a pattern of decreasing Internet usage between the east and west of
our region. If landholders and natural resource managers living in the rural parts of our
region are to have equal access to information and associated technologies, this issue will
need to be addressed.
N
Persons using internet at home (%)
8.3 - 9.4
9.4 - 10.9
10.9 - 13
13 - 17
17 - 21.6
Miriam Vale (S)
Burnett (S) - Pt B
#
#
Monto (S)
#
Burnett (S) - Pt A
Bundaberg (C)
Kolan (S)
Isis (S)
Perry (S)
#
Eidsvold (S)
Biggenden (S)
#
Maryborough (C)
#
Gayndah (S)
Woocoo (S)
Mundubbera (S)
Tiaro (S)
Kilkivan (S)
Murgon (S)
#
#
#
Wondai (S)
#
#
Kingaroy (S)
#
0
50
100
Maroochy (S) Bal
Nanango (S)
#
50
Noosa (S) Bal
150
200
250 Kilometers
Figure 2.2.12 Regional Internet Usage, 2001 (Source: BRS, 2004)
2.3 Biophysical Profile
Page 38 of 235
2.3.1
Climatic regime
Rainfall
The climate of the BMR is sub-tropical with a summer dominant rainfall. Local
temperature and rainfall patterns can vary widely across the region with the principle
variations being due to elevation and distance from the coast. The summer dominant
rainfall is significantly influenced by cyclonic weather patterns which develop in coastal
tropical Queensland. Cyclones have a return frequency of about 1 in 10 years (Macnish S
E, 1996). Fronts and depressions arising in southern and western areas bring winter/spring
rains.
The headwaters of the Kolan in the northern part of the region receive a mean annual
rainfall of 1,500 mm. This is contrasted with 732mm at Monto and 668mm at Narayen
Research Station in the western parts of the region and mean annual falls of 1836mm in
the ranges around Maleny in the southern part of the region. This variation is reflected in
the farming and grazing system diversity of the region. Grazing land systems are
dominant in the western areas and cropping, horticulture and dairying are more prevalent
in the eastern and southern range areas. However, winter rains in the western part of the
Region eg Wondai, are generally sufficient to produce winter cereals and forage crops,
particularly on land under summer fallow. In the west, summer storms are essential to
maintain surface supplies of water for stock. Failure of the spring storms and summer
rains can lead to serious drought conditions.
Rainfalls vary considerably from year to year. Approximately three quarters of annual
streamflow occurs in the six-month period from November to April. In coastal areas, lack
of reliable winter rains does not allow for rain fed winter cropping. In the northern and
coastal areas, eg Bundaberg, Childers, evaporation rates also exceed rainfall for most of
the year, hence the importance of irrigation to maintain stability of crop production
particularly for the sugar industry (Macnish S E, 1996).
Temperature
Temperature has a significant effect on crop growth in the region. The milder
temperatures and lesser diurnal variations on the coastal lowlands around Bundaberg (and
access to irrigation water) allow for greater horticulture production, eg three tomato crops
per year. The occurrence of frosts/low winter temperatures in the Gympie area has led to
the establishment of stone fruit orchards.
Figures 2.3.1a and 2.3.1b show mean monthly temperature and rainfall information for
eight locations across the region. Note: Narayen Research Station is near the western
boundary of the Region between the latitudes of Eidsvold and Mundubberra, and
Crohamhurst is located near Maleny and the source of the Mary system.
Flooding
Minor flooding of the Burnett, Mary Kolan Elliot and Gregory Rivers and their tributaries
can be expected in most years as a result of summer storms. The lower Mary River
region, particularly in the Gympie district, is considered unsuitable for bare fallow
agriculture because of the frequency of flooding (Macnish S E, 1996).
Page 39 of 235
Mean MonthlyTemperatures - Burnett Mary Region
35
30
Crohamhurst - max.
Crohamhurst - min.
Monto - max.
Monto - min.
Maryborough - max.
Maryborough - min.
Bustard Head - max.
Bustard Head - min.
Gympie - max.
Gympie - min.
Kingaroy - max.
Kingaroy - min.
Bundaberg - max.
Bundaberg - min.
Narayen - max.
Narayen - min
25
20
15
10
5
0
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
Figure 2.3.1a Mean Monthly Temperatures (Source: Bureau of Meteorology, 2004)
Mean Monthly Rainfall Burnett Mary Region
350
300
250
Crohamhurst
Monto
Maryborough
Bustard Head
Gympie
Kingaroy
Bundaberg
Narayen Research Station
mm
200
150
100
50
0
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
Month
Figure 2.3.1b Mean monthly rainfall (Source: Bureau of Meteorology, 2004)
Page 40 of 235
2.3.2
Geology and Topography
Principal Information Sources: (DNR, 2000; NR&M, 2003).
The region is large, with complex geology and topography. The following information
summarises key features relevant to catchment morphology.
There are a number of mountain ranges within the region. Those which define major
catchment boundaries include the Dawes Range, which forms the northern boundary of
the Nogo, Three Moon, Monal, Splinter and Kolan catchments; the Burnett Range, which
forms the boundary between the Upper Burnett and Kolan catchments; the Auburn
Range, which forms the western boundary of the Auburn and Nogo catchments; and the
Great Dividing Range, which forms the southern boundary of the Auburn, Boyne and
Barker catchments. The Mary catchment is bound by the D’Aguilar and Jimna Ranges to
the west, the Clifton Ranges to the northwest, the Conondale Ranges to the southwest,
Blackall Range to the south and Beenham Ranges to the south east.
The geology of the mountain ranges is varied. Extensive areas of flat to undulating terrain
associated with Tertiary basalt flows occur in the Boyne, Barker-Barambah and upper
Nogo catchments, as well as in the Bundaberg area.
Granitic rocks weather to sand, so they are an important source of sand to the river
systems. Streams draining catchments with large proportions of granitic rocks typically
have sandy beds. Granitic rocks are widespread in the study area.
Within the Burnett Basin, the main granitic areas include large parts of the Nogo, Auburn
and Boyne catchments, headwater areas in the Barker and Barambah catchments, the
lower Barambah catchment, and the catchments of local tributaries of the Burnett River
between Mundubbera and Walla Weir. Within the Mary Basin, the main granitic areas
are the Woondum granites eg Mothar Mountain, occurring south east of Gympie in the
Deep Creek and Six Mile Creek sub-catchments; and the Station Creek Adamellite
occurring throughout Widgee-Wide Bay Creek subcatchments near Woolooga.
The river and stream valleys are carved into bedrock, and in the Burnett system, contain
Quaternary alluvial deposits wherever conditions have been conducive for deposition.
Wide floodplains occur along parts of Three Moon Creek, Barker Creek, Barambah Creek
and Boonara Creek. Elsewhere, the present floodplains are relatively narrow. Bedrock
outcrops in river and stream channels are common in many areas, and range from isolated
outcrops, to broad rock bars, such as found in the Burnett River between Mundubbera and
Walla, and rocky gorges with waterfalls, such as the Auburn River Gorge and Barambah
Creek Gorge.
The upper reaches of the Mary River dissect the volcanic Amamoor Beds and the
complex of sedimentary and volcanic rocks in the Gympie Group. Downstream of
Conondale, the river opens into a broad valley formed from the less resistant granitic
rocks of the Neurum Tonalite. Due to the high stream power and the erodeable nature of
the valley, the river is actively migrating and straightening in this part of the catchment.
Downstream of Gympie, the river cuts a deep gorge into the Myrtle Creek Sandstone,
helps erode a sinuous path through the Station Creek Granites and then enters the Tiaro
Coal Measures and strata of the Grahams Creek and Maryborough formations. The lower
reaches of the River are bound by wide alluvium flats though the river itself is incised
into the underlying bedrock.
Page 41 of 235
The northern half of the Noosa River catchment lies within the region. The headwaters
arise within the sandstones of the Como escarpment and the river flows in a southerly
direction across the younger unconsolidated sediments of the Noosa Plain. This area is a
component of the Great Sandy region which includes Fraser Island.
A more detailed technical description of the geology of the coastal areas of the region can
be found in (Macnish S E, 1996) Section 2.4 – Geology pp 10-12. The most
comprehensive geological information is provided through the Explanatory Notes to the
Geological Maps for the area e.g. (Cranfield L C, 1994).
2.3.3
Salinity
Principal information sources: (DPI, 1993), (LRAM, 2004).
http://www.nrm.qld.gov.au/land/management/salinity.html
Salinity has been a long standing feature of the region. The base geology of significant
parts of the coastal plains (Burrum Coal Measures and other components of the
Maryborough Formation suite of geologies) is naturally saline and as a result salt
expression within soils is reasonably common. Whilst the inland areas lack the large scale
high salt load tertiary clay plain deposits of the Darling Downs and Central Queensland,
the area does contain both metasediments and sedimentary geological sequences which
are also highly saline. Salinity Hazard Mapping undertaken by the Queensland
Department of Natural Resources, indicates the potential for future salinity related
concerns is high.
There are approximately 1700 known salinity outbreaks in the region; of these almost half
are associated with the coastal lowlands in the Burrum and Mary Basins with the majority
of the reminder in the northern and western sub-catchments of the Burnett (Figure 2.3.3).
However, the extent of these outbreaks and their impacts are poorly understood at a
regional level. There are also significant examples of salt water intrusion into the
commercial aquifers used for urban and agricultural purposes in both the coastal and
inland areas.
Salinity is a problem in the middle to lower reaches of the Mary River, caused most
commonly by the clearing of forest areas resulting in rising water tables. In drier periods
there is a marked increase in salinity in irrigation water from some ground water and
creek systems.
Salinity is also a problem associated with the higher watertables on cultivated lands in the
South and Central Burnett and coastal Burnett –Kolan. Salt water intrusion to coastal
aquifers in the Elliot Heads and Moore Park areas near Bundaberg has occurred from
overuse of groundwater. Dryland salinity is common in the North and Central Burnett
and in coastal Burnett- Kolan particularly where timber has been cleared. Rising water
tables and associated salinity have occurred in surface water irrigation areas.
Groundwater supplies along the coastal dune system near Agnes Waters and Seventeen
Seventy are limited. Salt water intrusion may occur through over pumping of this
resource.
A more detailed discussion on salinity and its association with soils, geology and
groundwater can be found in Volume 3a, Sections 4.1-4.2 of the State of the Burnett
Page 42 of 235
Mary Region Report. The NR&M website provides an excellent overview of the topic
and associated issues. http://www.nrm.qld.gov.au/land/management/salinity.html
Figure 2.3.3a Dryland Salinity and the Water Cycle (Source: Murray-Darling Basin
Commission)
Page 43 of 235
Figure 2.3.3b Burnett Mary Region Landscape Salinisation and Groundwater Flow
Systems (Source: LRAM, 2004) (Note: red diamonds indicate sites of known salinity
outbreaks.)
Page 44 of 235
2.3.4
Soils
There is an extensive literature on soils of the Region, developed primarily in conjunction
with suitability for agricultural developments eg (DPI, 1991;1992; Zund P and Brown D,
2001). A good summary of major soil types and their suitability for agricultural uses is
provided in Table 3.3 of the Mary Basin Land and Water Resource Assessment Report
(NR&M, 2003). Similar information is available for soils in the Burnett and Baffle
Basins in Land Management Manuals and Land Resource Assessment Reports available
through the Department of Natural Resources and Mines.
Acid Sulphate Soils
ASS mapping has been undertaken by the Queensland Department of Natural Resources
and Mines, concentrating on south-east Queensland, the wet tropics and sugar cultivation
areas of Bundaberg and Maryborough being areas where land uses are likely to have the
greatest impact. Mapping is complete for the Boonaroo-Toogum (Maryborough) area and
Coonar to Kolan River (Bundaberg). There is essentially no ASS information for the
remaining coastal lands in the region other than what can be inferred from existing soils
mapping.
Deposits of acid sulfate soils are commonly found less than 5 metres above sea level (<5
m AHD), particularly in low-lying coastal areas. Mangroves, salt marshes, floodplains,
swamps, wetlands, estuaries, and brackish or tidal lakes, are ideal for acid sulfate soil
formation. However, identification in the field is not always easy. ASS are often buried
beneath layers of more recently deposited soils and sediments of alluvial or aeolian
origin, so that the presence of ASS is often not suspected from the surface.
Exposure of ASS to air as a result of drainage or physical disturbance eg digging, results
in the production of sulfuric acid. This in turn can result in the release of toxic
quantitities of iron aluminium and heavy metals. Together the acidity, sufur and metals
can severely impact on the productivity of land and associated waterways as well as the
structural integrity of eg concrete and metal infrastructure.
Developments on areas with ASS, particularly large scale drainage and flood mitigation
schemes, can lead to widespread acidification of land, lakes and streams and subsequent
economic losses to other industries (eg. commercial fisheries and oysters, recreational
fisheries, tourist amenity and infrastructure).
Further information on the development, action and impacts of ASS generally can be
accessed through http://www.nrm.qld.gov.au/land/ass .
Page 45 of 235
2.4 Bioregional Profile
Principal information sources: (BushKarma, 2004), (Kirkwood J and Hooper J, 2004).
2.4.1
Terrestrial and Marine Bioregions
The Burnett Mary region straddles two of Queensland’s thirteen natural terrestrial
bioregions viz. the northern half of South East Queensland (SEQ) and the eastern margins
of the Brigalow Belt (BB) (Sattler P S and Williams R D, 1999). A complex mosaic of
geology, soils, topography and microclimates interact to produce a diverse suite of
habitats supporting a rich biota of plants and animals.
At the landscape level, this mosaic is differentiated into twelve distinct biogeographic
subregions, each subregion possessing a characteristic set of landscape features (Table
2.4.1 and Figure 2.4.1).
Table 2.4.1a Biogeographic Sub-regions of the Burnett Mary Region
Subregion
Location in
Region
South–east
Hills
and Ranges
(SEQ-3)
2.28% 1
Upper Mary
Subcatchment
Southern
Coastal
Lowlands
(SEQ-4)
0.19%
Eastern central
Mary
subcatchment
Brisbane–
Barambah
Volcanics
(SEQ-5)
8.55%
Western Mary,
Southern &
Central Burnett
subcatchments
South
Burnett
(SEQ-6)
49.96%
South Burnett
subcatchment
Gympie
Block (SEQ7)
15.25%
Upper and
Western Mary,
Upper Burrum,
Central Burnett
and Kolan
subcatchments,
extending to Baffle
Ck
Features
Based largely upon the Beenleigh and North and South
D'Aguilar Blocks. This province is moist and hilly to
mountainous. The geology is predominantly
metamorphics with some acid volcanic intrusions. The
main vegetation types of the province include eucalypt
open forests, eucalypt tall open forests, complex
notophyll rainforest and Araucarian notophyll rainforest.
Whilst centred upon sedimentary rocks of the Nambour
Basin also includes marine and estuarine sediments and
the high dunes of the southern off–shore islands. Major
vegetation types are heathlands and banksia woodlands,
Melaleuca quinquenervia forests and woodlands,
mangrove forests, sedgelands and Eucalyptus racemosa
and E. pilularis open forests and tall open forests.
This is an area of rolling hills and broad stream valleys.
There are also granitic intrusions associated with
elevated topography in the east of the province. The
province is relatively dry (800–1000mm per annum) and
contains extensive ironbark eucalypt woodlands,
Araucarian microphyll rainforests and prior to clearing,
Eucalyptus tereticornis woodlands.
The province is relatively elevated and contains the
Bunya Mountains. The highest parts are closely linked to
the Scenic Rim province in terms of fauna and flora. The
major vegetation types of the South Burnett province
include Araucarian microphyll rainforest and eucalypt
woodlands and open forests.
Contains low, hilly landscapes on old sedimentary rocks,
metamorphics and intermediate and basic volcanics with
scattered acid volcanic intrusions. It is moist in the south
(rainfall in excess of 1500mm pa) but drier in the north
(900mm pa). The relatively fertile soils associated with
the intermediate to basic volcanics support extensive
patches of Araucarian notophyll and microphyll rainforest
and mixed eucalypt forests. Ironbark woodlands replace
the mixed eucalypt forests where rainfall is < 1000mm pa.
**RE’s12.11.15, 12.11.16 are endemic to the subregion
Page 46 of 235
Subregion
Burnett–
Curtis
Coastal
Lowlands
(SEQ-8)
12.55%
Location in
Region
Features
Fraser Coast,
Lower Mary,
Lower Burrum,
Lower Burnett,
Lower Kolan,
Lower Baffle
subcatchments
Great Sandy
Straits -Fraser
Coast and Eastern
Central Mary
subcatchments
Based on sedimentary rocks of the Maryborough Basin
and marine and alluvial sediments. Drier than subregions
to the south and with a marked tropical biotic component.
Major vegetation types include heathlands, melaleuca
and eucalypt woodlands and open forests.
Contains sandmasses and the sandstone hills and
riverine plains of the upper Noosa River catchment.
Vegetation includes notophyll rainforest, Lophostemon
confertus — Syncarpia hillii tall open forest, mixed
eucalypt open forests, banksia woodlands and Melaleuca
quinquenervia woodlands.
Upper Baffle and
Geologically diverse and includes granite hills and ranges
Burnett–
Northern Burnett
in the east and low rolling hills on old sedimentary rocks
Curtis Hills
subcatchments
in the west. Also elevated sandstone and volcanics at
and Ranges
Kroombit Tops as a moist topographic isolate. Main
(SEQ-10)
12.85%
vegetation types include narrow-leaved ironbark and
lemon-scented gum woodlands, eucalypt mixed open
forests and Araucarian microphyll rainforests.
Northern and
A rugged to hilly province formed on Paleozoic rocks of the
Mt Morgan
Central Burnett
coastal ranges from inland of Rockhampton to Eidsvold. The
Ranges
subcatchments
dominant rocks are volcanics, with smaller areas of igneous
(BBS-4)
6.54%
and folded metasediments. Steeper areas are dominated by
narrow–leaved ironbark woodlands with red bloodwood,
spotted gum and rosewood. Silver–leaved ironbark forms a
woodland on erosional lower slopes and gum topped box on
colluvial slopes. Forest red gum and Moreton Bay ash occur
on alluvial soils.
Northern, Central & Predominantly hilly with a complex geology dominated by
Banana–
Southern Burnett
granodiorites and other igneous rocks. Two distinct parts
Auburn
subcatchments
centred on the Auburn Range in the north with a smaller
Ranges
area west of Proston–Wondai. Silver–leaved ironbark
(BBS-8)
19.67%
woodlands are widespread, usually with red bloodwood.
Narrow–leaved ironbark is dominant on steeper areas with
shallow soils. Colluvial and alluvial areas carry woodlands of
poplar box or forest red gum and Moreton Bay ash and
bulloak. Small areas of brigalow scrub and vine thicket.
Northern, Central & Primarily dissected low Jurassic sandstone and lateritised
Barakula
Southern Burnett
sandstone hills, plateau remnants and scarps, interspersed
(BBS-13)
9.86%
subcatchments
with and surrounded by undulating plains. Centred on the
Barakula area with a tongue extending north to Monto. The
vegetation involves a complex mosaic of mixed and pure
eucalypt forest stands and woodlands, as well as brigalowbelah and semi-evergreen vinethicket communities.
South Burnett
Comprise mainly spurs and foothills involving TriassicEastern
subcatchment
Jurassic sediments where the region extends into the
Darling
region. Sandstone hills support narrow-leaved ironbark
Downs
woodland with gum-topped box and poplar box woodlands
(BBS-17)
0.78%
on lower slopes and valleys. Some areas of brigalow open
forest and semi-evergreen vine thicket.
*Figures indicate the percentage representation of each subregion as a part of the region.
**RE’s - Regional Ecosystems.
Great Sandy
(SEQ-9)
5.06%
For discussion of remnant vegetation and Regional Ecosystems (RE’s), refer to Volume
2, Section 4.3 Biodiversity.
Page 47 of 235
Figure 2.4.1a Distribution of Biogeographic sub-regions of the Burnett Mary
Page 48 of 235
The Burnett Mary region contains a diverse range of marine and coastal habitats,
including wide sandy beaches, coral reefs, continental shelf, sand, mud and rock substrata
and vegetated habitats such as mangrove forests, saltmarshes, seagrass beds and algal
beds. The majority of the marine areas of the region form part of the Tweed–Moreton
Bioregion which is characteristically dominated by vast stretches of wide flat, sandy
beaches (EPA-QPWS 2002).
North of Baffle Creek, the range of marine bioregions becomes more complex, and
includes portions of the Mackay Capricorn, Shoalwater Bay and Outer Provinces
bioregions (EPA 2001). The ecology and geology of these areas is strongly influenced
by the presence of the Great Barrier Reef. Within these, a more detailed bioregional
classification has been developed for the Great Barrier Reef WHA.
Table 2.4.1b Great Barrier Reef Bioregions within the Burnett Mary Region
Code
NB8
RCB1
RCB2
RE8
NA3
NU
X4
X8
Marine Bioregion name - description
Capricorn Bunker Lagoon - Halimeda and seagrass up to 50% cover. Mixing of southern
inshore and tropical inshore sponge species, 28% not yet found elsewhere.
Capricorn Bunker Outer - RCB1 & RCB2 oceanographically isolated, may be biologically
distinct from the rest of GBR. Set back from edge of shelf but very exposed due to local
currents. Distinct differences in coral trout populations compared with the Swain Reefs
and elsewhere on the GBR.
Capricorn Bunker Mid Shelf – RCB1 & RCB2 oceanographically isolated, may be
biologically distinct from the rest of GBR. More turbid, more sheltered and more algae
than RCB1, characteristic of mid-shelf area. Good turtle feeding habitat.
Coastal Southern Fringing - Dominated by episodic Fitzroy River flood plumes. Southern
influence in algal species. Fringing reefs around high continental islands with high cover
of hard and soft coral and algae, but low coral diversity.
High Nutrients Coastal Strip - Terriginous mud and high levels of nutrients from the
adjoining land. Seagrass in sheltered sites only. Good turtle and dugong feeding habitat.
Wet tropical influence for much of the coast.
Terraces – Characterised by hard substrate seafloor terraces at depths of 90-300m
terraces punctuated by shoals to depths of around 10m.
Capricorn – Bunker Inter Reef - Deep water offshore area (more biological information
required).
Southern Embayment - Deep water offshore area (more biological information required).
(Source: GBRMPA)
The region’s eastern coastlines are typically exposed to greater wave action than areas
located further north which are protected by the Great Barrier Reef.
Page 49 of 235
Figure 2.4.1b Distribution of Biogeographic marine sub-regions of the Burnett Mary
The marine areas of the region form part of the Tweed – Moreton Bioregion which is
characteristically dominated by vast stretches of wide flat, sandy beaches (EPA-QPWS,
2002). As well as wide sandy beaches, the BM Region contains a diverse range of marine
and coastal habitats, including coral reefs, continental shelf, sand, mud and rock substrata
and vegetated habitats such as mangrove forests, saltmarshes, seagrass beds and algal
beds. The eastern coastlines are typically exposed to greater wave action than the
bioregions located further north which are protected by the Great Barrier Reef.
2.4.2
Regional Flora and Fauna
The marine and terrestrial components of the region cover a large geographic range over a
transition zone between temperate and tropical faunas. As a result, both terrestrial and
Page 50 of 235
marine areas support a wide diversity of habitats including fauna characteristic of both
temperate and tropical areas.
The most complete overall documentation of the biodiversity of the BM Region is the
Queensland Museum faunal database, which provides an extensive list of the marine,
aquatic and terrestrial fauna that has been collected from the region and lodged with the
museum. This database contains approximately 32,000 records of taxa from the BM
Region, comprising about 3,700 species belonging to 14 phyla. However, this database is
incomplete and the actual number of species and phyla present in the region is certainly
far greater than those present in the Museum collections. In fact, the marine sediments
within the BM Region almost certainly house representatives of at least 30 animal phyla.
The BM Region includes significant type localities for 33 crustaceans (mostly
freshwater), 131 ‘worm’ species (from various phyla), 1 mollusc, 169 arachnids, 616
beetles (Coleoptera) and 380 vertebrates (mostly marine fish).
At the species level it is impossible to quantify accurately the diversity of living
organisms within the region (viz. animals, plants, fungi, protists). More quantitative
information is available for ‘higher order’ lifeforms such as vascular plants and vertebrate
animals and a ‘first-cut’ census is presented in Table 2.4.2.
Table 2.4.2 Census estimates of Vascular Plants and Vertebrate Animals in the region
A. Vascular Plant Taxa
Class
mosses
liverworts and hornworts
ferns
conifers and allies
flowering plants - lower dicots
flowering plants - higher dicots
flowering plants - monocots
Total
B. Vertebrate Animal Taxa
Class
Region
Terrestrial
birds
460
fish
reptiles
145
mammals
107
frogs
54
Total
766
Region
Aquatic
52
26
11
89
Region
71
39
167
29
115
2997
1069
4487
QLD
574
315
470
61
9093
%
12.4
12.4
35.5
47.5
46.0
10516
42.7
Region
Combined
460
52
171
118
54
855
QLD
%
594
77.4
429
210
114
39.9
56.2
47.4
(Source: Region & Qld fauna statistics: EPA Wildnet database; Qld plants: Henderson 2002)
The region is home to over half of Queensland’s native mammals, almost 80 percent of its
native birds and just under half of the state’s native reptiles, frogs and vascular plants.
Plainly, the region has a valuable role to play in assisting the state to meet its species level
biodiversity protection targets.
The region has a very high diversity of marine organisms. However, the marine
biodiversity of the BM Region has been patchily documented, with some taxa in some
areas having been extensively researched (e.g. the fishes of the Capricorn-Bunker Group),
and others virtually unknown (eg the marine algae of the region).
Page 51 of 235
The marine and estuarine fish fauna of the region is extraordinarily diverse, with over
1,500 species having been recorded in the study area. This represents approximately 37
percent of all marine fish species found off Australia’s coastline, and about 11 percent of
all marine fish species in the world. In fact, the fish species diversity of the region
exceeds that of the entire Great Barrier Reef, partially because the region includes some
of the GBR, but also because of its diversity of habitats and location in an area of overlap
between tropical and temperate fish faunas. Additionally there have been a large number
of surveys of fish in the region including a current trawl by-catch survey program.
REFERENCES
Australian Bueau of Statistics, (2001), Census of Population and Housing. Canberra.
BCCMG, (2003), The Baffle Creek Catchment Strategy. Baffle Creek Catchment
Management Group Inc. http://www.wb2020.qld.gov.au/icm/baffle/bccmg.htm.
BCCA, (2000), The Burnett Catchment Strategy. Burnett Catchment Care Association
Inc. (BCCA), September 2000 http://www.wb2020.qld.gov.au/icm/bcca/.
BushKarma, (2004), Terrestrial Biodiversity - Technical Paper. Burnett Mary Regional
Group for Natural Resource Management.
Cavaye, J (2004), Community Issues for Sustainability. Burnett Mary Regional Group for
Natural Resource Management Inc.
Cranfield L C, (1994), 1:250,000 Geological Series - Explanatory Notes. Maryborough
Queensland. Sheet SG56-6. Department of Minerals and Energy.
DNR, (2000), Burnett Basin WAMP- Current Environmental Conditionspand Impacts of
Existing Water Resource Development. Volume 1. Department of Natural Resources.
www.nrme.qld.gov.au accessed Oct 2004.
NR&M, (2003), Mary Basin draft Water Resource Plan: Land & Water Resource
Assessment Report. Department of Natural Resources and Mines.
http://www.nrm.qld.gov.au/wrp/mary.html.
NR&M, (2003), Mary Basin Draft Water Resource Plan. Department of Natural
Resources and Mines.
DPI, (1991), Land Management Manual - Coastal Burnett Districts. Department of
Primary Industries.
DPI, (1992), Land Management Manual - Maryborough District. Department of Primary
Industries.
DPI, (1993), The Condition of River Catchments in Queensland - A broad overview of
catchment management issues. Department of Primary Industries. 82.
EPA-QPWS, (2002), Proposal to develop and declare the Great Sandy Marine Park
(Northern Section) - a discussion paper. Environmental Protection Agency - Queensland
Parks and Wildlife Service. 16.
Page 52 of 235
GBRMPA, (2001), Water Quality Action Plan: Great Barrier Reef Catchment Water
Quality Action Plan. A Report To Ministerial Council on targets for pollutant loads.
Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority.
http//www.gbrmpa.gov.au/corp_site/key_issues/water_quality/action_plan/.
Herrería E, Curtis A and Byron I, (2004), A Social Profile of the Queensland Burnett
Mary Region. Bureau of Rural Sciences, Canberra.
Jones, S (2000), Wide Bay-Burnett Region Report Future Growth & Economic
Opportunities. Background Paper for the Regional Economic Summit Wide Bay-Burnett.
CEDA Information Paper No. 73.
Kirkwood J and Hooper J, (2004), Coastal and Marine Biodiversity of the Burnett
Mary Region (draft).
LRAM, (2004), Draft Final Desk Based Review: State of the Region Study. Version 3.
Report to the BMRG. Land Resources Assesment and Management.
Macnish S E, (1996), An overview of the land resources of the Port Curtis-Wide Bay
Region. Department of Primary Industries. 44pp.
MRCCC, (1997), The Mary River Catchment Strategy. Mary River Catchment
Coordinating Committee. http://www.wb2020.qld.gov.au/icm/mrccc/strat.html.
MRCCC, (2001), Mary River Rehabilitation Plan. Mary River Catchment Coordinating
Committee. http://www.wb2020.qld.gov.au/icm/mrccc/Rehab.htm.
Sattler P S and Williams R D, (1999), The Conservation Status of Queenslands
Bioregional Ecosystems. Environmental Protection Abency.
Van Manen N, (2003), Baffle Creek and major Tributaries. An ecological and Physical
Assessment of the Conditions of Streams in the Baffle Creek Catchment. NR&M
Queensland Government.
Zund P and Brown D, (2001), Soils and Agricultural Suitability of the Maryborough Tiaro Area. Queensland. Department of Natural Resources and Mines.
Page 53 of 235
3
THE BURNETT MARY REGIONAL GROUP
BMRG is the peak coordinating body for NRM in the region under the Natural Heritage
Trust (the Trust) and the National Action Plan for Salinity and Water Quality (NAPSWQ)
programs. As a non-government, non-profit organisation BMRG is working with the
community, industry and local government to manage, restore, use, and conserve the
diverse and highly valuable natural resources of the vast Burnett Mary region.
3.1 Organisational Structure
The BMRG is an incorporated association with over 330 members drawn from the
general community and a wide range of interested sectors including State and Local
governments, and specific interest stakeholders such as primary producers and
conservation groups. The BMRG is managed by a Board of Management. Directors are
voted in by the members. The structure of the Board is designed to provide a balanced
representation of sectoral and geographic interests. Supporting the Board are a Technical
Advisory Group (TAG) and the Operational Staff of the BMRG office. Figure 3.1
presents the current structure of the organisation. Appendix 1 identifies the current
composition of the Board and TAG.
Figure 3.1 BMRG Structure and Relationships
Page 54 of 235
The original model for the structure of the BMRG was developed as a result of feedback
from three community meetings held across the Burnett and Mary catchments in 2001 in
response to initiatives taken under the NAPSWQ. A community steering committee was
formed to oversee the election of sector representatives and to appoint an Independent
Chair. This process established the Burnett Mary National Action Plan Body in
December 2001. Subsequent changes in Commonwealth and State priorities and
accreditation criteria with respect to the NAPSWQ and the Trust have ultimately led to
the current form of the BMRG.
The Board of Management of the BMRG currently comprises eleven community
members: these members are selected to represent Local Government (3), Primary
Industry (2), Secondary and Tertiary Industry (1), Marine and Coastal Management (1),
Conservation (1), Catchment (1), Landcare (1) and Indigenous (1) interests. BMRG is
currently implementing a Priority Action to work with the Indigenous community to
develop the underlying structure for their representation. The Board is presided by a nonvoting Independent Chair.
The BMRG is one of fifteen regional Natural Resource Management Groups established
in Queensland. Each group has been developed with a structure and composition
intended to reflect the character, nature and aspirations of the respective regions.
In conducting its role the BMRG is to:
x ensure there is strong input into planning from the general community and that
people are well represented in its decision-making
x provide a structured basis for partnerships, including negotiation and tradeoffs,
between stakeholders with critical regional NRM issues
x provide a basis for integration of critical NRM planning activities into regional,
local and individual organisation plans
x seek and implement structured ways to mitigate the impacts of critical NRM
decisions in the region
x ensure participation, capacity and support from all key stakeholders, including
effective Indigenous influence.
3.2 Members & Partners
In late 2003, a significant effort was placed on developing the BMRG membership with
the purpose of more actively engaging and reflecting the diversity of stakeholders.
Membership formalises sector engagement and assists in the development of a
community owned NRM Plan.
Membership Groups and Sectors (numbers as at November, 2004)
Community Group (TOTAL 176)
Community – Catchment – 19
All 19 of these are groups have their own extensive membership, and cover a large
geographic area including: the Baffle creek catchment, the North sub-catchment of the
Burnett catchment, Burnett Catchment - Central, South sub-catchment of the Burnett
Catchment, Mary River Catchment, the East sub-catchment of the Burnett, Lake Baroon
Catchment, Lake McDonald Catchment, and Kilcoy Creek.
Community - Coastal Management -9
Page 55 of 235
This sector includes over 5 groups that have their own extensive membership, covering
the areas of Lady Musgrave, Cooloola Coast, Sunshine Coast, Hervey Bay, Moore Park
Beach, Sandy Straits and Fraser Coast. The sector also includes individuals and small
businesses reliant on coastal and marine resources. This is a new sector as at 16 April
2004.
Community – Conservation - 98
There are over 25 groups in this sector, each with their own membership. The groups’
objectives cover a wide range from protecting river systems (eg Burrum River and
Splitters Creek), park management, wildlife preservation, heritage preservation,
education, dryland salinity amelioration, management of municipal natural areas,
preservation of native Australian plants and animals, managing fisheries, managing
botanical gardens, and flood mitigation. There are also a large number of individuals and
landholders who subscribe to Conservation principles in land use and management.
Community – Indigenous -31
This sector includes Land Councils and Corporations as well as individuals actively
involved in “Healing Country” programs. This is a new sector as at 16 April 2004.
Community - Landcare -18
All 15 of these groups have significant memberships. They are dispersed throughout the
region and represent both conservation and production interests.
Local Government Group (TOTAL 25)
Local Government - Burnett East - 6
There are a total of 6 shires in the Burnett East.
Local Governments Burnett West - 12
There are a total of 12 shires in the Burnett West.
Local Government - Mary - 8
There are 9 shires in total in the Mary. Only a small percentage of the area covered by
the shire that has not taken up membership falls within our region. This shire
appropriately consider themselves part of NRM SEQ.
Industry Group (TOTAL 80)
Industry -Primary Industries - Burnett - 60
Industry - Primary Industries - Mary – 27
Included in the 87 total combined Primary Industry members are over 20 groups that
represent the major industries in our region including; Qld Dairyfarmers Organisation,
AgForce Qld, Qld Fruit & Vegetable Growers, Canegrowers Bundaberg, Avondale Water
Board, Timber, Bundaberg & District Orchardist, Bundaberg Fruit and Vegetable
Growers, Monto Fresh, Bundaberg District Groundwater Area Advisory Committee,
Cania Dam Fish Stocking Association, Canegrowers Isis, Maryborough Cane Protection
& Productivity, Forestry, Gympie District Beef Liaison, Australian Plant Nurseries at the
Bay, Bureau of Sugar and Experimental Station. These sectors also contain a large
number of primary producers and individual landholders.
Industry - Secondary and Tertiary – 28
Page 56 of 235
All of these members are small to medium enterprises. Business focus includes
environmental services, forestry, sugar production, alternative rural industries, real estate,
nursery and landscaping, energy, marine supplies, tourism, harvesters, information and
communication technologies, and organic waste.
Affiliate Group (TOTAL 18)
Non-voting Affiliate Members – 18
These members include national and international groups such as World Wildlife Fund,
Bureau of Rural Sciences, Greening Australia, Coastal CRC, Fraser Island World
Heritage Area Scientific Advisory Group and Conservation Volunteers of Australia.
Affiliate members also include State level interested parties such as Wide Bay Burnett
Sustainable Regions Program, Department of Main Roads, School of Natural & Rural
Systems Management, University of Queensland, Wide Bay Burnett Area Consultative
Committee.
The above summary of our diverse and well-balanced membership documents the extent
of our efforts to engage the community. Our continued efforts at raising the awareness of
the broader community will ensure that this diversity and balance is maintained. Our
current total Membership of over 330 comprises a majority of groups and institutions,
suggesting our efforts extend to literally thousands of individuals. Community based
groups such as Landcare, Coastcare and individual catchment-based groups are well
represented and fairly evenly distributed across the region.
Over 60 Members or Member groups have made a direct contribution to the Draft Plan
(Section 4.1). Many others have contributed through attendance at our Roundtables,
Forums, sector specific workshops, or by written or verbal feedback and participation in
our Landcare or Priority Action programs. A Membership list is contained in Appendix 2.
Page 57 of 235
4
REGIONAL PRIORITIES
4.1 Member Priority Investments
In mid 2004 BMRG engaged members and member organisations to gauge interest and
capacity for on-ground works. Members were invited to submit potential programs with
indicative costings for inclusion in the RIS. Sixty-eight proposals were received totalling
$22,592,129 in potential investment targeting activity across all asset classes and all
basins in the region. The pilot programs range from 12 months to 5 years in duration and
comprise local investment strategies and management actions to address regional resource
condition targets. Contributions were requested as potential works to be further assessed
against accreditation criteria and prioritised management action targets. Linkages
between management action targets were provided in Appendix 1 of the November
version of the Plan. Appendix 8 provides a complete listing of all Member contributions.
Proposal Cost as % of Total Funds Requested.
16%
25%
10%
10%
19%
Biodiversity
Lifestyle & People
20%
Coastal & Marine
Cultural Heritage
Land Resources
Water Resources
Figure 4.1 Local Investment Priorities by Regional Asset
4.1.1
Member Contribution by Sector
Table 4.1.1 Local Investment Priorities by Sector
Sector
Affiliate
Primary Industry Mary
Primary Industry Burnett
Secondary & Tertiary Industry
Local Government Mary
Local Government Burnett East
Local Government Burnett West
Coastal Management
Regional
Basin
Burnett Mary
Mary
Burnett
Burnett Mary
Burnett
Mary
Lower Mary
Burnett
Burnett Mary
Burnett
Kolan
Mary
Burnett Mary
No of Contributions
Sector
Total
1
1
3
1
1
7
4
3
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
3
2
11
3
5
3
Page 58 of 235
Sector
Regional
Basin
No of Contributions
Mary
Lower Mary
Burnett
Burnett Mary
Burnett
Kolan
Mary
Eastern Mary
Baffle
Burnett
Mary
Lower Mary
Eastern Mary
Mary & Burrum
Burnett Mary
Baffle
Burnett
Burrum
Lower Mary
Indigenous
Landcare
Catchment
Conservation
4.1.2
Sector
Total
1
1
1
1
3
1
9
3
1
2
1
3
1
1
2
3
2
2
3
1
17
9
12
Distribution across Basins
The majority of contributions target actions in the south of the region and coastal areas.
Table 4.1.2 Local Investment Priorities by Basin
Regional Basin
Baffle
Burnett
Burrum
Kolan
Mary
Eastern Mary
Lower Mary
Burnett Mary
Total
4.1.3
No of Contributions
Amount requested
Average Proposal
4
16
2
2
20
5
12
7
$1,666,800
$3,615,087
$257,550
$606,150
$4,397,450
$7,473,157
$2,298,000
$2,277,935
$416,700
$225,943
$128,775
$303,075
$219,873
$1,494,631
$208,909
$379,656
68
$22,592,129
$342,305
Relevance of Contributions to Assets
The region’s Lifestyle and People asset is the one most commonly addressed by the local
investment priorities. However Biodiversity is the asset with the most significant
indicative investment. Coastal and Marine assets have the smallest indicative budget
while Cultural heritage has the fewest proposals.
Table 4.1.3 Local Investment Priorities by Asset Type
Basin
Biodiversity Coastal
Land
Lifestyle Cultural
Water
&
Resources
&
Heritage Resources
Marine
People
Page 59 of 235
Baffle
Burnett
Burrum
Eastern Mary
Kolan
Lower Mary
Mary
Burnett Mary
5
13
3
6
3
3
17
3
53
4
5
3
6
1
4
6
3
32
3
10
1
5
2
5
16
5
47
4
11
4
5
3
7
18
5
57
2
2
0
2
1
4
5
1
17
3
11
3
7
2
4
13
5
48
Biodiversity
Of the 68 member contributions, 53 address the region’s biodiversity asset, indicative
costing for these particular proposals total $13, 868, 532 (76% of total costings). The
proposals provide a good spread across the region with the Mary basin being the most
targeted and Burrum the lowest. Given their relative size and population this is not
surprising.
Coastal and Marine
Coastal and Marine asset issues were targeted by 29 member contributions for a total of
$6,635,192 (30% of all contributions) in indicative investment. This sector would appear
to be undersubscribed considering the region’s significant coastal assets and world class
Coastal and Marine biodiversity. Of the basins Kolan was only targeted by one part
proposal for a pro rata investment of $5300.
Land Resources
Land resources are the second most heavily targeted asset class attracting $13,917,162 in
indicative requests over the 47 proposals addressing this resource. The Burrum basin had
only one proposal targeting this asset however Land Resources were a priority for most
regional intitatives.
Lifestyle and People
This asset was targeted by the most proposals 53 (80% of all proposals) and represented
the third highest in terms of indicative investment $13,317,800. The spread across basins
is mostly even, taking into account population distribution.
Cultural Heritage
While proposals addressing Cultural Heritage represent the fewest in number 17, their
average investment is the highest. The total indicative investment is $7,010,250. The
small numbers of proposals do contribute to some gaps in basins such as Kolan and
Burrum with one regionally focussed contribution.
Water Resources
Contributions totalling $10,810,822 in indicative costings and 45 in number aim to
address the region’s water asset. Not surprising these contributions are most common in
areas of high water use. However the spread across the region is relatively even. The
average proposal investment is quite low although some proposals represent initial works
that may require further investment.
4.1.4
Measuring contributions against Outputs
The member contributions achieve outputs across all the categories outlined by relevant
State and Federal agencies. Capacity building outputs are consistently high across
Page 60 of 235
projects which are congruent with the majority of proposals addressing lifestyle & people
assets. Plant pest control is a priority in onground works while capping bores and
revegetation with Non indigenous species are the lowest priorities. There is an even mix
of all area capacity building, resource assessment, planning and onground works.
Table 4.1.4 Local Investment Priorities by Output Category
Output Category
Capacity Building
Resource Assessment
Planning
On-ground Works
Information & Knowledge
Infrastructure
Awareness Raising Activities
Facilitation, Motivation & Support
Activities
Skills & Training Activities
Relationship & Organisational
Improvement
Baseline trends or condition studies
for targets
Decision support tools (eg models
information management systems
Investigations including survey,
inventory and mapping, and data
analysis
Research and development studies
Improved practise codes or
guidelines (eg sustainable farming,
rabbit control, environmental)
Integrated Catchment or
subcatchmentplans (eg bioregional
action plans, regional River Health
Strategies, Land and Water
Management Plans)
Property Management Plans (eg
Whole Farm Plans)
Species Recovery pans and Action
Statements
Conservation by agreements
Indigenous Vegetation Protected by
Fencing (Riparian, Terrestrial, &
Coastal)
Indigenous Vegetation
enhanced/improved/rehabilitated
(Riparian, Terrestrial, & Coastal)
Revegetation with Indigenous
Vegetation (Riparian, Terrestrial, &
Coastal)
Revegetation with Non Indigenous
Vegetation (Riparian, Terrestrial, &
Coastal)
Significant pest plant control
Significant pest vertebrate control
Wetlands health protected or
enhanced
Management of either significant
species of fauna, flora, or significant
ecological communities (Riparian,
Terrestrial, & Coastal)
Soil Management
No of Contributions
34
47
43
39
41
34
25
35
26
28
21
21
13
8
16
22
21
4
29
12
16
22
11
Page 61 of 235
Output Category
No of Contributions
Salinity Control Measures
Water contaminant management
Water Use Efficiency
Bore Capping (for recharge control,
groundwater conservation and water
quality
4.1.5
9
14
8
1
Contributions compared with Matters for Target
Matters for Target show consistency with priorities identified in Outputs and Asset
classes. Contributions targeting Ecological significant invasive species, confirm the large
number of proposals that target biodiversity assets and significant plant pest control
outputs. While Land Salinity as a matter for target receiving the lowest number of
proposals, this is consistent with Salinity Control Measures being lowly regarded in
Onground works.
Table 4.1.5 Local Investment Priorities by Matters for Target
Matters for Targets
Land Salinity
Soil Condition
Inland aquatic ecosystems
Nutrients in aquatic environments
Turbidity/suspended particulate matter in
aquatic environments
Surface water salinity in freshwater aquatic
environments
Estuarine, coastal and marine habitat
integrity
Native vegetation community integrity
Significant native species and ecological
communities
Ecological significant invasive species
4.1.6
No of contributions
10
21
25
20
16
12
17
15
21
28
Contributions Relative to Management Action Targets
The majority of contributions address management action targets with a reasonable mix
across the catchments. Coastal and Marine and Cultural Heritage management action
targets have very low representation while Biodiversity and Water Resources are the
highest targeted.
Table 4.1.6 Local Investment Priorities by Management Action Target
Management Action
Targets
Biodiversity
Coastal & Marine
Land Resources
Regional Basin
Baffle
Burnett
Mary
Lower Mary
Eastern Mary
Burnett
Lower Mary
Burnett Mary
No of
Contributions
1
5
4
2
2
1
2
2
Asset Total
14
3
Page 62 of 235
Management Action
Targets
Water Resources
Lifestyle & People
Natural & Cultural Heritage
Combined Assets
4.1.7
Regional Basin
Burnett
Mary
Burnett Mary
Baffle
Burnett
Burrum
Mary
Lower Mary
Eastern Mary
Burnett Mary
Baffle
Burnett
Mary
Lower Mary
Burnett
Mary
Burnett
Burrum
Kolan
Mary
Lower Mary
No of
Contributions
Asset Total
3
3
2
1
3
1
3
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
1
4
2
8
12
10
2
11
Gaps
Analysis of the member contributions identifies local priorities, capacity and interest, it
also highlights certain gaps. The gaps may indicate a lack of awareness or a lack of
capacity to address a particular issue and may require additional focus. The most
significant gaps are as follows;
Geographic Distribution
The number of regional initiatives is quite low in comparison with the total number of
contributions. The high number of proposals from the southern part of the region can no
purely be discounted on disproportionate distribution of population. Similarly the high
number of coastal and hinterland contributions may not reflect management actions
required to address resource conditions that will benefit the whole of the region.
Sectoral Distribution
A small number of contributions from Primary as well as Secondary and Tertiary Industry
and the Indigenous sector may reflects a low level of engagement in terms of investment
strategy. Each of these sectors has a very important stake in reaching and benefiting from
reaching resource management targets. The Landcare sector has provided the largest
number of contributions and is well spread around the region.
Asset Distribution
x
Biodiversity – has no regional initiatives is spite of being the most highly targeted
asset class. Coastal and Marine biodiversity is also poorly represented in
Page 63 of 235
x
x
x
x
x
comparison to terrestrial and aquatic biodiversity. Very few contributions from the
North and the West of the region address biodiversity.
Coastal and Marine – contributions from the South far outweigh those from the
North in this asset class. Sustainable use of Coastal and Marine resources are more
often targeted that Sustainable Development.
Land Resources – Northern contributions focus on sustainable production, while
those form the South are more concerned with infrastructure and landscape
management. Very few contributions target dryland salinity or saline surface
water runoff into freshwater streams.
Lifestyle and People – Knowledge, Research and Training activity is more
commonly targeted that Community Development and Awareness Raising was a
more common output that Decision Support Tool. This type of trend may indicate
that proposals are more focussed on projects as opposed to longer term strategic
solutions.
Cultural Heritage – as a general asset class Cultural Heritage was poorly
represented and consistent with geographic distribution gaps the north and inland
are poorly represented.
Water Resources – very few contributions targeted Water Infrastructure and Use
or Estuarine and Marine Water Quality; most were concerned with Freshwater
Quality.
Outputs
Very few contributions address Soil management, or Salinity control. In spite of a focus
on Water Quality there were only a very limited number of contributions targeting Water
Use Efficiency or Bore Capping.
Matters for Target
Consistent with outputs there is a very limited focus on land salinity and surface water
salinity in freshwater aquatic environments.
Management Action Targets
Cultural Heritage and Coastal and Marine management action targets are poorly
addressed across the entire region. While Land and Water Resources have relatively good
local coverage, there is a lack of regional efforts to address management action targets for
these assets. Biodiversity management action targets are well addressed in Southern and
Coastal areas but lack widespread coverage in the Northern and Inland parts of the region.
4.2 Research & Development
4.2.1
Research and Development Priorities
Through the NRM planning process and evaluation of our resource base, including the
desk top review State of the Burnett Mary Region Report (2003) a number of Research
and Development (R&D) gaps have been (and continue to be) identified.
For many of these gaps, there is a need to better understand process. For example, the
major wetlands of the region are mapped and we have an understanding of the broad role
that they play in maintaining water quality. However, we have little knowledge of how a
Page 64 of 235
small wetland operates or how modifying land management will affect key ecosystems,
processes and water quality outcomes.
While we may aim to halt or reverse the decline in water quality within a ten year period
(Reef Water Quality Protection Plan, 2003) we have little real understanding of whether
this can be achieved and which key ecosystem processes will bring this about. For
example, we do not know if changes to surrounding land management will bring about a
rapid and sustainable change in water quality or if the protection and rehabilitation of
wetlands themselves is a more effective activity.
Given the available investment, it is unlikely that funding will be available to undertake
all R&D needs. Like all management actions, R&D will need to be prioritised. Through
multi-regional and collaborative approaches, the BMRG aims to maximise opportunities
to achieve the best possible outcomes for future NRM within the region.
Using the management actions described in the current iteration of the BMRG NRM Plan,
the key R&D needs are summarized below. Resource Condition Targets (RCTs)
associated with each group of management actions are shown in bold. Linkages with
existing and potential investment partners and other BMRG and member activities can be
identified in Volume 2, Section 5 and Appendix 1 in the November version of the Plan.
Table 4.2.1 Research and Development Needs in NRM Plan
Terrestrial Biodiversity – R&D Management Actions
RCT - TB1.1 The biodiversity status or area of regional ecosystems at 2007 levels are
maintained or improved by 2020 resulting in no net loss of regional ecosystem diversity at
the subregional level.
TB1C Review the level the current protected area estate meets CAR principles and identify any
augmentation requirements (viz reserve dedications and/or negotiated covenants/ management
agreements).
RCT - TB1.2 Remnant vegetation condition and function at 2007 levels are maintained or
improved (eg representative native species composition in all regional ecosystems) by
2025:
TB1F Undertake research into the diversity and abundance of a suite of species in representative
areas of regional ecosystems in the region to identify their needs in terms of ecosystem function
and habitat condition.
TB1G Initiate sub-regionally specific applied research on the functionality and management
requirements of terrestrial ecosystems in the region to maintain long term viability and health (eg
patch size and distribution, corridors and connectivity, ecosystem function and habitat condition)..
RCT - TB2.1 No RCT. Indicative: X % High Value native species and ecological
communities are protected by 2015:
TB2B Identify location status and condition of High Value areas across region using existing
information sources (eg BPAs, Criteria E, H & I). (Note current PAPs will largely complete this
management action.)
TB2C Review existing information and develop a prioritization matrix for improving the abundance
and distribution of ‘at risk’ ecosystems in the region; support investment in priority areas. (Note:
current PAPs will largely complete this management action.)
TB2D Provide spatial information services to Local Government. Digital data for use by shires will
be produced, maintained and supported.
RCT - TB 2.2 The status and condition of High and Moderate Value TB sites identified in
2005 are maintained or improved by Land Management by 2015.
TB2G Develop a Land Management Toolkit for use by shires, land managers and community
groups for identified priority areas. (Toolkit to address fire, grazing, passive/active recreational
use and weeds.)
Page 65 of 235
Terrestrial Biodiversity – R&D Management Actions
RCT - TB2.3 By 2015 all identified sites of EVR taxa in freehold land estate are covered by
recovery plans.
TB2J Identify threats to ‘at risk’ species (including status & condition) across region using existing
information sources (eg BPA, Wildnet, Criteria E, H & I).
TB2K Review existing information and develop a prioritisation matrix (eg amenability to recovery
action, logistical opportunities for multi-species action programs and R&D requirements) for
minimising threats and improving the abundance and distribution of ‘at risk’ species in the region.
TB2M Develop/review recovery action plans for remaining EV species/multi-species groups.
TB2N Commence a review of existing population information (distribution and abundance) for ‘at
risk’ species.
TB2O Undertake research and field verifications of distribution/abundance information and survey
of habitat condition and threats for 'at risk' species.
TB2P Review progress and priorities on recovery plan implementation to include any new or
additional priority taxa.
RCT - TB3.1 No net increase in the extent of established ecologically significant invasive
species into areas of high conservation value (as defined by PAP3.4 and 3.5) by 2020.
TB3B Undertake research into exotic pest fauna, and implement relevant TAPs and pest planning
initiatives eg QPWS District Pest Plans.
TB3C Support development & implementation of LGA pest management plans.
TB3D Develop Industry Best Practice Codes for other industries dealing with ecologically
significant invasive species.
RCT - TB3.2 A reduction in the impacts of priority established ecologically significant
invasive species on areas of high con-servation value by 20% by 2020.
TB3F Review existing weed and pest management plans and BPA data to develop prioritisation
systems for environmental weeds and pest control programs (completed under current PAPs);
support existing TAPs.
TB3G Develop a local government-based risk pest management program for the control of
environmental weeds and pest animals for whole of region (eg incentive or support program.)
Freshwater Biodiversity – R&D Management Actions
RCT - FB1.2 The status and condition of identified priority EVR and iconic species are
improved and there is no net decline for all EVR taxa by 2015:
FB1E Identify priority EVR/iconic species and collate available information on current population
sizes, habitat needs/availability, threats etc.
FB1F Identify knowledge gaps and initiate research to address gaps.
FB1G Support development and implementation of Endangered Species Recovery Plans, with an
emphasis on habitat restoration.
RCT - FB1.3 Priority aquatic habitat linkages and passages are enhanced through removal
of or passage through 20% of barriers by 2025.
FB1H Identify significant barriers to fish movement and species affected.
FB1I Identify methods for removal or mitigation of significant barriers to fish movement (including
cost benefit analysis and environmental flow requirements)
FB1J Strategically restore fish passages prioritising the Gregory, Isis, Tinana Creek and Mary
barrages, the Gympie Gauging Weir and Three Moon Creek.
FB1K Identify restoration needs for in-stream aquatic habitat for EVR/iconic species. Support
development and implementation of rehabilitation strategies.
RCT - FB2.1 Stream reaches in good condition in 2007 are protected and by 2020 a 10%
improvement in moderate and degraded condition stream reaches is achieved.
FB2A Collate all data on aquatic habitat condition and trend, identify knowledge gaps and
develop mechanisms to address gaps.
FB2B Prioritise rehabilitation needs of degraded aquatic habitats and initiate ongoing adaptive
management program for restoration.
FB2C Collate all data on fish stocks and aquatic habitats which may be at risk from overutilisation or from other aquatic and land-based activities.
Page 66 of 235
Freshwater Biodiversity – R&D Management Actions
FB2E Increase community awareness that activities on land as well as on water, in addition to
fishing, may have significant negative impacts on fisheries resources and aquatic habitats.
FB2F Promote awareness of the need to ensure that aquatic biodiversity resources are only
used in ways which protect dependent ecosystems as well as the fish stocks.
RCT - FB2.2 FB resources are protected and enhanced by 2020.
FB2G Undertake current Status Assessment. (Note: current PAPs will largely complete this
management action.)
FB2H Support development and implementation of an integrated strategic plan addressing
aquatic weeds throughout the region.
FB2I Support strategic projects addressing aquatic and riparian weeds: support
development/implementation of biological control programs.
FB2J Support development and implementation of Aquatic Weed Control Programs (eg
partnership between water providers, LGAs and community groups).
RCT - FB2.3 No RCT. Indicative: maintenance or X% improvement of FB resources
through Aquatic Pest Fauna threat abatement by 2025:
FB2K Collate all data on key aquatic pest animals and prioritise implementation strategies.
FB2L Collate all data on aquatic species and habitats which may be at risk from aquatic pests.
FB2M Identify knowledge gaps (aquatic pests) and develop and implement mechanisms to
address gaps
FB2N Prioritise pest species and initiate ongoing adaptive management program for threat
abatement through: support initiatives to undertake programs addressing identified pest species
(eg Carp, Gambusia, Sooty Grunter, Red-Eared Slider Turtle, Tilapia; support existing Threat
Abatement Plans (TAP).
RCT - FB 3.1 Significant wetlands have no net loss or have improved condition and extent
from 2005 levels by 2025.
FB3A Identify, map and groundtruth, evaluate threat status and conservation priorities (note:
current PAPs will largely complete this management action): map and assess roost sites for
significant wader populations (eg species, population size, significance at
regional/national/international levels); identify risks to roost sites for significant wader populations
(eg predation by foxes); develop TAPs where appropriate.
FB3D Identify and map high value FB areas, evaluate conservation priorities and threat status
(note current PAPs will partially complete this management action) with emphasis on: unique
Fraser Island wetlands (significance at international level); recreational pressures.
RCT - FB 3.2 The ecological function of wetlands and riparian zones of the top 10% (as
prioritised by PAP3.4 & 3.6) are restored and protected by 2020:
FB3G Increase understanding of ecological processes and develop management plans for
wetlands.
FB3I Increase understanding of hydrological processes and develop management plans for flood
plains.
FB3J Undertake mapping and condition assessment of riparian zones to increase understanding
of processes and develop management plans to maintain/improve condition where necessary.
FB3K Prioritise needs, develop and implement rehabilitation plans to improve condition and
create buffer zones.
Land Resources – R&D Management Actions
RCT – LR1.1 Sustainable production and biodiversity condition within grazing lands in 75%
of the Biodiversity Planning Assessments (BPA) locations are managed through onproperty management by 2015.
LR1A Adapt GLM Package for all landscape types (to be completed under current PAP program);
implement pilot devolved grants program.
LR1C Identify priority locations through mapping of priority biodiversity and erosion hazard sites;
assess current threats and develop remediation program (to be completed under current PAP
program). Additional work required on erosion assessment.
RCT – LR2.1 Soil productivity, health and structure are maintained at 2004 levels (or better)
within the cultivated lands and exports of nutrients, sediment and agrochemicals in runoff
is within EV/WQO targets by 2015.
Page 67 of 235
LR2A Use predictive systems modelling and farming systems analysis to identify priority
landscapes (eg nutrient sensitive zones) and critical components of farming systems to be
addressed in PMP.
LR2E Develop integrated framework for comprehensive assessment of extractive proposals
(including sand and gravel) to ensure all impacts are considered.
LR2F Develop planning guidelines to identify and locate future extractive resources on private
and crown land and to take into account the social, cultural, economic and environmental impacts
of their use by extractive industries.
LR2G Develop site recovery and sustainable reuse criteria, including cost sharing, in planning for
new and expanding extractive industry.
LR2J Develop strategic actions to contain or mitigate highly degraded resources and sites
resulting from extractive industry.
LR2K Establish mechanisms to assess and resolve monitoring results outside agreed outcomes.
RCT – LR3 Weeds and pest animals of significance to productivity and biodiversity values
are controlled in cleared agricultural land (including grazing and cultivated areas) and do
not spread into remnant vegetation areas by 2015.
LR3E Support research into biocontrol agents for significant weeds.
Note: CRC Weeds have been identified as a significant partner for several additional weeds
management actions.
RCT - LR4.1 ...A 30% increase in the uptake (by area) of environmentally responsible
management practices in private native forestry within remnant vegetation estate by 2020:
LR4A Compile inventory of the location and extent of the regions native forest resources, which
can be sustainably managed and harvested for timber (Note: initial inventory underway with
NR&M Native Forestry Registry).
LR4B Develop assessment criteria and compile a baseline condition assessment of Private
Forested Estate (PFE), identify and quantify those parts of the estate that have regionally
significant commercial and biodiversity value.
LR4D Undertake research into ecologically sustainable forest practices to validate and develop
current practices and to fill gaps in data.
LR4F Initiate program for skilling in best management silvicultural practices and to develop a
labour market for skilled forest managers/workers.
RCT - LR4.2 Expansion of Private Plantation and Farm Forestry extent in the region by 50%
from 2004 levels by 2025, with an emphasis on native multi-species plantings providing
environmental, economic and social returns.
LR4G Undertake resource assessment to determine the current extent of plantations and farm
forestry in the region. Identify areas which are most likely to provide multiple benefits from
landscape level plantation and farm forestry activities.
LR4I Develop and implement codes for plantation forestry to ensure that general habitat
requirements and community
RCT - LR5.1 Soil Salinisation impacts at end of catchment do not exceed EV/WQO targets
by 2030.
LR5A Identify priority target subcatchments (to be completed under current PAPs by 2005).
Classify by Groundwater Flow System (GFS) to establish responsiveness to land
use/management change.
LR5B Maintain and expand initial groundwater monitoring network.
RCT - LR5.2 At least 50% of land resources currently affected by salinisation at the
property scale are returned to productive use by 2025.
LR5E Identify target subcatchments (completed under current PAPs by 2005).
LR5F Classify by GFS and responsiveness to land use/management change 1800 known
outbreaks of approximately 12,000 ha of salinised land.
RCT - LR6.1 A sustainable industry harvesting native species in an ecologically
sustainable manner is established by 2020.
LR6A Identify sustainable harvest levels of kangaroos (seasonal analysis).
LR6D Identify sustainable harvest levels of alternative species (seasonal analysis, eg native bee
and honey).
Page 68 of 235
LR6F Identify sustainable harvest levels of foliage (seasonal analysis, eg firewood, timber for
artisans).
LR6I Identify and support existing or proposed research into novel products with potential for
commercialisation.
LR6J Establish program to link Indigenous groups and R&D organisations to collate knowledge of
useful species endemic to the region.
LR6K Research commercial potential for commercial use of species identified in LR6.1.4 (Active
research program to identify unexploited native species with potential for use as food,
nutraceuticals and pharmaceuticals (bio-discovery) is established by 2006).
LR6L Support or promote propagation of identified species for commercialisation.
Water Resources – R&D Management Actions
RCT – WR1.1 No RCT. (Indicative: End of Catchment/Basin Targets are established by
2007. Water Quality Improvement Plans (WQIPs) are implemented throughout the region to
halt or reverse decline in water quality parameters by 2015.)
WR1A Compile all existing data into a baseline condition and trend assessment for the purposes
of target setting.
WR1B Facilitate R&D organisations to use models such as SedNet for setting interim WQ targets
for the end of all Catchment/ Basins.
WR1C Develop WQ targets for all Burnett Mary Basins with: Coastal Catchments
Initiative/SedNet; EV/WQOs; State Agency; Community monitoring framework.
WR1F Develop WQIPs for all Burnett Mary catchments/basins.
WR1H Review role, function and design of Community Based WQ programs. (Note: partially
completed under current WQSIP/ PAP program.) Identify WQ information gaps and the needs of
community groups.
WR1I Identify, adequately resource and invest in Integrated Community Waterwatch Monitoring to
monitor: water quality ‘hot spots’; locations that impact greatest on water quality; sites of major
implementation focus under NRM Plan and PAPs; Rivercare works/rehabilitation sites; sites
addressing target-related issues or not adequately covered by line agency monitoring networks.
WR1J Identify, adequately resource and invest in Integrated Community Coast and Marine
Monitoring to conduct: WQ assessment, condition and trends in impact; water quality ‘hot spots’;
locations that impact greatest on water quality of GBR lagoon; sites addressing target-related
issues or not adequately covered by line agency monitoring networks.
WR1K Identify gaps in existing monitoring coverage and initiate program to form and train new
groups and expand existing groups.
RCT – WR1.2 Both concentrated diffuse and point sources loads are reduced by 50% (or
are consistent with the EV/WQO program targets) throughout region by 2020 and regionwide standards and BMP are widely used in ERA license reviews.
WR1P Identify, map and categorise all point, concentrated diffuse (eg collective impact of
household septic tank discharge along the coastal fringe, intensive livestock) and diffuse sources
within region from LGA, NR&M, DPI&F and EPA resources.
WR1Q Review of current practices and potential impacts, BMP development, support formulation
of region-wide BMP standards; develop and implement pilot projects.
WR2.1 Acid Sulphate Soils (ASS) – current ASS sites are managed appropriately and ASS
related outbreaks are eliminated by 2015.
WR2A Initiate ASS mapping (beyond the scope of State Planning Policy 2/02) and assess current
impact using and expanding WQ monitoring network.
WR2B Prioritise and prepare management and mitigation plans for ASS.
RCT – WR3.1 Greater than 75% of water supplied and used is managed by water use
efficient practices across irrigation, urban, industrial and other uses by 2015.
WR3B Identify appropriate strategies and management practices including application methods
and waste water reuse substitution to reduce reliance on supplied water.
RCT – WR4.1 No RCT. Indicative: WQO/EVs of economically and ecologically important
groundwater provinces in the region are maintained or improved by X% by 2025.
Page 69 of 235
Water Resources – R&D Management Actions
WR4B Review Three Moon Creek Salinity Area groundwater salinisation and recharge
environment; identify feasible mitigation options; implement trial actions. (Note: partly completed
under PAP 3.2.)
WR4C Review drainage within Isis Irrigation area; assess off site impacts and feasible
management plans. (Note: partly completed under PAP 3.2.)
WR4D Review current impact of concentrated diffuse pollution sources (eg landfill, waste
management, industries) on shallow groundwater aquifers and their co-dependencies with
wetlands region-wide; develop strategy to reduce impact on WQ.
RCT – WR5.1 50% of priority riparian zones (as classified by PAP2.2) are under Rivercare
works aimed at Water Quality outcomes (indicators to be defined) by 2015.
WR5A Assess erosive condition status of high order streams including separation of stream bed
versus stream bank erosion and develop feasible mitigation and management options. (Note:
partially completed under current PAP 2 for the Mary Basin.)
Coastal and Marine Resources – R&D Management Actions
RCT – MB1.1 All coastal and marine resources are considered under representative area
management frameworks by 2007 and RAP action plans are fully implemented by 2020.
MB1A Survey and map to support the representative area process. Identify target areas.
RCT – MB1.2 All known habitats of coastal, marine and estuarine biodiversity significance
are protected from adverse human impact and effectively managed by 2025.
MB1C Map roost sites of both migratory and resident shorebirds (including Great Sandy Straits
Ramsar site and Fraser Island WHA).
MB1F Survey and map significant coral reef sites.
MB1H Pilot and evaluate site hardening/diver access points to prevent further degradation of
coral reef habitats at popular dive sites (eg Barolin Rocks, Woongarra Marine Park).
MB1I Develop, prioritise and implement dune re-vegetation and foreshore weed control programs
to protect marine and estuarine habitats (including declared Fish Habitat Areas).
RCT – MB1.3 No RCT (Indicative: Known EVR coastal, marine and estuarine species and
ecosystems at 2007 are protected from human impact and effectively managed and no
additional species or ecosystems are EVR classified by 2025.)
MB1J Collate known coastal, marine and estuarine data (including Species Recovery Plans) from
agencies, identify gaps, and assess/prioritise gap areas.
MB1L Establish monitoring programs for currently known priority EVR and ‘significant’ species
and ecosystems (Priorities include: seagrass, fringing coral reef, shorebirds, dugongs, turtles,
whales, grey nurse shark and wetlands).
MB1M Support development and implementation of species recovery plans for known EVR and
‘significant’ species.
MB1N Assess and map remaining coastal, marine and estuarine biodiversity assets.
MB1O Develop and upgrade priority species/ecosystem management plans.
RCT – MB1.4 No RCT (Indicative: Condition of X% of the degraded estuarine ecosystems
known in 2005 is returned to healthy condition and pristine estuarine ecosystems are not
degraded from 2005 levels by 2020).
MB1P Develop ‘State of the Estuarine Environment’ report.
RCT – CMD 1.1 Key coastal ecosystems and processes (except where there is
demonstrated risk to life/property) are maintained and improved by 2025.
CMD1A Map and verify natural resource features and their natural processes.
CMD1B Develop and implement guidelines to mitigate impacts on marine and coastal
ecosystems/processes to support LGA planning.
RCT – CMD1.2 Coastal, estuarine and marine habitats will have no net loss from the 2005
baseline. Compensatory habitat for cleared vegetation will increase by 30% by 2015.
CMD1D Establish extent and condition of all currently known coastal, estuarine and marine
habitats; prioritise locations.
Page 70 of 235
Coastal and Marine Resources – R&D Management Actions
RCT – CMD1.4 Environmental values, condition, risks and threats to the non-Fraser Island
World Heritage Area (WHA) coastal foreshores are established by 2008 and there is no net
negative impact from commercial and recreational activities on this resource condition by
2020.
CMD1L Map and collate existing information on non-WHA foreshore extent, tenure and condition
to assist in management planning and identify threats to areas with significant environmental
value.
CMD1M Undertake ecological risk assessment of tourism and recreation for all coastal parks and
esplanades, prioritise and commence remediation activities in high priority areas.
CMD1N Undertake annual monitoring of sites with high environmental value.
CMD1O Develop and deliver education programs targeted at key recreational users (eg 4WDers,
boaters, fishers, campers).
RCT – CMD1.5 Environmental values, condition, risks and threats to the Fraser Island WHA
are established by 2008 and there is no net negative impact from commercial and
recreational activities on this resource condition by 2020.
CMD1Q Monitor natural and visitor impacts on Fraser Island - physical, social and cultural issues.
RCT – CMD1.6 Coastal and marine resources are not negatively impacted by existing or
emerging maritime/marine industry development and management by 2015.
CMD1U Develop an integrated regional plan for maritime industries and infrastructure (eg ports,
marinas, and fisheries activities) based on current planning frameworks (eg WBIT, GBRMP and
SCMP) which reflect EV/ WQO outcomes.
CMD1V Develop and promote best practice guidelines and strategies for maritime industry
development and management.
CMD1W Develop clear management framework and Codes of Practice for tourism and
recreational interactions with coral/diving, whales, dugongs, turtles, dolphins, shorebirds and
waders in conjunction with industry.
RCT – CMD1.7 All vessel users and service industries operate with regard to minimising
impact of marine transport on marine ecosystems by 2015.
CMD1AA Map, assess and develop management protocols for Introduced Marine Pests.
Lifestyle & People – R&D Management Actions
RCT – CD1.2 At least 50% of NRM stakeholders in the region feel that their ownership and
trust in the NRM planning process has increased by 2015.
CD1D Conduct annual surveys of members and stakeholders.
RCT – KRT1.2 Partnerships are in place with at least 3 major R&D organisations that
support and reflect research and development (R&D) priorities by 2015: KRT1D
KRT1D Identify partners for research to be conducted on key knowledge gaps in the region;
establish partnerships; implement research.
KRT1E Maintain communication and collaboration with R&D and existing collaborative
arrangements such as joint planning groups.
KRT1F Conduct activities that allow knowledge to be shared among stakeholders and between
landholders, researchers and extension staff.
KRT1G Conduct activities that extend research and other information in a way that allows
incorporation into NRM.
4.3 Gaps in Regional Capacity
Achieving the asset themes outcomes of biodiversity, land, water and coastal resources
and the M&E requirements will require significant investment in capacity. The lifestyle
and people asset theme identifies a number of higher level concerns with capacity at the
industry, community and institutional levels. There is also a clear message from Member
contributions for the need for capacity building in their local investment priorities. There
are a number of core outcomes from investment in capacity building which will be
required.
Page 71 of 235
Whilst it is true that past NRM investment programs such as NHT1, NLP etc have
significantly contributed to heightened capacity and awareness at various levels, the
outcomes targeted approach under NHT2/NAP aims principally at what has to be
achieved to obtain desired NRM outcomes. The management action targets (MATs)
described for the asset themes all involve prioritising investment at locations for those
NRM issues which will have the greatest impact. This does result in investment being
directed to locations and issues where the capacity building benefits from earlier
programs have had limited impact.
The MATs described in Appendix 1 of the November version of the Plan involve close
involvement with state and local government, industry, community groups and individual
landholders. The types of involvement and outcomes are summarised in Table 4.3.
At this stage of the NRM Plan development, the capacity building requirements can be
divided into a number of broad investment thrusts:
x Investment in medium level NRM expertise and capacity located within
partnering organisations such as industry and local government authorities. Such
investment aims at building on existing investment in support of regional NRM
Targets within these organisations as opposed to duplicating existing capacity.
x Investing in Local Community Groups (ie Voluntary Sector) to establish capacity
in areas and locations currently not covered and to improve capacity to operate
effectively within a target setting approach to NRM outcomes.
x Investing in extension and training programs that are regionally and subregionally specific and which provide the NRM information needs of land
managers.
x Investment in higher level expertise and capacity to manage and direct the above
investment theme. This same capacity should also be able to direct M&E
activities. This expertise is likely to be located and resourced within the regional
organisation.
Table 4.3 Capacity Building Requirements
Sector
Current
Capacity/Issue
Local
Government
Planning
Only the larger rate
based shires have in
house capacity and the
smaller shires tend to
use same outside
consultants.
Local
Government
NRM
Only some of the larger
rate based shires have in
house capacity.
NRM/Land Care officers
are located in a small
number of shires and
shared across sub
regional areas – part
funded by shires.
Broad Approach
Priority actions and MATs
will provide the baseline
data to better incorporate
NRM outcomes in shire
plans. Strategic Planning
Assistance will be
required once this data is
available.
Capacity under shared or
in house arrangements
may not be well aligned
with asset themes and
locations. Gap filling of
capacity will be required.
Comment
Moderate Priority and
could be achieved by
partnership
arrangements with
shires.
High priority to
provided greater
coverage by partnering
with shires in other
areas to increase
numbers of NRM
officers and targeting
training to NRM
officers. regional NRM
planner/coordinator will
be required.
Page 72 of 235
Sector
Industry
Community
Groups –
direct
implementation
capacity
Community
Groups – on
ground
implementation
Training and
Extension
Programs
Monitoring
and
Evaluation –
Baseline
Monitoring
Current
Capacity/Issue
Broad Approach
Industry based
environmental Property
and Best Practice
Management Planning
identified as a major
avenue for delivering
investment to bring about
land management
changes at the property
level.
Low to high levels of
capacity in restricted
geographical areas. (eg
limited capacity to
directly influence land
management unless
groups include land
owners, but higher
capacity to monitor
impacts of land
management).
Small numberof groups
have extensive capacity
to undertake on ground
works via devolved
grants program – other
groups have limited
capacity and coverage.
The coverage and
penetration of these
programs across all
industries to be increased
by building capacity –
including capacity to
operate within a devolved
grants framework for on
ground implementation.
NRM extension and
training programs
currently do not relate
well to NRM targets –
particularly with respect
to land management.
NRM Plan/success
requires higher rates of
adoption of better
practises than has been
achieved under past
approaches.
Expertise Capacity exists
within state departments
– but not necessarily at
the regional level. Also
there may be limited
state priority in
assembling baseline
data beyond the level
required to fulfil state
interests.
Capacity of local groups
in areas of high priority
for investment to be
upgraded. Probably at the
Land care/ Waterwatch
district level
Understanding of the
target driven approach
will have to be improved
in existing as well as any
new groups. Some
groups will need
facilitated access to skills,
knowledge and training.
Realistic, regionally and
sub regionally targeted
extension program
capable of providing
information required by
land managers and
supporting all other
sectors is to be
developed.
Partnering to state, CRC,
Tertiary Institutions
initiatives and
independently
commissioned baseline
studies will be required.
Comment
High priority to build
existing knowledge
capacity early in
investment period.
Partnering to extend
coverage once industry
programs are in place
and partnered to NRM
Plan.
Differentiation between
Industry based and
community based
models requires
attention under
partnership
arrangement to
maximise efficiency of
delivery and use of
limited regional
capacity.
Partnerships with Local
Groups under NRM
plan required and will
need to be supported
by extensive training at
the leadership level.
Partnerships with
Industry and State
agencies will be
required.
Because of the
multidisciplinary nature
of the baseline,
necessary levels of
expertise could not be
held in house.
Page 73 of 235
Sector
Monitoring
and
Evaluation –
Targets
Current
Capacity/Issue
With exception of some
water quality data and
extent of land clearing,
few if any of the targets
(adoption rates of BMP,
condition of asset,
changes in distribution of
asset etc) are routinely
monitored.
Broad Approach
Specific Capacity will
have to be built to
implement M&E tasks
either within existing
MATs or as a separate
activity.
Comment
Capacity to manage
these tasks at a
regional level will have
to be built.
Page 74 of 235
5
Communication and Engagement Strategy
5.1 Communication and Engagement Plan 2005 - 2008
Issues consistently raised by the regional community with respect to BMRG consultation
and engagement processes are outlined below. BMRG are committed to continuous
improvement in all processes, particularly communication as this is critical to ongoing
and successful engagement of our regional community. A Communication and
Engagement Strategy is outlined below and directly targets the issues raised by the
regional community. This Strategy has been developed with the main aim of effectively
engaging the regional community to undertake informed participation in NRM.
5.2 Issues
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Broad lack of understanding of NRM in the broader community and community
groups.
Many small communities spread more or less evenly through the region create
challenges for effective communication and representation.
Potential confusion over the history of change in government attitudes to land
clearing.
Delays between formulation and proclamation of the Vegetation Management Act
have reduced faith in the NRM process.
Previous disbanded community consultation on vegetation management issues
produced a subsequent loss of community confidence in the consultation process.
Community input is undervalued and must be resourced to ensure sustainability in
engagement.
Mutually beneficial outcomes to be achieved from meeting processes.
Meetings need to be well planned and facilitated to ensure the community is
provided with appropriate notice and that outcomes are achieved.
5.3 Key Messages
Success in sustaining the productivity and health of natural systems in the Burnett Mary
region depends upon well-informed and integrated NRM decision-making by an engaged
regional community working from the grass-roots level.
The Burnett Mary NRM Plan is a long term planning strategy to guide the regions
management of its natural resources. This future focused “blueprint” will identify the
regional communities’ and Governments’ collective view of how to manage, restore, use,
and conserve the regions diverse and highly valuable natural resources.
5.4 Strategy
The core strategy is simple and direct, seeking to use a number of distinct steps to achieve
a cohesive and long-lasting outcome.
Better understand how stakeholders view NRM to allow meaningful communication with
them.
Exploit existing regional communication channels (media, government, community
organisations, events, etc) as mechanisms to promote the concepts of regional NRM and
opportunities for input and involvement by individuals and groups, as well as reporting
on BMRG activities.
Page 75 of 235
As required, create specific communication channels or programs to enhance promotion
of the concepts of regional NRM, opportunities for input and involvement by individuals
and groups, as well as reporting on NRM activities and restating key NRM messages.
Create and maintain opportunities for community feedback on regional NRM issues.
Report openly to the regional community on achievements and challenges.
5.5 Communication and Engagement Groupings
The following table identifies groups of BMRG stakeholders with comparable
communication mechanisms and issues.
Table 5.5 Communication and Engagement Groupings
Grouping
Members
Key community
organisations
WBBROC, RPAC,
BIEDO, AGFORCE,
QFF, QDO, WBBHSN,
WBBATSIHSN, WBACC,
QFVG, BFVG,
CANEGROWERS, Pork
Producers, Traditional
Owners Groups (Gurang,
Gooreng Gooreng,
Tarabelang Bunda,
Wakka Wakka, Wulli
Wulli, Gubbi Gubbi,
Butchella, Kabi Kabi),
education & recreation
organisations
Catchment Groups,
Landcare Groups, GA,
CVA, WWF, WBBCC,
SGAP, Queensland
Fresh Water Fish
Stocking Association,
Murgon Field Naturalists,
Nature Search
Volunteers, Land for
Wildlife landholders
Local, State and Federal
agencies
x Many have existing
communication
devices (eg
newsletters, regular
meetings)
x Able to be reached
with direct
presentations
x may lack understanding
and awareness of NRM
and BMRG
x may be convinced of the
need for NRM
x have potential to oppose
NRM if viewpoint is not
shared
and awareness of
current legislative and
management processes,
particularly if not directly
relevant to their sector
x Many have existing
communication
devices (eg
newsletters, regular
meetings)
x Able to be reached
with direct
presentations
x have a vested interest in
NRM success
and awareness of
management
processes, particularly if
not directly relevant to
their sector
x Easy to reach with
direct briefings
x Able to be provided
with detailed briefing
material
x have a vested interest in
NRM success
Broader regional
community, individual
target communities within
region
x lack dedicated
communication
devices except for
local media or
posters and third
party
communications
(through other
groups)
and BMRG
and awareness of
management processes
1) Primary Industry
(Burnett Catchment)
2) Primary Industry
(Mary Catchment)
3) Secondary or
Tertiary Industry
8) Indigenous
NRM involved
organisations
4) Conservation
5) Landcare
6) Catchment
7) Coastal
Management
Regulatory
9) Local Government
(Burnett East)
10) Local
Government (Burnett
West)
11) Local
Government (Mary)
Community
Communication
mechanisms
Potential issues
Page 76 of 235
Grouping
Media
Members
Local media
(newspapers), regional
media (major
newspapers, radio,
television), rural media
(Country Life etc),
specialist and trade
(NRM, conservation,
rural, farming,
development, business,
government, and
Indigenous media)
Communication
mechanisms
x provides the primary
channel for reaching
broader community
x able to be reached
with direct
presentations and
communication
Potential issues
x may be convinced of the
need for NRM
x have potential to oppose
NRM if viewpoint is not
shared
5.6 Actions
The BMRG already has in place significant communication and engagement activity.
This plan seeks to:
x extend the existing base to enhance the level of communication and engagement
x remove any identified gaps
x develop structures required to provide cost effective ongoing support.
The communication and engagement strategy will be reviewed on an annual basis and
updated to address the findings of the community awareness/attitude survey.
Table 5.6 Current and proposed communication actions/devices to be employed by
BMRG
Action
Description
Community
awareness /
attitude survey
To provide baseline data to allow meaningful analysis of on-going
communication and engagement. BMRG must commission an initial smallscale (but statistically valid) survey in the regional community to ascertain
current levels of awareness about NRM, as well as current attitudes to NRM.
Periodically (either 6 or 12 monthly) replicate this survey to track changes in
awareness and attitude.
Ongoing monitoring and analysis of feedback will support this periodic survey.
Community
calendars
Identify all media-based and other community calendars operating within the
region and seek to regularly provide advice of upcoming BMRG events and
broader NRM activities. These free calendars reach all parts of the community
and will significantly increase NRM’s profile.
In addition to the obvious face-to-face communication and engagement
opportunities these events provide, they also are a powerful opportunity to
create local media stories, and provide the chance to undertake public displays
and briefing presentations to local groups and key individuals.
Create basic CSA materials for newspapers and radio, then supply to local
media for use as “fillers” where possible. Although BMRG will have no control
over where and when they run, they provide strong reminders to the broader
community of NRM issues.
Seek to establish and host bi-annual expert science forums in the region to
bring together scientists and organisations involved in NRM research in the
region. Consideration should be given to securing outside funding or cobranding existing expert forums as a mechanism to reduce costs.
Community
Forums and
Roundtables
Community
Service
Announcements
(CSAs)
Expert Forums
Page 77 of 235
Action
External events
Fact sheets
Feedback
analysis
Information kits
Media and
issues
monitoring
Media briefing
kits
Media coverage
– regional
Media releases
– State and
national
Newsletter
Posters
Presentations to
groups
Public displays
Description
BMRG must be involved with appropriate (in terms of philosophical fit, locality,
relevance, size and reputation) events being conducted by other organisations.
These may include Agricultural Field Days, Local Shows, Eco Events etc. A
listing of such opportunities is to be developed and a schedule framed to
ensure effective BMRG involvement. At selected events, BMRG should seek
to provide a staffed display, presentations (if the opportunity presents itself)
and involvement in activities recognising excellence in NRM.
Fact sheets on current regional natural resource information to be produced
and distributed to relevant parties. Where possible, fact sheets should be
incorporated into existing State Government NMR Information Kits.
Formalise recording and reporting of all feedback through establishing a
contact/feedback register which records the vital statistics and outcomes of all
contacts with BMRG and all feedback provided. This register will be
periodically analysed to provide data on emerging issues, sector satisfaction
etc and will be used in future iterations of plan development.
Standard Information Kits may be developed to address specific needs of a
particular target audience. These kits could result from individual or
collaborative efforts.
Ongoing monitoring and periodic analysis of NRM media coverage will provide
data on media relations. Ongoing monitoring of community issues (through
feedback analysis, community survey and input from Board and Staff as
community members) will help provide future communication direction.
Production of in-house media kits based on targeting priority issues or events.
Seek to promote NRM-related activities of BMRG and stakeholder
organisations to the wider regional community. Critical to this will be
developing ongoing relationships with key media outlets/personalities to create
opportunities for regular comment. Ensure regional media are invited to attend
and cover all significant NRM activities.
Where appropriate, expand distribution of media releases to Queensland,
National or specialist publications to increase the reach of BMRG- NRM
coverage. In these circumstances where BMRG may not have an existing
relationship with the media targeted, it may be appropriate to include
background briefing material or substantially rewrite releases for a broader
audience.
Regular newsletter informing stakeholders of BMRG -NRM activities either
mailed or emailed direct to all BMRG members. Copies should also be mailed
to key stakeholders (including media) with a covering note from Chair or CEO.
Where possible, the newsletter should report on the NRM achievements of key
stakeholders and act as a device to link readers and others to BMRG website
and other materials.
Initially to support BMRG presence at events and presentations, but
progressively to establish a presence within stakeholder/ally facilities and other
locations, BMRG should produce a series of colourful posters which highlight
aspects of the Group’s work, provide basic information on activities, and
contact details. Ultimately, sufficient stocks should be produced to allow
posters to be widely distributed.
Where appropriate, direct presentation to stakeholder groups provides
significant benefit. To support these presentations, BMRG must compile a
professional PowerPoint presentation and accompanying speaker notes from
which to base presentations tailored to suit the needs of respective
stakeholder groups. Using a single base presentation and speaker notes kit
will ensure a united message is delivered to all parts of the regional
community.
In conjunction with visits to different areas for Roundtables and Forums,
establish staffed displays in public facilities (shopping centres, schools,
libraries, etc) to allow BMRG staff to provide information to and interact with
the regional community. Materials required will include posters, information
kits, speaker notes (as background for staff) and an appropriate display
Page 78 of 235
Action
Description
system as a background.
Public
notices/advertisi
ng
Regular
newspaper
columns
Regular radio
interviews
Schools
program
Submissions to
other
newsletters and
journals
Website
Develop and use where required a standard Public Notice advertisement to
promote community events and activities in local newspapers. This advertising
should always be supported by editorial material provided both to newspapers
and electronic media.
Once relationships are established with regional print media, offer regular wellwritten material to key regional media outlets (targeted where possible to local
audience/issues) to run as a NRM column.
This allows directed and managed messages to be relayed directly to
stakeholders. It will be critical to ensure that quality of content is not sacrificed
in order to increase frequency of publication – if BMRG has nothing of
significance to report, space and support should be provided to a related group
to ensure continuity of NRM exposure in the media.
Offer regional radio regular in-depth interviews with senior NRM
representatives based on either the same base material as the newspaper
columns or comment on other issues of importance.
Media training should be made available to representatives if required.
Seek to develop a program similar in intent but less broad than the GBRMPA
Reef Guardians schools program (see www.reefed.edu.au/guardians). The
aim of the program being to integrate NRM activities more fully into school
curricula and provide schools with resources and expertise through NRM (as
guests, speakers, field guides, etc). It may be appropriate to consider
establishing and supporting a regional Schools NRM Award.
Newsletters and journals published by other organisations provide a direct
method to spread NRM messages and information into other groups. A list of
appropriate regional and more widely circulated journals must be developed,
and initial contact made. Articles should be regularly submitted which closely
target the specific readership of the publications.
A BMRG-specific website will be the primary source of information for the
Group. It must contain all public information on BMRG and appropriate NRM
material, become a portal for NRM in the region, provide reciprocal linkages to
other appropriate sites, and be regularly updated to maintain currency and
encourage regular visitation.
Page 79 of 235
6
Planning for Integrated NRM
6.1 Purpose of the Plan
The Burnett Mary Natural Resource Management Plan (‘the Plan’) is a strategic
document designed to provide a framework for programs or actions to improve
sustainable natural resource utilisation, conservation, management and preservation
within the region.
The Plan will support the implementation of priority NRM initiatives and integration of
NRM purposes across the region, having due regard to the responsibilities, initiatives and
involvement of the regional community and all levels of government. The Plan will assist
in the development and promotion of NRM focused self-government within and between
industries, community groups and individuals. Finally, the Plan is the basis to attract
additional investors into the business of NRM to achieve the dividends derived from
sustainable use and management of our natural resources.
6.2 Scope
6.2.1
Physical
The Burnett Mary region extends to all lands drained by the Mary, Kolan, Burnett,
Auburn, Boyne, Elliot, Gregory, Isis and Burrum Rivers and their tributaries, and the
Baffle and Barambah Creeks. It also encompasses the World Heritage listed Fraser
Island, the Great Sandy Straits listed under the RAMSAR Convention, and the southern
extremity of the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park and three nautical miles to sea from
these features. Volume 2, Section 2 provides a map of the planning area.
6.2.3
Strategic
The current policy under the Trust and the NAP has evolved from over two decades of
initiatives to address natural resource concerns. It has been developed through strategic
evaluation of previous successes and challenges.
In the 1980’s, Australia demonstrated its innovative, world-leading abilities when it
created the Landcare movement which was led by grassroots community leaders. The
Landcare program was embraced and invested in by government which led to a
significant increase in communities’ awareness of the need to look after our natural
world. Communities got together to solve local environmental problems, particularly
those that had negative social and economic impacts.
In the 1990’s, the Australian government introduced Integrated Catchment Management,
which recognised the necessity to involve community to achieve positive NRM outcomes.
The regional arrangements supported under the Trust and NAP builds on the
recognition that positive NRM outcomes cannot occur without widespread community
support and involvement. The regional arrangements are the first attempt to give the
nation full coverage with regard to managing our natural resources and emphasises the
successes of community involvement in previous initiatives.
The Plan is a strategic document for our whole region that has been developed to provide:
Page 80 of 235
x
x
x
a short term (3-5 year) framework for current development and implementation of
priority actions
specific targets (1-3 and 10-20 year) that can be recognised and achieved within
the lifetime of the majority of the people involved in the process
a longer term vision (20-50 years) to ensure a sustainable region for generations
to come .
These targets have been strategically derived through:
x
x
x
x
Integration of a range of issues associate with NRM that are often considered in
isolation from each other (eg Salinity, Biodiversity, Land Use Management &
Social impact)
Incorporation and consideration of a diverse range of existing plans and
strategies from a range of perspectives (eg community based, statutory, local
government, resource sector, state and federal government)
Collation and assessment of available research, science, data and other
information to establish the baseline condition and trends of our natural resource
assets and threats against them
Identification of gaps in our knowledge to better target future investment into
research and data collection.
6.2.3
Business of NRM
The Plan has been developed within a conceptual framework of a business plan where the
nature of the business is the ecologically, economically and socially sustainable utilisation
and management of natural resources of the region. The necessity to appreciate the
dependence of our social and economic well-being on our natural resource assets is
inherent in this approach. The approach enables environmental and social capital values
to be considered in the prioritisation of investment, in contrast to the traditional “dollarsonly” bottom line approach.
The Plan looks at the existing use and management of the region’s natural resources from
the perspective of a future investor in the business. Normal business related questions
apply.
x
x
x
x
What are the existing assets and their values?
How are they currently managed?
Can this be improved?
What are the benefits/dividends of involvement – what is the return for
investment?
The principal party with investment interest in the natural resources of the region is the
region’s human community. Involvement and investment in sustainable NRM and
utilisation is a way of ensuring future capital or assets for ourselves and our descendants.
6.2.4
Economic
The economic scope of this Plan is extensive. Although the business approach used in the
Plan takes a triple (quadruple, considering cultural aspects) bottom-line approach, the
economic value of our natural resources is a core consideration. Our natural resources are
Page 81 of 235
at the very heart of our economic base: primary production and tourism and recreation are
significant contributors to our regional Gross Domestic Product (GDP). Without
sustainable use of our natural resources, our economic future will be bleak. Strategic
early investments, the formation of key partnerships and a community committed to
sustainable use and preservation of our natural resource assets will increase the attraction
of more investments into the region and support the economic health of the region into
the future.
6.3 Operational Principles & Policies
6.3.1
BMRG Principles for Plan Development
Preparing the Plan has and continues to be an iterative process. Each stage in the process
has involved a learning curve for both the broader community and the BMRG. The
following principles for plan development have been adopted:
x A holistic, integrated approach
x Actions must address causes not symptoms
x Social, environmental and economic impacts will be considered
x Recognise and build upon previous efforts
x The best available science and information will underpin actions
x Recognise and celebrate the diversity of community
x Targets will be achievable and measurable
x Actions must be implemented in a strategically logical, cost-efficient sequence
x Funding to go to identified key priorities in first instance
x Any work undertaken will not preclude future sustainable uses of the resource
x Actions will be consistent with other planning processes/legislative requirements
x Monitoring and evaluation will be undertaken to provide for continuous
improvement and adaptive management towards achieving positive, sustainable
NRM outcomes.
6.3.2
Accreditation requirements
The Queensland and Australian Governments have identified criteria that the Plan must
meet in order to be “accredited.” An accredited plan and associated regional Investment
Strategy can then be funded through the Trust and NAP programs. Accreditation is a
form of quality assurance – assuring Ministers and agencies responsible for investing
public funds that the Plan process was inclusive and comprehensive. It also gives
Regional Bodies some confidence that their Plan may be attractive to other investors.
Accreditation criteria are summarised as follows:
x The Plan is premised on the principles of Ecologically Sustainable Development
x community involvement in plan development
x focus on causes rather than symptoms of problems
x consistent with other planning and legislative requirements
x strategic prioritised and achievable actions addressing the range of NRM issues
that are identified as priorities in the region
x continuous development and improvement
x evaluation and reporting will meet the National NRM Monitoring and Evaluation
Framework
x promotes capacity building within the broader community to better support and
ensure informed community involvement
Page 82 of 235
x
x
x
has the flexibility to be relevant to the key natural resource management issues in
a changing and evolving legislative, social and economic environment
addresses priority issues at priority locations
implementation of actions under the plan achieve a net positive impact.
The Plan must also ensure that it delivers outcomes consistent with the objectives and
priorities of the Trust and NAPSWQ which are outlined in Table 6.3.2.
Table 6.3.2 NAPSWQ and Trust Objectives
Natural Heritage Trust
(the Trust)
Biodiversity Conservation
Sustainable Use of Natural
Resources
National Action Plan for Salinity & Water
Quality (NAPSWQ)
Prevent, stabilise and reverse trends in salinity, affecting
the sustainability of production, conservation of biological
diversity and the viability of our infrastructure.
Community Capacity Building and
Institutional Change
Improve water quality and secure reliable allocations for
human uses, industry and the environment.
These outcomes will be achieved through a series of actions producing a series of outputs
towards improving natural resource conditions as outlined in Volume 2b. The BMRG
operates under a philosophy of continuous improvement and adaptive management
ensuring that on-going investment will achieve the mid- and long-term goals strategically,
efficiently and with minimum negative social and economic impact.
6.4 Policy & Legislative Framework
6.4.1
National and State legislation and Initiatives
The NRM Plan sits within a vast spatially-based hierarchy of plans, policies and
associated strategies ranging from local property plans to international agreements; all of
which in some way, are intended to improve outcomes for some aspect of NRM. The
operation of the NRM Plan must also sit comfortably within the equally vast and
hierarchal legislative frameworks established by Local, State and Federal Governments
(Appendices 5 and 6).
Table 6.4.1 identifies the principal elements within the NRM related legislative and
policy hierarchies that have relevance to the NRM Plan. Information specific to the
legislation or policy is included in the Appendices. Discussion on how the Act, policy or
initiative relates to the BM Plan is included in the following sections.
Table 6.4.1 Legislation and Policy Hierarchy
Plan ref.
s6.4.2
s6.4.3
s6.4.4
International Policy
Appendix
ref.
‘Ramsar’ Convention on Wetlands
World Heritage Area Convention
Australian and New Zealand Environmental Conservation
Council(ANZECC) and Natural Resource Management Ministerial
Council (NRMMC) Guidelines
National Legislation & Policy
6, s 8.2
6, s 8.1
6, s 3
Page 83 of 235
Plan ref.
s6.4.5
s6.4.6
s6.4.7
s6.4.8
s6.4.9
s6.4.10
s6.4.11
s6.4.12
s6.4.13
s6.4.14
s6.4.15
s6.4.16
International Policy
Appendix
ref.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
and associated policies and strategies
Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act 1975 and associated policies
and strategies
The Intergovernmental Agreement on a National Action Plan for
Salinity and Water Quality between the Commonwealth of Australia
and the State of Queensland (1 March 2002) (NAPSWQ or NAP)
Natural Heritage Trust Extension (2002) (NHT or the Trust)
Reef Water Quality Protection Plan for catchments adjacent to the
Great Barrier Reef World Heritage Area (2003) (RWQPP)
State Legislation and Policy
Environmental Protection Act 1994 (including Environmental
Protection (Water) Policy 1997)
Nature Conservation Act 1992
Water Act 2000 (including Water Resource, Use, Operations and
Management Plans)
Coastal Protection and Management Act 1995 (including State and
Regional Coastal Management Plans)
Vegetation Management Act 1999 (including Regional Vegetation
Management Plans)
Land Protection (Pest and Stock Route Management) Act 2002
Integrated Planning Act 1997 (including Local Planning Schemes
and State Planning Policies) (IPA)
6, s 8, 9,
11,12, 13, 18
6, s 26, 28, 29
6.4.2
6, s 2
6, s 1
6, s 28
5, s 4
5, s 9
5 s 14
5, s 3
5, s13
5, s15
5, s 7
Convention on Wetlands (Ramsar, 1971)
Great Sandy Strait is included on the Ramsar List of Wetlands of International
Importance. This places international obligations on the Australian and Queensland
Governments to ensure that the area is managed wisely.
6.4.3
World Heritage Area Convention
Fraser Island was inscribed on the World Heritage List in 1992, for the outstanding
universal value of its ancient and magnificent sand dune systems and its spectacular
forests and freshwater lakes. It contains the oldest and largest number of independent
sand dunes known in the world, it also has the oldest known time sequence of soils with
giant profiles more than 25m thick, and supports the worlds largest and highest perched
lake (FIU, 1994). The Great Sandy Management Plan was developed with particular
regard to World Heritage obligations. Fraser Island is also registered on the Australian
National Heritage List.
The Great Barrier Reef was inscribed on the World Heritage List in 1981, recognising its
outstanding universal values of representation of geological processes and features;
ecological and biological processes; natural beauty; and, support of significant biological
diversity and threatened species. The Great Barrier Reef Marine Park is managed to
ensure that World Heritage obligations in relation to the area are fulfilled.
World Heritage obligations should be regarded as a priority in relation to local planning
or management considerations.
6.4.4
ANZECC and NRMMC Guidelines
Page 84 of 235
National Guidelines have been produced which address significant areas of interest to the
NRM Plan, vis:
x Water Quality, including:
o Australian and New Zealand Guidelines for Fresh and Marine Water
Quality, 2000
o Australian Guidelines for Water Quality Monitoring and Reporting, 2000
o Guidelines for Ground Water Protection in Australia, 1995
x National Weeds Strategy
x Dryland Salinity
x Acid Sulphate Soils
x Rangeland Management.
Relevant programs or projects developed or implemented under the BM Plan must have
regard to and be consistent with these initiatives.
6.4.5 Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act
1999 (EPBC)
The EPBC identifies seven matters of national significance, six of which are of particular
relevance to the Plan.
Table 6.4.5 Matters of National significance under the EPBC Act
Matter of National Significance
1. World Heritage properties
2. Ramsar wetlands of international
significance
3. Nationally listed threatened species and
ecological communities
4. Listed migratory species
5. Australian Government marine areas
6. National Heritage places
7. Nuclear actions
Relevance to Burnett Mary Region
x Great Barrier Reef WHA (part)
x Fraser Island (all)
x Great Sandy Strait
x Several (see below)
x Several (see below)
x Great Barrier Reef Marine Park and areas
outside State waters
x Fraser Island
x Not applicable
Volume 2, Section 4.3 Biodiversity Resources identifies nationally listed threatened
species and ecological communities relevant to the region and identifies those species for
which a recovery plan has been prepared or is proposed under the Act. Key threatening
processes and associated Threat Abatement Plans (TAP) identified under the EPBC and
relevant to the region include:
x predation by feral Cats (existing TAP)
x predation by the European Red Fox (Vulpes vulpes) (existing TAP)
x infection of amphibians with chytrid fungus... (TAP in development)
x land Clearance (currently no TAP required)
x incidental catch of Sea Turtle... (currently no TAP required)
x reduction in native biodiversity due to red fire ant, Solenopsis invicta (TAP to be
developed).
Volume 2, Section 4.4 Coastal and Marine Resources addresses salient matters for the
Australian Government marine areas of the region and also identifies listed migratory
species. It should be noted that several of the listed bird species under the China and
Page 85 of 235
Japan Migratory Bird Agreements (CAMBA and JAMBA) and the Bonn Convention
frequent permanent and ephemeral freshwater wetlands of inland areas. These wetland
types are not well defined for the Region and specific management actions are identified
to redress this situation.
Relevant programs or projects developed or implemented under the Plan must have
regard to and be consistent with these initiatives.
6.4.6
Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act 1975
The Act establishes the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park (GBRMP) and its management
framework. Recent management initiatives of key relevance to this Plan are identified
below.
The Great Barrier Reef Water Quality Action Plan and Reef Water Quality Protection
Plan (RWQPP)
These plans identify targets and associated actions for managing the export of pollutants
and sediments to the Great Barrier Reef (GBR) lagoon. The plans envisage a reduction of
between 33 and 66% in current nutrient and sediment loads, to be achieved via a wide
range of initiatives many of which require implementation within the terrestrial and
freshwater aquatic environment of the GBR catchments. Some initiatives target point
sources of pollutants, however, the major targets of sediment and nutrient reduction
would appear to be only achievable by interventions aimed at reducing diffuse sources
(eg in the Burnett Mary region, grazing land management, forestry and field crops) and
/or improving the capacity of rivers and streams to filter terrestrially derived pollutants
(eg by retention of riparian, wetland and instream vegetation).
Table 6.4.6 Plan Actions Aiming to address RWQPP Targets
Desired Action
Reduce diffuse sources of pollutants in water entering the Reef
catchment.
Rehabilitate and conserve areas of the Reef catchment that have a
role in removing water borne pollutants. This will be achieved by:
x
Promoting improved decision making in landuse planning;
x
Promoting the adoption of sustainable production systems;
x
Promoting rehabilitation of damaged wetlands and riparian
areas;
Relevant RCTs
WR1.2, CMD1.3, LR1.2,
LR2.1
LR1.1, LR2.1, LR 5.1
LR1.1, LR2.1,LR4.1
FB1.1, FB2.1, FB3.1,
FB3.2, MB1.2, CMD1.2
Specific Resource Condition and associated Management Action Targets (RCTs and
MATs) have been identified in Volume 2, Section 4 of the Plan which supports
achievement of the RWQPP targets. Table 6.4.6 outlines specific aims of the Plan with
respect to the RWQPP.
Great Barrier Reef Representative Area Project (RAP)
The RAP project identified the range of marine ecosystems represented on the GBR and
resulted in a reef wide rezoning effective as of 1 July 2004 to enable a high degree of
protection of representative areas. New ‘National Park’ and Conservation Park zones
have been implemented adjacent to the Baffle Basin coast. Commercial and recreational
uses of marine resources, including fishing, are restricted in these areas. A ‘Structural
Page 86 of 235
Adjustment Package’ has been developed to assist commercial fishers economically
impacted by this significant change in management.
A rezoning process is currently underway for Queensland Marine Parks in adjacent areas
to assist in complementary management of the GBRMP.
6.4.7
National Action Plan and National Heritage Trust Extension
The NAP/NHT framework is built around a cascading structure of asset themes, matters
for target, and resource condition indicators for these targets (NR&M Guidelines,
specifically Module 5a, 2004). This framework has been used to develop the Plan to
ensure that the outcomes reflect Australian and Queensland Government requirements
and guidelines.
6.4.8 Environmental Protection Act 1994 (including Environmental
Protection (Water) Policy 1997)
The Act addresses a wide range of issues affecting NRM including waste management,
air, water, and noise quality.
Environmental Values (EV’s) and Water Quality Objectives (WQO’s)
The Draft Queensland Water Quality Guidelines (soon to be released for public comment)
will provide a framework that promotes the ecologically sustainable maintenance of water
quality both for aquatic ecosystems and other environmental values. These guidelines are
designed to be more specific to the needs of Queensland and will largely replace the use
of the broader generic ANZECC guidelines. Locally or regionally specific EV’s and
WQO’s will be generated within the framework of the Queensland Guidelines and the
statutory Environment Protection Policy for Water.
The EV and WQO planning process is relatively new in Queensland and is at a draft stage
for the Mary and Burrum catchments. The process will undoubtedly prove of direct value
to the EPA in regulating point sources which are associated with licensed discharges and
impact assessable land use change. It will ultimately reinforce other planning processes
such as the various Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority (GBRMPA) initiatives as
well as planning for coastal and marine habitat areas which fall outside of the GBR
Marine Park. Once established, the EV’s and WQO’s will have primarily have a
recognisable impact on the environmental values of coastal and estuarine areas as these
are areas where existing water quality data sets are more extensive (thus, more likely to
be able to measure change) and where there is a greater concentration of point sources
(thus able to influence quality through more stringent/targeted licensing). In the
freshwater inland environments, the EV and WQO process is likely to contribute to an
advisory framework to guide other planning and implementation initiatives.
BMRG has actively supported the Mary/Burrum process. Further application of the
process to the Baffle and Burnett/Kolan areas is also considered desirable with priority
being given to the Baffle Basin in recognition of the potential to establish environmental
and monitoring baselines from a relatively pristine system.
6.4.9
Nature Conservation Act 1992
Page 87 of 235
The Act addresses a range of issues of direct relevance to this Plan including
identification and management of protected areas, flora, and fauna of conservation
significance.
Biodiversity planning
The EPA (Queensland Herbarium) has established comprehensive GIS based databases in
relation to remnant vegetation categorised as Regional Ecosystems (RE) which underpins
the State’s Remnant Vegetation Management process (See below). The EPA has
developed Biodiversity Planning Assessments which “value add” additional data,
pertinent to other biodiversity values, in a GIS package. Currently the additional data to
RE’s includes tenure and relative values of the RE’s. The assessments are available to
inform various planning processes, including regional NRM plans such as this one.
Volume 2, Section 4.3 Biodiversity Resources provides more information on this
management response. Further development of this mapping system is required in
conjunction with the EPA to enable high priority areas and actions to be set as targets (eg
RCT: TB2.1).
6.4.10
Water Resource Plans and other plans and processes under
the Water Act 2000
Water Resource Plans (WRPs) and associated Resource Operations Plans deal with the
issues of water allocation and environmental flows within the context of the Water Act
2000 (Refer App 5, s 16). Progress towards development of individual WRPs is
identified in the relevant Catchment Description sections in Volume 2, Section 4.1.
Under the Act, a Land and Water Management Plan is required to be developed by
enterprises seeking to use or acquire a ‘new’ water allocation. Figure 6.4.10 identifies
comlementary actions between the Plan and other Water Resource Planning initiatives.
Table 6.4.10 Plan Actions that complement Water Resource Planning initiatives
Desired action
Providing effective and coordinated consultation and participation
approaches (eg providing networks for and BMRG involvement in
consultation on water related planning processes).
Cooperation on communication activities. e.g. makingҏ submissions on
draft water planning processes in the Region and WQO’s and EV’s as per
Schedule 1 of EPP Water.
Assisting in providing an adequate information base for planning and
decision-making.
Contributions to regional WQ monitoring frameworks through communitybased monitoring programs (eg Waterwatch). Information derived from
such monitoring programs may contribute to future reviews of water
plans.
Assisting in future water planning through the further development of a
sound socio-economic understanding of the Region
Encouraging landowners to develop and adopt Property Management
Plans and/or Land and Water Management Plans and associated
monitoring consistent with planning and ESD and NRM objectives
Relevant BMRG
RCTs
CD1.1, KRT1.1
WR1.1, IA1.3
WR1.1, TB2.1
WR1.1.6, WR1.1.7
CD1.4, IA1.1
LR1.1, LR2.1
6.4.11 Coastal Protection and Management Act 1995
Page 88 of 235
State and Regional Coastal Management Plans (SCMP and RCMPs) are established under
the framework of the Act. Figure 6.4.11 identifies Plan actions that support SCMP
initiatives.
Table 6.4.11 Plan actions that support the initiatives of the SCMP
Desired action
Identifying potential areas of Regional significance for coastal
management;
Protecting coastal wetlands
Retaining and managing vegetation in riparian corridors
Rehabilitating, restoring and enhancing degraded coastal resources
Setting targets to reduce pollutant loads to coastal ecosystems
Sharing information between government agencies and with industry and
the community.
Assisting in the identification and mapping of potential Coastal
Management Districts and areas of natural and cultural coastal
significance, thus supporting development of the Wide Bay RCMP
Relevant BMRG
RCTs
MB1.1, MB1.2,
MB1.3
MB1.2, MB1.4,
CMD1.2, FB3.1
FB2.1, FB2.2
MB1.3, MB1.4,
CMD1.2, FB3.2
WR1.2, CMD1.3,
LR2.1
WR1.1, KRT1.3,
IA1.4
CMD1.1, MB1.1,
MB1.3
Regional Coastal Management Plans relevant to the region are proposed for South East
Queensland, and Wide Bay Burnett. The majority of the region lies within the scope of
the Wide Bay RCMP. The SEQ RCMP is currently in development and it is understood
that the Plan for Wide Bay is no longer “on hold” (Ministerial Forum, Hervey Bay. 13
September 2004).
6.4.12 Fisheries Act 1994
The Department of Primary Industries and Forestry (DPI&F) has the statutory
responsibility for administering the Fisheries Act 1994 and the Fisheries Regulation 1995.
These statutory processes stipulate the conditions for ‘management, use, development and
protection of fisheries resources and fish habitats, and the management of aquaculture
activities, and for related purposes’. The Act focuses predominantly on ensuring the
application of principles for ecologically sustainable development (ESD) in the use,
conservation and enhancement of the community’s fisheries resources and fish habitats.
Plans, policies, codes, guidelines, maps and other resources have been developed to assist
in meeting the management, use and protection objectives of the Fisheries Act 1994 and
Fisheries Regulation 1995. These resources have management and conservation foci.
6.4.13 Vegetation Management Act 1999 (including State Vegetation
Management Policy and draft Regional Vegetation Management
Plans)
The State Vegetation Management Policy (May 2004) sets desired outcomes in relation to
management of remnant vegetation (Appendix 5). Table 6.4.13 identifies Plan actions
that assist with achieving SVMP outcomes.
Table 6.4.13 Plan action that assist in achieving the SVMP outcomes
Desired action
Relevant BMRG
RCTs
Page 89 of 235
Desired action
Relevant BMRG
RCTs
Refining understanding and priority of RE’s and promoting protection of
RE’s through improved land management practices and adoption of
Property Management Planning (SVMP outcomes 4.3, 4.4, 5.1-5.3)
Promoting conservation of viable networks of wildlife habitat (SVMP
outcomes 4.6, 5.4)
Promoting conservation and the maintenance of ecological processes that
support wetlands, springs, watercourse and adjacent habitat (SVMP
outcomes 4.7, 5,1)
Promoting the retention of vegetation to protect land and hydrological
resources and processes from degradation (SVMP outcomes 5.2-5.3)
TB1.2, TB2.2, LR1.1
TB1.2, LR1.1, LR1.2
LR1.1, LR1.2, TB2.2
LR1.1,LR1.2, LR1.4,
TB2.2
The State Government has developed a strategy to phase out broadscale clearing of
remnant vegetation by December 2006 and to provide for limited clearing for specific
purposes thereafter. The Vegetation Management and Other Legislation Amendment Act
2004 also provides for protection of ‘endangered’ and ‘of concern’ Regional Ecosystems
on freehold and leasehold land in “non-urban” areas (ie land zoned “Rural Residential” is
no longer covered by an urban exemption).
Draft Regional Vegetation Management Plans (RVMPs) for the Inland Burnett and the
Coastal Wide Bay areas of the region were prepared under the Vegetation Management
Act 1999 (draft CWBRVMC, 2003; draft IBRVMC, 2003). These planning processes
provided review of industry and community perspectives in the light of best-available
information to produce draft regional recommendations, including identification of data
gaps and principles for on-ground implementation of initiatives.
The draft Plans have subsequently been used to develop Regional Codes to assess
applications for broadscale clearing of remnant vegetation under a “once off” ballot
system, as well as codes to assess applications for “ongoing clearing” of regrowth and
other vegetation for specific purposes such as: thinning; to remove encroachment; fodder
harvesting; weed control; to establish necessary infrastructure; and to clear non-remnant
vegetation on leasehold land. Details of these codes and associated policy and legislation
can be found at www.NRM.qld.gov.au/vegetation .
Cessation of broadscale clearing will assist in reduction of greenhouse gas emissions
resulting from clearing and will assist in achieving the conservation of biodiversity.
There are many other aspects of vegetation management in relation to its broader roles in
biodiversity conservation, ecosystem functioning and land management that are yet to be
addressed in a comprehensive planning framework. Currently the Queensland
government has set aside $12M for protection of native vegetation and is seeking delivery
through regional and or district organisations.
6.4.14 Land Protection (Pest and Stock Route Management ) Act 2002
The Queensland Weeds Strategy 2002-2006 and Queensland Pest Animals Strategy 20022006 as developed under the Act, aim to establish Statewide planning frameworks,
providing clear direction to government, community, industry and individuals for the
management of pest animals and weeds across the State, and addressing the range of
current and potential pest animal and weed problems.
Page 90 of 235
Landholders have a responsibility to keep their property free of pest plants that are
declared as Class 1 or Class 2 pests under the Act. This also applies to Local or State
Government agencies with land holdings.
The Commonwealth Government announced twenty Weeds of National Significance in
June 1999. Queensland was assigned lead State responsibilities for parthenium weed,
rubber vine, prickly acacia, parkinsonia, mesquite, lantana, hymenachne, pond apple and
cabomba. The Department of Natural Resources and Mines in partnership with interstate
government agencies, community and industry has coordinated the development of the
National Strategic Plans for these nine species. (Source: www.NRM.qld.gov.au/pests ).
The BM Plan recognises weeds as one of the most significant NRM issues affecting the
Region.
Pest animals, in particular foxes, feral dogs and cats, impact on nationally significant
species including sea turtles in coastal areas and many significant bird species and small
native mammals, both coastal and inland. Several animals are classified as Class 1 or
Class 2 pests under the Act. Class 2 pests include feral pigs, cats and dogs, dingo,
European fox and rabbits. It is an offence to feed or keep these animals. The
responsibility for controlling a pest animal rests with the landowner. However, NR&M
and Local governments provide expertise and technical advice to assist landholders.
Table 6.4.14 identifies Plan actions that support the Guidelines for the management of
Class 1 and specific Class 2 pest plants and animals.
Table 6.4.14 Plan actions that support the Land Protection Act
Desired action
Ensuring incorporation of pest plant and animal considerations into related
planning and management programs
Raising public awareness of pest plant and animal issues and associated
best practice management
Encouraging knowledge of and compliance with existing guidelines
Building working partnerships between key stakeholders to generate a
holistic approach to management and a sense of community ownership of
the problem
Relevant BMRG
RCT or MA
LR3.1,
LR3.2,TB3.1,
TB3.2
LR3A, LR3C,
TB3C, TB3D
TB3G, LR3A,
LR3D
TB3.1.2, TB3H,
CD1.2, 1A1.4
Local Government Area Pest Management Plans are currently being prepared for all
Local governments within the region as a statutory requirement under the Act. They will
provide strategic direction and an action plan for Local governments and other local
stakeholders to meet their pest management responsibilities within a Local Government
area. Volume 2, Section 4 Biodiversity and Land Resources provide information on how
the Plan directly supports this work.
6.4.15 Integrated Planning Act 1997 (IPA) (including Local
Government Planning Schemes, Regional Growth Management
Frameworks, and State Planning Policies)
Land use planning has a crucial role to play in the protection of areas of nature
conservation value, particularly through minimising the impacts of development. The
legislative framework for land use planning is provided by the Integrated Planning Act
1997 (IPA) which seeks to achieve ecological sustainability by: coordinating and
Page 91 of 235
integrating planning at local, regional and State levels; managing the process by which
development occurs; and managing the effects of development on the environment
(including managing the use of premises). Appendix 5 provides more details on IPA.
Local governments are primarily responsible for landuse decision making and planning
scheme preparation. Planning schemes are statutory instruments that interpret ecological
sustainability in the local context and identify local environmental outcomes and ways to
achieve those outcomes. They play a crucial role in the protection and management of
areas of nature conservation value as they are instruments for the establishment of policy
and procedure to guide the way land, buildings and structures are used and developed.
IPA provides the legislative framework for making, amending and reviewing planning
schemes and facilitates and encourages the use of planning schemes to integrate, resolve
and express regional and State level policy.
IPA requires planning schemes to achieve outcomes and focuses on planning scheme
function rather than form. Planning schemes must however identify broad desired
environmental outcomes and contain measures to achieve those outcomes. Planning
scheme measures may include:
x broad and specific allocations of land for particular purposes
x statements of desired physical outcomes (in relation to land use, works or lots)
within specified localities
x statements of desired qualitative outcomes
x statements of specific development standards or criteria to achieve particular
outcomes
x code provisions (performance based or prescriptive) applicable to certain
development
x statements about the nature of information desired for the assessment of particular
forms of development
x assignment of assessability (ie self assessable, code assessable and impact
assessable).
IPA recognises that planning is a broad concept best implemented through a wide range
of mechanisms and instruments. While planning schemes are important tools for users
outside of local government, they are just one mechanism for planning. The regional
planning mechanism is one of the most important planning mechanisms recognised by
IPA. There are opportunities for regional planning outcomes to inform the planning
scheme process. A Regional Nature Conservation Strategy (RNCS) for example, is a
regional planning tool which has direct application for local government planning
schemes. A RNCS provides a framework to assist local governments to identify areas of
nature conservation significance and ensure that these areas are sustainably managed
through a range of strategies and actions.
In addition to planning schemes, there are opportunities for regional planning to inform a
range of other complementary planning processes and activities such as community
nature conservation programs.
6.4.16 Wide Bay Regional Growth Management Framework (RGMF)
The Wide Bay RGMF is focused on the high population growth coastal local government
areas of the Burnett Mary region and includes a range of policy principles and actions
designed to guide the region’s future development and management of population growth
using existing institutional structures and planning processes. In relation to Natural
Page 92 of 235
Resources, the NRM Plan is consistent with the recommendations for overall Natural
Resource policy principles of the Wide Bay RGMF which are as follows.
x
Natural resources in the area underpin the regional economy, but many are under
considerable pressure. Infrastructure and urban development should reinforce
the economic and social value of these natural resources, rather than reducing
them.
x
Many natural resources are already degraded. Existing programs to rehabilitate
degraded resources should be supported, and further programs should be
instigated where they are considered necessary and appropriate. The main thrust
should be the education of the entire community in the value of sustainable
natural resource management practices.
x
The identification and understanding of the processes affecting many natural
resources in the area are not well understood. Further research is required to
broaden our understanding of our natural resource base so that it can be
safeguarded and appropriate and sustainable resource management practices can
be implemented.
The Wide Bay RGMF is currently under review to ensure that it remains responsive to
social, economic, environmental and development trends and issues affecting the region,
and associated sub-regional planning and sectoral strategies. A similar framework (the
Inland Burnett Future Development Framework) is currently being prepared for the
inland areas of the region based on, and coordinated with, the Wide Bay RGMF model.
As such, it is expected that both RGMFs will align with NRM Plan targets and actions
and there will be opportunity to partner in implementation.
6.4.17 SEQ Regional Plan
The SEQ Regional Plan deals with the region adjacent to the southern boundary of the
Burnett Mary region, and includes those parts of the Mary River catchment not included
in the Wide Bay RGMF. The SEQ Regional Plan has now been released for public
consultation and will be reviewed in conjunction with NRM Plan implementation to
ensure consistency in approaches to regional issues.
6.4.17 Local Government Initiatives
Detailed consideration of the role of Local Government (LGA) Planning schemes and
how NRM issues have been addressed through them is provided in Appendix 7.
LGA has several other mechanisms through which it can directly benefit NRM outcomes.
These may include the development, implementation and promotion of NRM related
policies and strategies such as:
x
x
x
x
waste management; including land fill, recycling facilities, effluent management.
pest management plans – required under Land Protection (Pest and Stock Route
Management) Act 2002
best management practice guidelines for works
o erosion and sediment control guidelines
o rehabilitation protocols e.g. site restoration
local conservation policies
o local biodiversity or nature conservation strategies
o significant tree register
Page 93 of 235
x
x
o identification & management of good quality remnant vegetation on road
verges
promotion of initiatives such as Land for Wildlife and property management
planning within their area
development of specific plans and/or surveys for non-statutory matters of NRM
interest e.g. Roadside vegetation, bird lists, management plans for locally
significant sites.
LGA also provides significant support to community based NRM groups which may be
subject or site specific (eg Bird watchers, Local reserve group, or affiliated with a larger
organisation such as Landcare, Waterwatch). Across the region, LGA involvement in
NRM ranges from a low or nil level of consideration other than to meet statutory
requirements, to NRM being an integral part of a particular Shire or Council’s social and
economic fabric. The variable extent to which LGA are involved in NRM can be
attributed to a number of factors that are often interrelated or that occur simultaneously
within a particular Shire. These factors are:
x financial wealth (often rate based) of each LGA (ie the ability to actually pay for
NRM actions)
x degree of capacity in terms of knowledge and understanding of NRM issues and
solutions within both the LGA and community
x cultural influences or collective paradigms held within the LGA and community
x willingness or importance associated with addressing NRM issues
x adherence to State Government legislation (eg IPA)
x increasing number and type of issues faced by each LGA.
LGA with higher rate bases are situated in the coastal area of the region and generally
have the resources to develop capacity within their organisation through the establishment
of NRM related positions (eg Noosa, Maroochy and Hervey Bay Shires). In contrast,
Local governments with lower rate bases are generally situated in the western part of the
region do not have the resources to develop organisational capacity and usually share
positions across a number of Shires.
In general the degree of capacity and involvement within LGA is dependent on both the
availability of resources and the interest or perceived need from the community to engage
in NRM. Difficulty occurs when the community’s perceived need is not in keeping with
the most ideal NRM outcomes for the area. Many of the lower resourced LGA are
willing to contribute to NRM, but are severely under funded and have very small rate
bases.
There is significant potential to address some of the resourcing issues through the
development of regional, cross-Shire partnerships, particularly in areas such as in waste
management, pest management, and salinity control programs.
A lack of understanding of NRM could also be a significant contributing factor to the lack
of involvement of some Shires. Again, there is significant potential for improved
communication and ‘cross-Shire’ capacity building as well as targeted actions for
improved understanding of NRM and ESD issues associated with this Plan.
6.4.18 Community and Industry Based Initiatives
Page 94 of 235
A number of community based catchment plans pre-date the formation of BMRG. These
plans provide a comprehensive summary of information and issues associated with the
particular catchment and identify a wide range of objectives and actions desired to
improve overall catchment management and function. The NRM Plan has endeavoured
to incorporate the explicit aspirations and implicit outcomes identified in these plans and
provides a process to prioritise achievement of the desired outcomes within a regional
NRM context.
Volume 2, Section 4.1 identifies key local issues and priorities as identified by catchment
plans and local community groups and also the relevant MATs which address these
concerns.
Best Management Practice, Codes of Practice & Property Management Planning
A number of peak Industry bodies have developed Best Management Practice (BMP),
Codes of Practice (CoP) and Property Management Planning (PMP) guidelines for their
members. Whilst these guidelines are not legally binding on members, they do provide
an ethical standard for practitioners of particular industries and usually form the basis for
adherence to legislative requirements (eg Codes of Practice accredited under the
Environment Protection Act 1994) and can be used as support for a defence of due
diligence by an industry practitioner.
The following is a list of known BMPs, CoPs and NRM initiatives currently being
undertaken by Industry Peak Bodies and related R&D organisations:
Rural Water Use Efficiency Initiative (RWUE)
The Rural Water Use Efficiency Initiative is a partnership between industry and
government to improve the use and management of available irrigation water, thereby
improving the competitiveness, profitability, and environmental sustainability of
Queensland's rural industries. Adoption programs have been established to help farmers
achieve best practice in irrigation water management on their properties. Stage 1 of the
Initiative (1999-2003) focused on improving on-farm water use efficiency and farm
productivity. Stage 2 of the Initiative (2004-2006) will also include a focus on the offfarm environmental impacts of irrigation.
The programs are managed by rural industry organisations:
x
x
x
x
Canegrowers for sugarcane
Cotton Australia for cotton
Queensland Dairyfarmers Organisation for dairy and lucerne
Growcom (formerly Queensland Fruit & Vegetable Growers) for horticulture.
Qld Farmers Federation (QFF) members’ environmental initiatives / programs
x
x
x
QFF Environment and Natural Resource Committee – provides input to plans and
strategies on behalf of members and keeps members informed of relevant NRM
developments/initiatives
Environmental Codes of Practice (Agriculture, Cane, Dairy, Fruit & Vegetables,
Nursery & Garden, Pork)
Best Management Practice (Cane, Cotton, Nursery & Garden)
Page 95 of 235
x
x
x
x
x
Environmental management systems (Cane, Chicken-Meat, Fruit & Vegetables,
Nursery & Garden
Integrated pest management (Cane, Fruit & Vegetables, Nursery & Garden)
Community nature conservation (QPWS, QFF members)
Rural Water Use Efficiency (as above)
Fish habitat (Cane).
Horticulture Industry

RWUE (as above)
Farmcare - Code of Practice for Sustainable Fruit and Vegetable Production and
associated Farm Management Systems Toolkit as developed by Queensland Fruit
and Vegetable Growers (now Growcom)
EnviroVeg self-assessment protocol
Use of Integrated Pest Management Strategies (eg by macadamia plantations,
strawberry growers, citrus industry)
‘Pathways to Environmental Management Systems’ proposal to develop best
practice protocol/EMS (Horticulture Australia)
Involvement with NR&M in facilitating Land and Water Management Plans.
Dairy Industry (Qld Dairy Farmers Organisation)
x
x
Dairying Better ‘n Better – focussing on better irrigation, soil fertiliser and
effluent management for improved production and environmental outcomes
Dairy SAT – Self assessment Tool to assist producers identify any deficiencies in
their NRM management.
Sugar Industry (Canegrowers Inc)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Sugar Industry Reform Package Water availability and RWUE (as above)
Code of Practice - Sustainable Cane Growing in Queensland developed in
response to Environment Protection Act 1994
Canegrowers Environment Management Strategy
Fish Habitat Code of Practice; outlines best practice management for use of drains
in cane land. Training and permit system to ensure compliance with requirements
to protect habitats under the Fisheries Act 1994
Integrated Pest Management (grubs and rats)
Combining Profitability and Sustainability in Sugar (COMPASS) Self Assessment
Program
Cane Trash – Use and Management, guidelines
Extension Officers (Canegrowers)
Public Environment Report (Eco-efficiency Project)
Involvement with NRM&E in facilitating Land and Water Management Plans
training and resource development.
Forestry
x
x
Native Forest Management Code of Practice
Development of Harvest Management Plans, Forest Management Plans, schedules
of operations, fire management, drainage, etc in accordance with CoP.); Provision
of information and services and assistance with policy development; Reducing the
Page 96 of 235
instances of high grading, poor utilisation, and poor retention standards in native
forest management via the promotion of tree marking for retention and optimal
product recognition. (Private Forestry Southern Queensland Inc.)
Fishing (Queensland Seafood Industry Association)
x
x
x
Seafood Environmental Management System – designed to assist members
develop an EMS appropriate to their industry sector
Require professional fishers to undertake an Endangered and Threatened Species
Awareness Course before entering industry
A Code of Conduct for a Responsible Seafood Industry (Aust. Seafood Industry
Council).
Intensive Livestock
x
x
Environmental Code of Practice for Queensland Piggeries
National Environmental Strategy for the Pig Industry (Australian Pork Limited,
2002).
Fertiliser Industry
x
x
Fertcare – a self regulation, accreditation and code of practice program (Australian
Fertiliser Services Association)
Increased implementation of eco-efficiency tools such as benchmarking and
environmental reporting.
Whilst the above list indicates considerable initiative being undertaken by Industry
relevant to the region, significant gaps in data exist within other industries. All Industry
Peak Bodies have been contacted to provide this information and will continue to be
engaged to ensure this section remains current.
REFERENCES
FIU (1994), Great Sandy Region Management Plan. Environmental Protection Agency:
Fraser Implementation Unit.
CWBRVMC,(2003), Draft Regional Vegetation Management Plan. Coastal Wide Bay
Regional Vegetation Management Committee. http://www.nrm.qld.gov.au/vegetation.
IBRVMC, (2003), Draft Regional Vegetation Management Plan. Inland Burnett Regional
Vegetation Management Committee. http://www.nrm.qld.gov.au/vegetation.
6.5 Consultation and Engagement
6.5.1
General
Since inception, BMRG has strived to keep the regional community abreast of the ‘new’
regional arrangements and what this actually means for the region and stakeholders of
NRM. The BMRG adopted an open door policy from the beginning which has ensured
that Board Directors are informed and up-to-date with community concerns and issues
Page 97 of 235
(Appendix 4 details all issues captured during engagement processes). Intimate
knowledge of our region’s concerns and issues, particularly with respect to information
sharing and engagement processes, is critical to effecting continuous improvement.
The advent of funding for Facilitators/Coordinators under the Natural Heritage Trust
program has been instrumental to providing the BMRG with support to improve their
consultation and engagement of the regional community. Extensive consultation has been
undertaken by the Community Support Officers and Coordinators of the BMRG and has
resulted in a healthy Membership base for the BMRG (Section 3.2). Appendix 3 outlines
the level of consultation and engagement undertaken by the BMRG for the period June
2003 to October 2004.
6.5.2
Indigenous engagement
The Review Panel created to assist with the implementation of BMRG’s Priority Action
1.3 ‘Indigenous Engagement’ have emphasised that when an organisation is working with
any particular group in the community, due regard must be provided to ensuring that there
is understanding of the level of community awareness of the proposed planning and
management processes and adjusting demands accordingly. This will involve managing
the expectations of the community during the consultation process.
As consultation with communities develops it helps establish the appropriate foundations
for the progression of appropriate representation of Indigenous groups within the BMRG
and in other forums over time.
Critical elements of any engagement process are:
x
x
x
x
x
x
being realistic about what can be achieved in given timeframes
being able to demonstrate visible/tangible signs of progress to the Indigenous
community throughout the process
providing understandable and useful feedback to the Indigenous community
throughout the consultation
providing for the future ongoing development of representational processes that
are appropriate to the Indigenous people of the Burnett Mary region
ensuring the conduct of the consultation is conducted in a way that encourages
community trust in the process and organisation
the consultation process must be one that has the widest coverage of groups
possible whilst acknowledging the rights of traditional owners.
6.5.3
Roundtables
Three series of community Roundtables were held throughout the Burnett Mary region
during March to May 2004. The Roundtable process was implemented as an engagement
tool for the regional community to provide first-hand input to the NRM Plan. Invitations
were extended to BMRG Members and radio announcements and bulletins in local
community newsletters were used to engage the general public. Increased BMRG
membership resulted from using an open door approach to the process.
Prior to each of the Roundtables, Key regional Issues and Aspirations documents were
distributed to Members. The documents presented a synopsis of the issues and
aspirations consistently identified in planning and strategy documents previously
Page 98 of 235
developed by the community. The purpose of the Roundtables was to engage the
community to qualify regional assets and verify key issues and aspirations.
Members were requested to prioritise issues prior to the event. Table 6.5.3 outlines the
selected priority issues ranked according to the number of times the issues were raised
during the Roundtable series (rank 1 = most, rank 6 = least).
Table 6.5.3 Priority Issues Identified during the Burnett Mary Roundtable Series
Selected Priority Issues
Water
Biodiversity
Pest & Weed Management
Sustainable Production
Land & Soil Management
Urbanisation
Marine & Coastal Management
Roundtable Location
Rank
Kenilworth, Kingaroy, Miriam Vale, Kilkivan,
Maryborough, Eidsvold, Cherbourg, Cooroy,
Gayndah, Tiaro, Tin Can Bay
Kenilworth, Miriam Vale, Kilkivan, Maryborough,
Eidsvold, Cherbourg, Cooroy, Tiaro, Tin Can Bay
Kenilworth, Kingaroy, Miriam vale, Kilkivan,
Maryborough, Cherbourg
Kenilworth, Kingaroy, Monto, Gayndah
Kenilworth, Kingaroy, Monto
Kenilworth, Cooroy
Maryborough, Tin Can Bay
Cherbourg, Gayndah
1
2
3
4
5
6
6
6
Issues that were tabled by the regional community as important during the Roundtable
process are outlined in Table 6.5.4 as they relate to regional assets. All issues captured
during the three Roundtable series can be found at Appendix 4.
6.5.4
State of the Burnett Mary region Report (SoBMRR) Forums
Three regionally based forums were held between March and May 2004 to provide the
community with an opportunity to discuss firsthand the findings of the SoBMRR Volume
1. An initial version of the report was distributed to all BMRG Members prior to the
event and made available to the general public on request.
Presentation of the report findings were tailored to catchment/sub-catchment audiences
ensuring that feedback was specific to the issues and concerns of each particular area.
Approaching the community for feedback at the catchment/sub-catchment level has
heightened the fact that the Burnett Mary region has diverse issues with respect to their
natural resource assets. Incorporation of community feedback into Volume 1 of the
SoBMRR has assisted in a more comprehensive understanding of the state of our natural
resource assets and forms the basis of discussions in Volume 2, Section 4 of the NRM
Plan. Table 6.5.4 provides an overview of the issues raised by the regional community at
the SoBMRR forums.
Table 6.5.4 Regional Assets & Principal Issues from Roundtable and Forum Series
Regional Asset
Biodiversity
Principal Issues
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Rare, threatened and endangered species (flora and fauna)
Appropriately scaled mapping
Preserving remnant areas
Linking corridors
Forestry management
Pest and weed management
Recovery planning for iconic species
Page 99 of 235
Regional Asset
Principal Issues
x
Coastal & Marine
Resources
Land Resources
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Lifestyle & People
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Natural & Cultural
Heritage
Water Resources
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
6.5.5
Understanding relationships between biodiversity and landscape
processes
Understanding the condition of remnant vegetation areas
Vegetation thinning for biodiversity and grass growth
Development pressures
Effluent management
Stormwater management
Recreation management
Saltwater intrusion
Pest management:
Sustainable production
Soil conservation
Erosion management
Use of local knowledge
Engagement at landscape level
Provision of extension services
Erosion impacts on productivity
Use of farms as filters for sediment movement
Empowering producer bodies and individuals by supporting industry
initiatives (ie BMPs, PMPs)
Understanding the balance between stocking rates, pasture
management, and climate impacts
Using local knowledge and rewarding BMP
Understanding the role that perennial grasses play in addressing
salinity issues
Population pressure
Balance between environmental management and productivity
Communication and engagement
Valuing local knowledge
Provision of extension services to land managers
Improving engagement processes and relationships to support
genuine partnership approaches
Impacts of deregulation and regulation on land managers
Understanding the pressure on land managers to produce more to
make a living and how this impacts on our environment
Need for commitment from governments to resourcing long term
strategies that effect sustainable NRM
Tourism and development impacts
Preservation and management of natural and cultural heritage sites
Development of iconic specie recovery plans
Equity in distribution
Water use efficiency
Quality
Increased monitoring – community based, especially schools
Water infrastructure impacts
Understanding riparian zone processes
Incorporating environmental aspects when monitoring for water
quality
Monitoring and evaluating river bank instability
Understanding pollutant impacts from transport
Working Draft Plan - Member Consultation
A round of member consultations was held in August 2004 which involved 14 meetings
held across the region ranging across all sector groups. The member consultation process
was conducted as a sector engagement tool and to obtain feedback from the BMRG
Page 100 of 235
Members before the first draft was submitted to the JSC. Members were given the
opportunity to provide first hand feedback and comments on the Working Draft NRM
Plan, and were explained the process for future feedback during the Public consultation
period.
Invitations were extended to all Members and their associated groups via the newsletter,
website, email, post and phone. This process also raised the interest of individuals and
more have become Members as a result. As well as individual Members, group Members
were engaged through attendance and at special sessions within their own meetings (eg
Landcare and Catchment meetings). Additionally, Local Government Directors arranged
for the relevant LGA clusters to meet and given a separate opportunity to obtain further
information and provide feedback on the working draft NRM Plan.
Prior to the meetings a draft document was sent out to all Members including an
Executive Summary that outlined the major parts of the document for Members to focus
on. Each meeting was set up to focus on a number of related sectors in order to target the
discussion and feedback. The relevant sector Directors attended each of the workshops
and in most cases, two or more Directors and several staff wrere in attendance. This
engagement mechanism allowed for small focus groups to form and discuss actions and
targets of a particular asset theme. Directors were able to engage their sector and identify
sector-specific issues for the NRM Plan and explain necessary strategic directions and
options for sectoral compromise. Table 6.5.5 provides an overview of the issues raised
by the members in the consultation series held throughout the region in August 2004.
Table 6.5.5 Regional Assets and Principal Issues raised during the Working Draft Plan
Member Consultation Series
Regional Asset
Biodiversity
Principal Issues
x
x
x
x
x
Coastal & Marine
Resources
x
x
Land Resources
Water Resources
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Recognition and protection of all biodiversity values through
targeted on-ground works
More asset sectoral issues to cover more issues eg “ environmental
weed awareness and control”
Need tools that cover all land types, but make use of the tools and
programs available
All areas cannot economically support rich diversity, some must be
allowed to be managed responsibly for primary production
Funds and skills to assist landowners diversify income streams from
opportunities provided by rich biodiversity
Better utilisation of resources we have for the future (tourism,
biodiversity)
MATs to lobby state agencies to ensure conservation of biodiversity
values not covered by the IPA
Alterations to the Aspirational Targets
Consideration of Estuarine and Riverine buffer zones
Awareness programs for marine transport and pests
Specific Dugong and sea turtle action programs
MATs need to be economically achievable
Address management of thickening vegetation
Education and awareness of weed eradication programs
Expansion of some MAT to be better encompass the issues – eg
soil health
Intensive industry sustainable production programs not highlighted
Development of environmental badging at the regional level
Water infrastructure - cost/benefit analysis
Page 101 of 235
Regional Asset
Principal Issues
x
x
Lifestyle & People
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Other (Plan
information,
structure etc)
Consideration of the whole region
Habitats and high value areas need more research and mapped at
the local scale
Specific Mary River Cod and Turtle Program
Consideration of pest fish
Target broader water efficiency, rather than just irrigation areas
Transfer of skills from agencies to locals
One stop shop approach is excellent
Accurate mapping is very important
Importance of on going extension staff
Need an early focus on NRM in schools
Don’t discount local coordination of training, many communities
have education and employment strategies in place
Tax incentives for responsible land management i.e. tied to
environmental outcomes, historically 150% deduction for land
clearing how about the inverse?
Look at the causes and integrate with local skills needs analysis
Address volunteer burnout
Use of Jargon – needs a definition of terms
Structure of document made it difficult to read
Specific Management Actions not identified
Issues captured during the series of Member Consultations can be found in Appendix 4.
6.5.6
Draft NRM Plan Public Consultation
“Country to Coast - A Healthy Sustainable Future” is a document which reflects the
aspirations and issues of the Burnett Mary Region and its people. Community
involvement in the planning process has been given a high priority in each planning
phase. The most common criticism amongst responses was the timing and short period of
consultation; however 82 responses were recorded at the time of publication with many
submissions promising further feedback. The BMRG petitioned the funding agents to
extend the length of public consultation due to the timing through the holiday period but
this was not approved. The official period of public consultation was 2nd December 2004
to 12th January 2005, although submissions were encouraged, received and incorporated
beyond that date. A feedback report on the public consutation responses is available by
contacting the BMRG office.
Consultation Structure
Given the busy schedule for most of our member organisations in the lead up to
Christmas and the New Year, the structure of the community consultation period was
quite simple and responded to the needs of members. All members and stakeholder
organisations were mailed a copy of the draft Plan on CD and in response to feedback
from the working draft of the NRM plan, a printed summary in the form of a 12 page
brochure and catchment fact sheets.
BMRG indicated to all members that staff and Directors were available to discuss the
plan and assist with feedback. Maryborough and Gayndah were chosen as the venues for
the two public forums due to their central locations. At the public forums the structure of
the draft Plan was laid out, an explanation of the prioritisation of RCTs under the RIS was
given, and suggestions for how to review the Plan and provide feedback. In addition
Page 102 of 235
attendees were invited to check that previous feedback had been incorporated and to
indicate their interest in being implementation or investment partners.
Feedback has been specifically sought on the prioritisation process and the results the
process. The overwhelming majority of feedback indicates widespread acceptance of
both the process and the results. The process and outcomes of prioritisation are presented
in Volume 1b and underpin the Action Programs identified in Volume 2, Section 5 for
implementation.
Responses by Sector
Local and State Government were responsible for the greatest number of responses while
only one response came from the Indigenous sector. This may be a reflection of the
resources available to responding organisations, which makes the well considered
responses of some of the community groups even more critical to final revisions. Many
of the responses from these organisations showed a good understanding of the plan and
often indicated a willingness to be involved as implementation partners.
Primary Industry
Secondary and Tertiary Industry
Conservation
Landcare
Catchment Care
Coastal Management
Indigenous
Local Government
State Government
Fed Government
Affiliates
JSC
Other
Figure 6.5.6a Public Consultation Response by Sector
Of the 56 member responses, 46 or 82% offered support for the principle and intent of the
Plan. Coastal Management (100%) and Landcare (89%) sectors were most likely to give
in principle support while no sector had less than majority support.
Members were asked to consider the 266 management actions (MAs) contained in the
Plan and indicate their preparedness to partner with BMRG in the implementation of any
of those management actions. An astounding 629 additional management action
partnerships were identified in this round of community consultation. Given that many
Page 103 of 235
Members had already identified themselves as partners for implementation and/or coinvestment, this response indicates growing support for the Plan and its implementation.
Coastal Management and Affiliates identified the most MA partnership opportunities per
response, while Local Government was the lowest. This may primarily be because Local
Government has already identified themselves as partners in previous phases of planning.
It also should be noted that many of the Local Government responses expressed a broad
willingness to be partners in implementation of Action Programs rather than citing
specific MAs.
Responses by Asset Theme
Terrestrial Biodiversity and Land Resources were the asset themes most commonly
identified by respondents indicating a willingness to partner in the implementation of
specific MAs. Indigenous Cultural Heritage and Institutional Change were the least
commonly identified asset themes for partnership.
10%
19%
19%
10%
2%
4%
6%
17%
6%
7%
Terrestial Biodiversity
Marine Biodiversity
Freshwater Biodiversity
Coastal and Marine Development
Community Development
Knowledge, Reseaarch and Training
Institutional Change
Cultural Heritage Indigenous
Land Resources
Water Resources
Figure 6.5.6b Partnership Responses by Asset Theme
Responses by Location
Generally responses were from all parts of the region, the largest number of member
responses were from the Bundaberg area, although inland regions are well represented.
The Burnett catchment represents the origin of the most responses while the Baffle Creek
catchment is somewhat under represented. Given the geographical size of the catchments
the responses seem well balanced. However it would appear that the Mary River
catchment with its population concentration may require further engagement efforts.
Page 104 of 235
Conclusion
The timing and the length of the consultation period has adversely affected the quality
and quantity of responses. However, feedback suggests there is a strong commitment on
behalf of Members to implement “Country to Coast – A Healthy Sustainable Future”.
The quality of responses indicates a growing comprehension of the Plan and BMRG’s
role in the region’s NRM sector. Community engagement will be an ongoing process and
specific attention may need to be focussed on the Baffle Creek and Mary catchments, the
Indigenous sector, and the Water Resources asset theme.
The continual process of consultation and revisions based on feedback combined with the
overwhelming majority response in support of the prioritisation process ensures a strong
sense of community ownership for this current integrated draft NRM Plan. BMRG are
confident to submit this draft to the governments for accreditation.
Page 105 of 235
7
ACRONYMS
A
ABS
Australian Bureau of Statistics
AHD
Average Height Data (metres above sea level)
AMTD
Average Median Thread Distance
ANZECC
Australia and New Zealand Environmental Conservation Council
ASS
Acid Sulphate Soils
B
BAMM
Biodiversity Assessment and Mapping Methodology
BB
Brigalow Belt
BBS
Brigalow Belt South
BCCMG
Baffle Creek Catchment Management Group
BFVG
Bundaberg Fruit & Vegetable Growers
BIEDO
Burnett Inland Economic Development Organisation
BMP
Best Management Practice
BM
Burnett Mary
BMRG
Burnett Mary Regional Group for Natural Resource Management
BoM
Board of Management
BPA
Biodiversity Planning Assessment
BRS
Bureau of Rural Science
C
CAMBA
China & Australia Migratory Bird Agreement
CD
CH
Cultural Heritage
CMD
Coastal Marine Development
COMPASS
Combining Profitability and Sustainability and Sustainability in Sugar
CoP
Code of Practise
CRC
Cooperative Research Centre
CSA
Community Service Announcements
CVA
Conservation Volunteers Australia
CWBRVMC
Coastal Wide Bay Regional Vegetation Management Committee
D
DAFF
Department of Agriculture Forestry & Fisheries
DEH
Department of Environment and Heritage
DNR
Department of Natural Resources
NR&M
Department of Natural Resources & Mines
DPI&F
Department of Primary Industries and Fisheries
E
EMS
Environmental Management System
EPA
Environment Protection Agency
EPBC
Environmental Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Page 106 of 235
EPP
Environmental Protection Policy
ESD
Ecologically Sustainable Development
EV
Environmental Values
EVR
Endangered Vulnerable Rare
F
FB
Freshwater Biodiversity
FIU
Fraser Implementation Unit
G
GA
Greening Australia
GIS
Geographic Information System
GDP
Gross Domestic Product
GLM
Grazing Land Management
GBR
Great Barrier Reef
GBRMP
Great Barrier Reef Marine Park
GBRMPA
Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority
I
IA
Institutional Arrangements
IBRVMC
Inland Burnett Regional Vegetation Management Committee
IPA
Integrated Planning Act
K
KRT
Knowledge Research and Training
J
JAMBA
Japan and Australia Migratory Bird Agreement
JSC
Joint Steering Committee
L
LGA
Local Government Authorities
LR
Land Resources
LRMA
Land Resources Management & Assessment
M
MA
Management Action
MB
Marine Biodiversity
MATS
Management Action Targets
M&E
Monitoring & Evaluation
MB
Marine Biodiversity
MOU
Memorandum of Understanding
MRCCC
Mary River Catchment Coordinating Committee
N
NAP
National Action Plan for Salinity and Water Quality
NAPSWQ
National Action Plan for Salinity and Water Quality
NHT2
Natural Heritage Trust 2 (or the Trust)
NRM
Natural Resource Management
NRMCC
Natural Resources Management Ministerial Council
Page 107 of 235
P
PAP
Priority Action Plan
PFE
Private Forestry Estate
PMP
Property Management Plan
Q
QDO
Queensland Dairyfarmers Organisation
QFF
Queensland Farmers Federation
QFVG
Queensland Fruit & Vegetable Growers
QPWS
Queensland Parks and Wildlife Service
QRBIS
Queensland Regional Body Information System
R
RAMSAR
International Convention for Protecting Wetlands of international significance
RAP
Representative Area Project
RCMP
Regional Coastal Management Plan
RCT
Resource Condition Target
R&D
Research & Development
RE
Regional Ecosystem
RGMF
Regional Growth Management Framework
RIS
Regional Investment Strategy
RNCS
Regional Nature Conservation Strategy
ROP
Resource Operations Plan
RPAC
Regional Planning Advisory Committee
RVMP
Regional Vegetation Management Plan
RWQPP
The Great Barrier Reef Water Quality Protection Plan
RWUE
Rural Water Use Efficiency
S
SAT
Self Assessment Tool
SCMP
State Coastal Management Plan
S&E
Social & Economic
SEQ
South East Queensland
SGAP
The Society for Growing Australian Plants
SLA
Statistical Local Area
SoBMRR
State of the Burnett Mary Region
SoR
State of the Region
SVMP
State Vegetation Management Policy
T
TAG
Technical Advisory Group
TAPs
Threat Abatement Plans
TB
Terrestrial Biodiversity
TLPI
Temporary Local Planning Instrument
W
WBACC
Wide Bay Area Consultative Committee
Page 108 of 235
WBBATSIHSN
Wide Bay Burnett Aboriginal & Torres Strait Islander Human Services Network
WBBHSN
Wide Bay Burnett Human Services Network
WBBCC
Wide Bay Burnett Conservation Council
WBBROC
Wide Bay Burnett Regional Organisation of Councils
WHA
World Heritage Area
WQ
Water Quality
WQO
Water Quality Objectives
WR
Water Resources
WRP
Water Resource Plan
WWF
World Wildlife Fund
Page 109 of 235
8
APPENDICES
Index
Appendix 1
Composition of the Board of Management and the Technical
Advisory Group…………………………………………..……………112
Appendix 2
Members List………………………………………………………......114
Appendix 3
Community Consultation and Engagement……………………………126
Appendix 4
Community Feedback……………………………………………….....143
Appendix 5
Relevant Queensland Government Policy and Legislation……….........196
Appendix 6
Relevant Australian Government Policy and Legislation…….……......208
Appendix 7
Local governments Integrated Planning Act Schemes……..…………..244
Appendix 8
Members Contributions – Local Investment Priorities…………….…...250
Page 110 of 235
Appendix 1 Composition of the Board of Management and the
Technical Advisory Group
Page 111 of 235
BMRG Board of Management:
x Harry Bonanno – Independent Chair
x Anthony Ricciardi - Local Government Burnett East
x Peter McIntosh - Local Government Burnett West
x Kevin Mahoney - Local Government Mary
x Thomas Bancroft - Primary Industry Burnett
x Margaret Thompson - Primary Industry Mary
x Linda Silburn - Secondary or Tertiary Industry
x Dr Randall McLellan B.V.Sc - Community Coastal Management
x Dr Tim Thornton - Community Conservation
x Darryl Stewart - Community Landcare
x Trevor Harvey - Community Catchment
x Deb Scott – Secretary (non-voting)
BMRG Technical Advisory Group:
x Alex Grady – CQU
x Andrew Tapsall – GBRMPA
x Mike Bell – DPI&F
x Ian (Chick) Robb – DPI&F (Hardwoods)
x Graham Kingston – BSES
x Mark Saunders – Wide Bay 2020
x John McIvor – CSIRO
x Andrew Moser – FIWHASAC
x Rachel McFadyen – CRC Weeds
x Robert Zigterman (Convenor) – EPA
x Mark Sallaway – NR&M
x Stewart Lockie – CQU
x Deb Scott – BMRG Executive Officer
BMRG Technical Advisory Group Proxies & Observers:
x George Martin – EPA
x Fiona Bailey – Wide Bay 2020
x Neil Halpin - DPI&F (Hardwoods)
x Peter Wilson – NR&M
x Russell Garthe - DPI&F
x Richard Knight – BMRG, Secretariat
x Sue Sargent – BMRG, Secretariat
Page 112 of 235
Appendix 2 Member List
Page 113 of 235
Organisation Name
Sector
AG SIP Coordinator
Affiliate
Bureau of Rural Sciences
Affiliate
Coastal CRC
Affiliate
Conservation Volunteers Australia
Affiliate
CRC for Australian Weeds Management
Affiliate
Department of Main Roads
Affiliate
Eidsvold Sandstone
Affiliate
Fraser Island Defenders Organisation
Affiliate
Fraser Island World Heritage Area Scientific Advisory Committee
Affiliate
Golden Circle Limited
Affiliate
Greening Australia Qld
Affiliate
Growcom
Affiliate
LGAQ
Affiliate
Ngalundo Aboriginal Corporation
Affiliate
Affiliate
Affiliate
Queensland Dairy Organisation
Affiliate
Sandy Cape Lighthouse Conservation Association
Affiliate
School of Natural & Rural Systems Management,
Affiliate
Wide Bay Burnett Area Consultative Committee
Affiliate
Wide Bay Burnett Sustainable Regions Programme
Affiliate
WWF Australia
Affiliate
Amamoor Creek Waterwatch Group
Community - Catchment
Baffle Creek Catchment Management Group
Burnett Catchment Care Association
Burnett Catchment Care Association - South Subcatchment
Group
Burnett Catchment Care Association - South Subcatchment
Group
Burnett Catchment Care Association - Central/Mundubbera Shire
Council
Burnett Catchment Care Association -East Subcatchment Group
Cooloola City Farm
Freshwater Fishing and Stocking Assoc of Qld. Inc.
Friends of Kilcoy Creek
Gympie District Waterwatch Network
Lake Baroon Catchment Care Group
Lake Macdonald Catchment Care Group
Mary River Catchment Coordinating Committee
Maryborough District Waterwatch Group
Munna Creek Waterwatch Group
Page 114 of 235
Organisation Name
Sector
North Catchment BCCA
Policeman's Spur Rivercare Group
Upper Mary Catchment (Maroochy) Waterwatch Group
Cooloola City Farm
"Goondicum"
Community - Coastal
Management
Community - Coastal
Management
Community - Coastal
Management
Community - Coastal
Management
Community - Coastal
Management
Community - Coastal
Management
Community - Coastal
Management
Community - Coastal
Management
Community - Coastal
Management
Community - Conservation
Agnes Water Landcare Group
Aquagen
ASSPA Isis District High School
Australian Maritime College, USQ Hervey Bay
Barambah Environmental Education Centre
BCCA
Bundaberg City Council
Burrum Heads Progress Association
Central Queensland University
Cooloola Nature
Department of Main Roads
Environment Institute of Australia
Flood Mitigation Steering Committee
Fraser Island World Heritage Area Com Adv Com
Friends of the Burrum River System
Friends of the Burrum River System
Gayndah & District Historical Society
Gayndah Shire Council
Goondicum Pastoral Company
Hervey Bay City Council
Hervey Bay City Council (Individual)
Isis Bushcare Volunteers (Greening Australia)
Cooloola Coastcare Association Inc.
Great Sandy Strait Fauna & Flora Watch
Hervey Bay Dugong & Seagrass Monitoring Program
Moore Park Community Assoc. Inc
Queensland Turtle Research - Lady Musgrave Island Project
Residents (Coonarr Beach)
Sunfish Fraser Coast
Woongarra Marine Park Monitoring & Educational Pro
Page 115 of 235
Organisation Name
Sector
Isis Shire Council
Kingaroy Shire Council
Kingaroy Shire Council (Individual)
Kingaroy& District Society for Growing Australian Plants
Landcare
Mundubbera Shire Council
Noosa District Community Hatchery Assn Inc
Noosa Parks Association Inc
North Burnett Region - Col Higginson Town Planners
Perry Shire Council
Pioneer Place Botanic Gardens
Queensland Parks & Wildlife Service
Rosedale State School
Rural Fire Service
Safe Futures
Sandy Cape Lighthouse Conservation Association
South Burnett Wildlife Group Inc
Sunshine Coast Environment Council
The Zonta Club of the South Burnett Inc
Thinknutrients
Three Moon Salinity Group
Tiaro District Ratepayers & Residents Assoc Inc
University of Southern Queensland
Wide Bay Burnett Area Consultative Committee
Widebay Burnett Conservation Council
Wildlife Preservation Soc. of Qld - Hervey Bay
Wildlife Preservation Soc. of Qld - Hervey Bay
Wildlife Preservation Soc. of Qld. - Hervey Bay
Wildlife Preservation Soc. of Qld. - Hervey Bay
Wooroolin Community Committee Inc
45 Individuals
ATSI HACC
Community - Indigenous
Bunda
Bunda
Bunda
Djakunde & Jangerie Jangerie Aboriginal Corp
Eidsvold Aboriginal Housing & Community Development Society
Ltd
Eidsvold Wakka Wakka Aboriginal Corp
Gurang Land Council (Aboriginal Corporation)
Gurang Traditional Owners
Page 116 of 235
Organisation Name
Sector
Gurang Traditional Owners
Kal'ang Respite Care Centre
K'Gari Educational & Culture Centre
Lonweigh Cultural & Recreational Aboriginal Corp
Maryborough Aboriginal Housing
Taribelang Bunda Aboriginal Corporation
Waka Jukanda (Djaku - nde)
Wakka Wakka Aboriginal Corp
Wakka Wakka Native Title #2
Wide Bay Burnett Indigenous Stronger Families
Wide Bay Burnett Indigenous Stronger Families
11 Individuals
Auburn River Catchment Landcare Group
Community - Landcare
Baffle Creek District Landcare & Conservation Group
Barung Landcare Association Inc
Bundaberg & District Urban Landcare Assoc. Inc.
Central Burnett Land Management Advisory Group
Gayndah Landcare Group
Gympie & District Landcare Group Inc
Isis Landcare Group Inc
Kingaroy Landcare Group
Kolan Shire Landcare Assoc Inc
Lower Mary River Land & Catchment Care Group Inc.
Maroochy Landcare Group Inc
Nanango & District Landcare Group
Noosa & District Landcare Group
North Burnett Landcare Group
Smalls Creek Land Care Group Inc
South East Burnett Landcare Group Inc
Tiaro & District Landcare Group
Biggenden Shire Council
Local Govt - Burnett East
Burnett Shire Council
Isis Shire Council
Kolan Shire Council
Miriam Vale Shire Council
Cherbourg Community Council
Local Govt - Burnett West
Chinchilla Shire Council
Eidsvold Shire Council
Gayndah Shire Council
Kilkivan Shire Council
Page 117 of 235
Organisation Name
Sector
Monto Shire Cuncil
Mundubbera Shire Council
Murgon Shire Council
Nanango Shire Council
Perry Shire Council
Wondai Shire Council
Caloundra City Council
Local Govt - Mary
Cooloola Shire Council
Local Govt - Mary
Hervey Bay City Council
Local Govt - Mary
Maroochy Shire Council
Local Govt - Mary
Maryborough City Council
Local Govt - Mary
Noosa Shire Council
Local Govt - Mary
Tiaro Shire Council
Local Govt - Mary
Woocoo Shire Council
Local Govt - Mary
AgForce
Primary Industry - Burnett
AgForce Queensland
Auburn Station Pastoral Company
Avondale Water Board
Bancroft & Company
BSES
BSES Limited
Bundaberg & District Orchardist Committee
Bundaberg District Groundwater Area Advisory Comm.
Bundaberg Fruit & Vegetable Growers Co-op Ltd
Burnett Sawmill Pty Ltd
Canegrowers Bundaberg
Canegrowers Isis
Cania Dam Fish Stocking Association Inc
Cattle Producer
Citrus Special Interest Group
Dykehead Seeds
Elsebach Grazing Co
Gin Gin Fruit & Vegetable Growers Cooperative Ltd
Goonoona Pastoral
Gregory Park
Growcom
Haylock Pty Ltd
HR & AM Bonanno
JM Wain & LM Smith
LM Goodger Family Trust
Page 118 of 235
Organisation Name
Sector
Monto Fresh Pty Ltd
Neil Baker Family Trust
Perry Shire Council
PW & MT Francis
Qld Dairyfarmers' Organisation
Qld Dairyfarmers Organisation
Queensland Energy Resources Ltd
Queensland Sea Scallop Ltd
R & A Cattle Company Pty Ltd
RN&DE Strathdee
RP & GJP Somerset
Rural Water Use Efficiency Initiative
SA & PK Leahy
Terence M Cleary
Threemoon Trust
TR & CJ Benham
WR & LJ Doessel
WR JC & ESL Stone
17 Individuals
AM & ME McGrigor
Primary Industry - Mary
Australian Plant Nurseries at the Bay
Bellthorpe Orchards
Community
Cooloola - Sunshine Coast Native Flower Growers
D G Stewart
Durham Pastoral Co
E P & B Allan - Burrum River Farming
Gilchrist & Jamieson
GS Woolbank
Gympie District Beef Liaison Group
Maleny Branch of Queensland Dairy Farmers Org.
Maryborough Cane Protection & Productivity Board
MH & MM Thompson
Oakview Charolais Stud
PM & IF Stevens
Private Forestry Southern Queensland
QDO
Qld Dairyfarmers' Organisation
Queensland Dairyfarmers Organisation (Gympie Branch)
RC & SNJ Lohse
St Andrews Developments
Page 119 of 235
Organisation Name
Sector
Wide Bay Burnett District Council - QDO
Wide Bay Water Corporation
3 other individuals
Alternative Rural Industries
Secondary or Tertiary Industry
Arbour Consulting Service
Aust Industry Engineering Manufacturing Network Corp Ltd
Boyce & Hunter
Bundaberg Aqua Scuba
Bundaberg Sugar Ltd
Burnett Inland Economic Development Organisation
Byrne Brothers Concrete
Compo-Verm (Australia)
Cooloola Connect
Enviroflora Services
Ferris Technical Services P/L
Greg Pershouse & Associates Pty Ltd
Harvester Enterprises Pty Ltd
Hervey Bay/Fraser Island Guided Fishing
Insite Strategies Pty Ltd
John R Shepherd
LJ Hooker Real Estate
Mellors Pty Ltd
Murgon Leather Company
Nursery & Garden Industry Qld - Wide Bay Branch
Private Forestry Southern Queensland Inc
Queensland Sugar Limited
Salty's
Secluded Springs
Sunwater
Tarong Energy
Vasey Corporation Pty Ltd
Page 120 of 235
Appendix 3 Community Consultation and Engagement
Page 121 of 235
When
June 2002
–
June 2003
Where
What
Regionally
based Board
Meetings
Open sessions at Board meetings
to provide the community an
opportunity to address Board
Directors and discuss issues and
priorities
NRM
Stakeholder
and Sector
group meetings
(ie Peak
Bodies,
Networks)
Kingaroy
Mundubbera
Gin Gin
Maryborough
Gympie
Bundaberg
Update on Board activities,
regional arrangements, priority
action planning, and NRM
Planning Process
July 2003 –
July 2004
Regionally
based Board
meetings
Open sessions at Board meetings
to provide the community an
opportunity to address Board
Directors and discuss issues and
priorities
October
2003
Bundaberg
Linkages between mapping
project for the Burnett Catchment
and priority actions
Communicate regional
arrangements, NAP priority
actions, and NRM planning
process
Pest Management planning for
LGAs and Salinity Hazard Map
Forum
October
2002 –
May 2003
Tiaro
Eidsvold
Bundaberg
Bundaberg
Bundaberg
Bundaberg
Priority action planning forums
and project development
workshops
ABC Rural Report Interview
SIP IM01 (Information
Management) State Level Activity
update and support for NRM Plan
Volunteer Forum preliminary
meeting
Discussion of role and function of
groups
Who
Landcare
Catchment
Conservation
Indigenous
Industry
Local Government
Landcare
Catchment
Conservation
Indigenous
Industry
Local Government
State Government reps
Landcare
Catchment
Conservation
Indigenous
Industry
Local Government
Landcare
Catchment
Conservation
Indigenous
Industry
Local Government
QLD Herbarium
RPAC
Landcare
Catchment
Conservation
Industry
Local Government
General Public
NR&M, BMRG reps
NR&M, BMRG reps
Regional Community Forum
delegates
Page 122 of 235
When
October
2003
November
2003
Where
What
Who
Bundaberg
Identify program linkages
DPI Horticultural Institute
Bundaberg
Hervey Bay
Wide Bay Community
Engagement Showcase
Gympie
Salinity Hazard Map Forum
LGAQ reps
Regional groups and organisations,
businesses, Local and State
Government
Landcare
Catchment
Conservation
Industry
Local Government
State Government
Gympie
Office arrangements for
Community Support Officers
Landscape modelling
CVA Project Media Launch
Bundaberg
Elliott Heads
Brisbane
Hillgove Station
Bundaberg
Maryborough
Brisbane
Gympie
Kingaroy
Rockhampton
Brisbane
Bundaberg
Water Workshop
Gidarjil Development
Corporation Ltd Divestment
Ceremony
10 Year Partnership ‘Looking
After Country’ workshop
Wide Bay ROC Meeting
Organisational Assessment
Framework Customisation
Workshop
actions, and NRM planning
process
Seminar - Urban salinity
impacts
Grazed land management
workshop
Water Reuse workshop
arrangements and NAP priority
actions and partnership
opportunities
MRCCA reps, Gypmie & District
Landcare reps
NR&M reps
Channel 7, Local Government,
Landcare, Catchment, Conservation
LRAM & other technical experts
Traditional Owners, Local
Government, State Government
reps
Traditional Owners, NR&M, EPA,
DPI&F, DATSIP, Wide Bay 2020,
Dept Families
Wide Bay ROC Members
Regional Body reps, State
Government reps
Cooloola Shire Planning &
Development Committee
Presentation
Local Government, State
Government reps, Industry,
Catchment, Landcare
DPI Beef Industry Institute
State Government reps, Regional
Body reps, community stakeholders
Greening Australia
Page 123 of 235
When
November
2003
Where
What
Who
Maryborough
Fraser Coast Pest
Management Review Planning
meeting
Hervey Bay
Launch of Aspirations
Document for Traditional
Owners of Fraser Island,
Hervey Bay and Hinterland
Wakka Wakka (Northern)
Traditional Owner Aspiration
Document Launch
Fraser Coast Pest Management
Review Planning Committee, Local
Government reps, NR&M, QPWS,
DPI Forestry, Qld Nursery Growers
Assoc, Main Roads, Cane
Productivity Board
Traditional Owners, Indigenous
community members, QPWS, Local
reps
community members, Local
reps
Bundaberg region community
members
Eidsvold
December
2003
Bundaberg
Brisbane
Bundaberg
Bundaberg
Bundaberg
Water We Going to Do?
Seminar on future of water as
a scarce resource
Future Direction of Salinity In
Queensland Workshop
Greening Australia
presentation on EMS for
Landholders Seminar
Environmental Values & Water
Quality Objectives Study
Women in the Smart State
Launch
Agnes Water
Port Curtis Coral Coast
Traditional Owner Aspiration
Document Launch
Bundaberg
Bundaberg & District Urban
Landcare meeting to discuss
regional arrangements,
planning process and NAP
priority actions
Information Systems for
Regional Arrangements
information needs workshop
LRAM Landscape Workshop
Bundaberg
Bundaberg
Bundaberg
East coast
actions, and planning process
Farm forestry networking
CIRM, other Regional Bodies reps
Greening Australia
EPA
Local Government and State
Government reps, community
members
community members, Local
reps, Industry
Landcare reps
TAG, LRAM, State Government
reps
LRAM, Relevant TAG and other
Technical Experts
RPAC
Community Stakeholders
Page 124 of 235
When
January
2004
Where
Bundaberg
Bundaberg
Hervey Bay
Miriam Vale
Maryborough
February
2004
What
Launch of Volunteer Support
CVA, Paddy’s Island
actions, and planning process.
actions, and planning process.
Project development workshop
for NHT2 priority actions
Brisbane
AGSIP Implementation Board
Gympie
Bundaberg
NLP Workshop
Launch of ATSIC Regional
Plan
Bundaberg
Port
resource
better
understood for incorporation of
NRM Assets.
Water Quality PAP’s v SLA’s
QFF-RGC Policy Partnership
arrangements, NRM planning
process, NAP priority actions,
and partnership opportunities.
TAG meeting
Explored future relationships in
final phase & consultation,
next sub-catchment to apply
process.
Bundaberg
Brisbane
Childers
Bundaberg
Maryborough
Hervey Bay
Brisbane
Bundaberg
Who
QPWS
Local Government, Landcare reps,
Traditional Owner reps
Wide Bay Mayors & CEOs
Miriam Vale Shire Council
EPA reps, Wildlife Preservation
Society of Hervey Bay, Landcare
reps, Local Government reps,
MRCCA reps, Queensland
Conservation Council reps
Government reps
Landcare reps
Traditional Owner reps, State &
Local Government reps, community
stakeholders
Port of Bundaberg TACC
Regional Body reps, QFF reps
Main Roads, District Managers
TAG
Fraser Coast Weed & Pest Steering
Committee
WBACC
Mary EV Steering Committee (EPA)
Aboriginal Women’s Centre
Page 125 of 235
When
February
2004
Where
Rosedale
Bundaberg
Bundaberg
Bundaberg
Bundaberg
Cherbourg
Gayndah
Kingaroy
Mundubbera
Eidsvold
Hervey Bay
Bundaberg
What
Catchment meeting to
communicate regional
BMRG update and
identification of in-kind support
from DPI.
Discussions re: Mary
WRP/ROP and possible Baffle
WRP process
Explore opportunities for
leveraging State Level Activity
funding for capacity building.
Regional Groups discussion
exploring future partnerships.
Indigenous engagement to
communication regional
Explore opportunities for
leveraging State Level Activity
funding for water quality.
Who
BCCMG
DPI reps
NR&M rep
DPI rep
Premiers, State Development,
WBACC, USQ & others
Traditional Owner reps, Indigenous
community members
community members
BIEDO, Regional Managers of
State Agencies
community members
community members
Wetlands Focus Group
Page 126 of 235
When
March 2004
Where
Bundaberg
Goodwood
Brisbane
Kenilworth
Roundtable
What
Who
Formal Orientation Ceremony
at CQU
Plant identification and
assistance for Students at
Goodwood State School
Workshop
Sustainable Agriculture SLA
Board meeting - budget,
strategic linkages/gaps,
Wetlands, Multiregional , M&E
Member Roundtable to:
*qualify key regional assets;
*verify regional issues; and
*verify regional aspirations
University reps, Local Government,
community members
Goodwood State School
Kingaroy
Roundtable
Monto
Roundtable
Monto
Discussions on the appropriate
medium for engaging the
community. Boundary issues.
Miriam Vale
Roundtable
Townsville
Gympie
Great Barrier Reef Water
Quality Conference - over 50
presentations of research
pertaining to water quality –
cause, effect, monitoring and
amelioration.
Community forum to discuss
the findings of the State of
Burnett Mary Region Report
Stage 1 with particular focus
on the Mary and Burrum
catchments
Government reps
Landholders, Traditional Owners,
AGFORCE, QDO, UQ, Barung
Landcare, Lake Baroon Catchment
Care, MRCCA, Caloundra City
Council, Maroochy Shire Council,
DPI&F, EPA
Landholders, Chamber of
Commerce, SGAP, BCCA,
Kingaroy Shire Council, Nanango
Shire Council, Wondai Shire
Council, DPI&F
Landholders, Traditional Owners,
AGFORCE, Emerald College, UQ,
Central Telegraph Newspaper,
Three Moon Salinity Group, Monto
Landcare, BCCA, Monto Shire
Council, DPI&F
BMRG Board Meeting
Traditional Owners, Rosedale State
School, Curtis Coast Regional
Consultative Group, Kolan Shire
Council, Miriam Vale Shire Council,
Isis Shire Council, Baffle Creek
Catchment Management Group
Reps from all line agencies,
universities, GBRMPA, AIMS, CRC
Coastal and CRC Reef
QRITC, Golden Circle, QDO,
Shepherd Consulting, Greening
Australia, Gympie Landcare,
Barung Landcare, Maroochy
Landcare, MRCCA, Cooloola Shire
Council, Kilkivan Shire Council,
DMR, DPI&F, EPA
Page 127 of 235
When
March 2004
Where
Gympie
Bundaberg
Brisbane
Kingaroy
Monto
Gympie
Miriam Vale
Maryborough
What
Discussion on workplan and
boundaries
on the Burnett, Baffle and
Kolan catchments
Technical Paper Workshop
organised in partnership with
the Consortium of Integrated
Resource Management to:
· identify authors, co-authors
and peer reviewers;
· clarify content;
· finalise timelines; and
· develop partnerships
between technical experts and
BMRG.
Regional Workshop for
NLWRA Indicators identification of indicators to
assist in developing the
Regional plan. Discussion on
relevance & usefulness of
various indicators & availability
of information.
CVA Project on Parthenium
Control - Monto Shire Council
identified a number of sites
around Monto to treat a
number of weed species
including Parthenium Weed
Fire & Biodiversity Workshop focus on fire and the recovery
of species
Fire & Biodiversity Workshop focus on fire and the recovery
of species
Mary Valley Environmental
Values Working Group
Meeting - provisional
acceptance that Baffle Creek
be included in this project
Who
Mary Environmental Values Project
Steering Committee
Traditional Owners, Rosedale State
School, QFVG, Isis
CANEGROWERS, Bundaberg
CANEGROWERS, Wide Bay 2020,
CQU, Gayndah Landcare, BCCA,
Bundaberg City Council, Kolan
Shire Council, DPI&F, EPA, NR&M
DPI&F – Queensland Beef Industry
Institute, DPI&F - Southern
Fisheries Centre, EPA – Planning,
EPA – Queensland Herbarium, EPA
– Wildlife Ecology, NR&M, CSIRO Sustainable Ecosystems, CIRM,
UQ, DLG&P
Representatives from Condamine
Alliance, BMRG, EPA, DPI&F,
NR&M
Monto Shire Council, Landholders
11 community members
5 community members
Mary Environmental Values Project
Steering Committee
Page 128 of 235
When
March 2004
Where
Bundaberg
Bundaberg
Brisbane
Bundaberg
Bundaberg
Bundaberg
Bundaberg
Brisbane
Bundaberg
Coulston Lakes
Town Hall
What
Who
Biological Farmers of Australia
information session presentations from “certified
input” organizations, including
OCP – Organic Crop
Protectants, Organic
Composts and Nutrismart and
State Development inviting
producers of value added
products to apply for
assistance with expanding into
export markets in the UK
Presentation on BMRG and
new regional arrangements.
Update on RWUE2 and state
officers. Water for Profit Queensland Fruit & Vegetable
Growers overview.
National Dryland Salinity
Information Workshop discussion of vegetation
indicators to assist landholders
identify possible sites.
Discussion on handbooks
included accessing the
resources for members,
delivery of the information, and
the role and the access
regional bodies will have in the
process.
Revision of AusIndustry
application by Compo-Verm to
form industry cluster group seeking assistance BMRG to
act as administrative sponsor.
Pap 1.1 Workplan Meeting
Discussion on data storage
requirements including format
of data
Regional Coordination Group
meeting
TAG meeting
Discuss the problems
occurring from a contour bank
and subsequent flooding onto
the Isis Highway – the group
concluded to upgrade the
existing bank.
Producers, State Government reps,
Local Government reps
Sue Sargent, John Sharp
Regional bodies, DPI&F, NR&M,
and the technical panel of the
program
Compo-Verm Technology
LRAM, TAG reps, Project Partners
LRAM, TAG reps, Project Partners
Alan Metcalf
SENRMGG, Regional Body reps
TAG
15 people
Page 129 of 235
When
April 2004
Where
Bundaberg
What
Ipswich
Development of Terms of
Reference for Urban
Biodiversity Advisory
Council (UrBAC) - pledge of
support for Biodiversity
technical papers & aspects
of NRM Plan
Bundaberg
Bundaberg
Rosedale
Maryborough
Brisbane
Hervey Bay
Kilkivan
Launch Of Baffle Creek
Strategy & SoR Survey
(Sonoma) - formal
submission of catchment
strategy to BMRG for
incorporation into plan.
Update on the Landcare
group and its associated
members.
Information to put into a
semi-evergreen vine thicket
recovery plan.
Discussed development of
the BMRG Poster to display
at field days and meetings.
Eidsvold
Maryborough
Cherbourg
Rockhampton
Semi-evergreen Vine
Thickett Recovery Plan
Who
LRAM, TAG reps, Project
Partners
UrBAC Members
LRAM, TAG reps, Project
Partners
LRAM, Project Partners
Baffle Creek Catchment
Management Group, community
members
Lower Mary Catchment &
Landcare group reps
BMRG, Queensland Herbarium
reps
BMRG, QCCN
Traditional Owners, Wide Bay
Creek Water Advisory Board,
AGFORCE, QRWN, QDO,
Gympie Times, South Burnett
Times, Kilkivan Shire Council
Landholders, Traditional
Owners, AGFORCE, QDO,
Eidsvold Aboriginal Housing &
Society, Rural Fire Brigade,
Gayndah Landcare, Eidsvold
Shire Council, Mundubbera
Shire Council, CSIRO
Maryborough Urban Renewal,
Lower Mary Catchment &
Landcare Group, Maryborough
City Council, Tiaro Shire, EPA
Traditional Owners, Barabah
Justice Group, Health Action
Group, Cherbourg Welfare,
Wondai Property Project,
Cherbourg Council, Murgon
Shire Council, DPI&F
Local Government reps, State
Government reps, Regional
Body reps, community members
Page 130 of 235
When
April 2004
Where
Bundaberg
Bundaberg
Gin Gin
Bundaberg
Kilkivan
Hervey Bay
Mundubbera
Wondai
Wondai
Hobart
Bundaberg
Kilkivan
Hervey Bay
Maroochydore
Bundaberg
What
Interview with ABC re
Roundtables series 2
Crow FM Interview re
Roundtable series 2
First draft presented.
Identified 5 main flora pests
and fauna pests.
Interview 4GY/107.1 AM re
Roundtable series 2
Discussions on the appropriate
medium for engaging the
community.
Overview of process to date;
mission statement; four year
strategy General Plan; pest
plants.
Update on BMRG and
partnership opportunities.
Discussed and inspected
office space options for
outposting of staff.
Coast to Coast 2004 - four day
conference preceded by one
day National Coastal NRM
Workshop.
Meeting to discuss social &
economic Technical Paper.
Funding Submission support &
general update on BMRG
activities
“Lifestyle” Workshop –
outlining issues facing our
region with respect to Aging
populations/unemployment
etc.
Integrating Maroochy NRM
codes from IPA Planning
Scheme into NRM Plan.
Focus to improve
communication and
coordination between peak
regional groups to ensure a
long term sustainable future
for Wide Bay Burnett Region.
Who
General Public
General Public
Bundaberg Area Regional Pest
Management Plan Kolan Shire
General Public
BMRG Board Meeting
Fraser Coast Pest Management
Review Committee
Mundubbera Shire CEO
Wondai Shire Council CEO
BCCA reps
Coastal Management Stakeholders
- national & international
Wide Bay 2020
Kilkivan, Tiaro & Cooloola Shire
Councils
Local Government reps, regional
organisations, State Government
reps
Maroochy Shire Council reps
Wide Bay Burnett Regional
Reference Group
Page 131 of 235
When
April 2004
Where
Hervey Bay
Gympie
Gayndah
Canberra
Bundaberg
Bundaberg
Maleny
May 2004
Mundubbera
Tiaro
Tin Can Bay
What
Funding received for Burnett
Mary Region under National
Landcare Program. See
Newsletter for more
information.
BMRG Workplan update.
Geographic scope / water
types. Technical assessment.
Community & Stakeholder
Consultation Plan. Mary
WRP. Baffle dropped in
current initiative.
Outlined process for PAP 2 to
address concerns and CQU
proposal for Burnett & Baffle
Basins.
Workshop to investigate trials
for refinement of National
Monitoring & Evaluation
Indicators.
Review of PAP 1.3
submissions
BMRG NRM Meeting
Technical Papers
Maleny Wood Expo – Regional
display
on the Inland Burnett
catchment
Who
Federal Minister’s Launch
Mary EV’s Steering Committee
Gayndah Shire Council,
Surrounding Shire Council reps,
BCCA, CQU
National Trials Workshop
Review Panel
DPI&F
General Public
Landholders, QDO, Gayndah
Landcare, BCCA, Mundubbera
Shire Council, Monto Shire Council,
Perry Shire Council
AIEM Net, WBBCC, Tiaro & District
Landcare, MRCCA, Tiaro Shire
Council, Hervey Bay Shire Council,
QPWS, EPA, DPI&F
Hervey Bay Dugong & Seagrass
Monitoring Program, QLD Water &
Land Carers, Cooloola Nature, City
Farm, Cooloola Coastcare &
Sunshine Coast Environment
Centre, Gympie & District Landcare,
Cooloola Shire Council, EPA, DMR,
Gympie Times
Page 132 of 235
When
May 2004
Where
What
Cooroy
Gayndah
Kingaroy
What were the positive and
negatives of NHT1, where is
BMRG heading with NHT2.
Property Level Planning
discussed what other groups
and agencies are developing,
and how it can be incorporated
into regional bodies plans etc.
Role and function of group and
contribution of group
members. Reviewed ToRs.
Discussion of local issues,
regional arrangements, priority
actions, NRM planning
process, and partnership
opportunities.
Maleny Wood Expo – Regional
display
Southern Gulf Birds &
Wetlands Forum
TAG meeting
Greening Australia NHT
Workshop - outlined
mechanisms for accessing
NHT 2 funds through BMRG.
NLP Preparation Meeting planning workshop for the first
week in June, and gather
some information to send to
attendants pre-meeting.
NR&M WQSIP Seminar update on WQSIP activities
and meet & greet with WQO5
team.
Bundaberg
Brisbane
Maryborough
Tiaro
Maleny
Karumba
Bundaberg
Maleny
Bundaberg
Gympie
Who
Landholders, Noosa District
Community Hatchery Association,
Freshwater Fishing & Stocking
Association of Queensland, UQ,
Maroochy Landcare, Noosa
Landcare, Lake Macdonald
Catchment Care Group, MRCCA,
Maroochy Shire Council, Noosa
Shire Council
Landholders, Burnett River ATSI
Corporation, AGFORCE, Gayndah
Landcare, Gayndah Shire Council,
Perry Shire Council, Biggenden
Shire Council, DLG&P
30 people including Regional Body
reps, State Government reps
Regional Coordinators Group
Tiaro Shire Council
General Public
Interested community members
TAG
GA
CQU, Catchment reps, State
Government reps, Local
Government reps
Page 133 of 235
When
Where
May 2004
Bundaberg
Canberra
Bundaberg
Bundaberg
Bundaberg
Brisbane
Brisbane
Bundaberg
Rosedale
Bundaberg
Biggenden
Childers
Bundaberg
Gin Gin
What
NR&M Water Quality
Workshop - turbidity, PO,
nutrients. Water quality
monitoring training workshop
on field techniques,
experimental error, shadow
testing and the need for QA
Primary points, timeframes,
equal partnerships.
Partnership opportunities and
Cultural Heritage issues.
To discuss Whole of
Government program.
Agricultural Performance
Systems. To re-align what
government does to better fit
current NRM delivery model
for agriculture
Meeting Review Panel
Indigenous Engagement
BMRG Technical Papers clarified purpose and process
for 2 technical papers, sourced
further info.
Statewide Indigenous Network
Meeting
PLP Workshop
Management Group Meeting upfront support and update on
BMRG activities.
Agro Trend
Biggenden Show
Examine farm forestry project
and discuss benefits re: land
use change.
Support with project
submission, update on BMRG
activities and planning process
Informed Kolan landcare of
possible options to develop
plan to access Upfront support
for Members and On Ground
groups.
Who
CQU, Catchment reps, State
Government reps, Local
Government reps
Cabinet Review Focus Group
Traditional Owner Elder for
Gooreng Gooreng
State Government reps, Regional
Body reps
Indigenous Engagement Review
Panel
CSIRO, State Government reps,
consultants
Reps from regional groups in Qld
working with indigenous
communities
Regional Body reps
Management Group
General Public
General Public
Bundaberg Sugar, Burnett
Sawmills, DPI&F Forestry
Conservation member
Kolan landcare
Page 134 of 235
When
May 2004
Where
Rosedale
Hervey Bay
Informed Baffle Creek
Catchment Management
Group of possible options to
develop plan to access Upfront
support for Members and On
Ground groups.
Agro Trend Show - exposure
for BMRG
Biggenden Show - exposure
for BMRG
Address Perry Shire Council
for BMRG election process,
support in project submission
for Up Front Support offer,
planning process
Support in project submission
planning process
planning process
planning process
Planning for Gayndah
Roundtable and support in
project submission for Up
Front Support offer, planning
process
Planning for SoBMRR Forum
and support in project
submission for Up Front
Support offer, planning
process. Plan to deliver
presentation on draft NRM
Plan to Local Government
East sector in AugustSeptember.
Regional Veg Management
Meeting – final briefing for the
release of the Vegetation
Management Plans for Inland
Burnett and Coastal Burnett
Progress meeting for SE03
project.
RIS proposal.
Gayndah
NLP workplan.
Bundaberg
Biggenden
Mount Perry
Hervey Bay
Bundaberg
Rosedale
Gayndah
Mundubbera
Maryborough
June 2004
What
Gympie
Who
management Group 13 Members
present
General Public
General Public
Perry Shire Council reps
Hervey Bay City Council reps
Bundaberg City Council reps
Gayndah Shire Council reps
Mundubbera Shire Council reps
Regional Vegetation Management
Committees
UQ, BMRG
Wildlife Preservation Society of
Queensland
Inland Landcare group reps
Page 135 of 235
When
June 2004
Where
Tiaro
Maleny
Lake Baroon
Catchment
Office
Hervey Bay
Bundaberg
Mundubbera
Mon Repos
Bundaberg
Bundaberg
Bundaberg
Hervey Bay
Bundaberg
Bundaberg
Brisbane
What
Who
NLP workplan and RIS
proposal.
proposal.
Role and function of group
and support from BMRG.
Tiaro Landcare reps
proposal.
NLP workplan.
Lower Mary Catchment & Landcare
group reps
Bundaberg District Urban Landcare
and Kolan Landcare reps
Landholders
Support with Envirofund
application and weed
infestations.
Scoping meeting to discuss
management issues and
potential resourcing
requirements for Woongarra
Marine Park
State of the Environment
2003 reporting session.
Water Quality Technical
Group is the technical
advisory group that reports
to the Water Quality
Coordinating Group. The
latter is made up of six
chairs of RG’s + EPA,
NR&M, GBRMPA.
Revision of EnviroFund
application.
proposal.
TAG meeting
Overview of WWF project to
develop planning tool (and
alternatives such as an
extension to the RAMSAR
area) to protect roosting
sites for shorebirds in the
Great Sandy Straits.
Science Coordinators
Workshop.
Barung Landcare reps
Lake Baroon Catchment Care reps
QPWS, Manager Great Sandy
State Government reps, community
members
Water Quality Technical Group
CQU
Lower Mary Catchment & Landcare
group reps
TAG
WWF
Science Coordinators Group
Page 136 of 235
When
August
2004
Where
What
Who
Hervey Bay
Working DRAFT NRM
Plan Member Consultation
Eidsvold
Working DRAFT NRM
Plan Local Government
Consultation
Working DRAFT NRM
Consultation
Friends of the Burrum River System,
Lower Mary River Land and Catchment
Care Group, Lady Musgrave Turtle
Research, Wildlife Preservation Society
of Qld, Great Sandy Straits Fauna and
Flora Watch, Wide Bay Burnett
Conservation Council, Coonarr Beach
Residents Ass., Nursery Growers
Industry of Wld, Woongarra Marine
Park Monitoring and Education project,
Cooloola Coastcare and Sunshine
Caost Environment Council
Eidsvold, Perry, Monto, Mundubbera,
Chinchilla, Gayndah Shire Council
Representatives
Biggenden, Bundaberg, Burnett, Isis,
Kolan, Miriam Vale Shire Council
Representatives
Bundaberg
Murgon
Miriam Vale
Gayndah
Working DRAFT NRM
Consultation
Working DRAFT NRM
Working DRAFT NRM
Gympie
Working DRAFT NRM
Gynpie
Working DRAFT NRM
Consultation
Working DRAFT NRM
Working DRAFT NRM
Mundubbera
Kingaroy
Monto
Working DRAFT NRM
Nanango, Kingaroy, Wondai,
Cherbourg, Murgon, Kilkivan Shire
Council Representatives
Agnes Waters Landcare, Rosedale
State School, Baffle Creek Catchment
Gayndah Landcare, Gayndah Shire
Council, Noosa Landcare, Burnett
Catchment Care Association,
Mundubbera Shire Council,
Mundubbera Landcare, Landholders
MRCCA, Noosa and Districts Landcare,
MBRD City Council, Gympie Times,
Maroochy Shire Council, Noosa Shire
Council, Cooloola Shire Council,
NR&M, NRM regional faciliatator,
Department of Primary Industry and
Fisheries, Hervey Bay City Council,
Noosa District Community Hatchery
Association.
Hervey Bay, Woocoo, Maryborough,
Caloundra, Noosa, Cooloola, Tiaro
Shire Council Representatives
Ag Force representatives Inland Burnett
Landholders, Wide Bay Burnett
Sustainable Regions Program, Kingaroy
Shire Council, Wondai Shire Council,
Kingaroy Landcare, SGAP, QDO
Landcare, Monto Shire Council,
Landholders, Agforce, NBREDC,
UBICM
Page 137 of 235
Appendix 4 Community Feedback
Page 138 of 235
Better
engagement
and
information
systems given
the tyranny of
distance,
resources etc.
Strengthening
involvement of
all sector
groups in local
and regional
planning and
management
processes and
activities.
Serious
pressures on
remnant
vegetation
areas from
Strengthening
strategic planning
and partnerships
between players
as well as with
BMRG.
Impacts on water
quality,
biodiversity and
other aspects of
our natural
Detailed Issue
2
Communication
with and between
Local Authorities
who are in dual
regions.
Not discussed.
Considered to be
a major priority for
this area.
Not discussed.
Detailed Issue 1
Natural & Cultural
Heritage
Lifestyle & People
Coastal & Marine
Resources
Land Resources
Biodiversity
Key Regional Asset
Detailed Issue 4
Potential for
increased
introduction of
environmental weeds
due to increasing
Ensuring key
actioning personnel
in Local Government
Authorities are
appropriately
informed in the
process eg Planning
and Environmental
Officers who have
primary carriage of
action planning and
with whom active
links need to be
established.
Page 139 of 235
Valuing the
contribution of local
community groups in
natural resource
management and
the ability to build
upon the things that
community people
and groups are
already doing in
NRM.
Road run-off into
creeks and
waterways due to
massive traffic
increases poses
Increased visibility of
Staff throughout the
wider region ie
greater staff contact
with community
groups such as
Landcare Groups.
Detailed Issue 3
Addressing
issues on a
scale that is
locally
relevant but
satisfies
broader
regional
objectives
without
compromising
community
initiative.
Detailed
Issue 5
Invitation and
encouragement
of Board
Members to
participate in
events held by
BMRG in their
respective
areas.
Detailed Issue
6
Roundtable Validation Sheet for Regional Assets As Captured in Kenilworth on 3 March 2004 and Feedback Submissions
Targeting
appropriate
representation of
the rural industry
sector through
local and
regional sources
as opposed to
State
representative
bodies.
Detailed Issue 7
Considered to be
a major priority for
this area.
Considered to be
a major issue for
this area.
Water
Biodiversity
Other: Urbanisation/Peri Urbanisation
Selected Priorities
Other: Urbanisation/
Peri Urbanisation
Water Resources
resources from
tourism.
tourism.
numbers of visitors
to the area. Concern
for local ecosystems
due to lack of
understanding of
how to manage
and/or repair
impacts.
Page 140 of 235
considerable future
negative impacts.
Roundtable Validation Sheet for Regional Assets As Captured in Kenilworth on 3 March 2004 and Feedback Submissions
How do you spread
the message once
you know what's
there? Not only
why should you do
it . . . Eg. Not graze
verges, but how
can you do it?
How do you get
the expertise to
understand the
problem? In
Kingaroy, there
are a number of
unique plants how would a
council without
the available
expertise know
what is or isn't
important?
Not discussed.
Detailed Issue 2
Detailed Issue
1
Need more onWithout extension
ground
personnel the
extension
information will not
officers to
be taken up by
provide specific
property managers.
property level
advice such as
contour banks
(levels etc.).
Loss of three
soil
conservation
officers in the
Kingaroy area
alone. Ticks Country to Coast - A Healthy Sustainable Future
Coastal &
Marine
Land
Resources
Key
Regional
Asset
Biodiversity
Tax incentives for zero tillage
farming etc. Incentives would
help.
Hardwood - short term grazing
leases. Security of tenure
over lease hold land.
(Associated with State Lands)
and RFA for western
hardwood. Maintenance of
timber harvesting. Timber
Board seem to have taken a
long-term view - based on 20
years - which in terms of this
industry is very short term.
Resource has been harvested
for 100+ years. Can be a
renewable resource if
harvested correctly. Need to
make sure that this region's
hand isn't forced.
Detailed Issue 4
Page 141 of 235
Better soil
conservation will lead
to better water
quality.
Need to identify what
we have and protect
what we have got.
Detailed Issue 3
Land and Water
Management
Plans, WRA and
ROP and Veg
Management
Plans - people /
communities
have invested a
lot of time in
assisting with
these plans.
Need to ensure
that they are
encapsulated
and hand isn't
Detailed Issue 5
Roundtable Validation Sheet for Regional Assets As Captured in Kingaroy on 3 March 2004 and Feedback Submissions
70% of
Kingaroy
Shire
Residents
would like
more
kerbside
collection,
only 4% are
willing to pay
for it - comes
down to
economics.
Detailed
Issue 6
If an area
(farming
industry) is not
seen as
sustainable,
what pressure
could BMRG
put on these
producers would BMRG
be able to
compensate
these
farmers?
Detailed
Issue 7
There isn't
enough sharing
of knowledge or
expertise. Need
more bang for
the buck!
Very complex
issue. For example
DPI&F booklets
available to
property managers
now not available.
Comes back to
budgets overseen
by changes in
policy etc.
Good to have a
little more time
leeway to allow
LGA to properly
coordinate with
BMRG to ensure
long term
management is
strategic.
Lifestyle &
People
assistance /
advice is now
only available
user pays (huge
Will BMRG
strategy reinvent the wheel
when LGA's
have been
working with
weeds for the
last 40 years?
NRM and agriculture have
been seen by the Government
as separate issues split over
three State Agencies (splitting
resources and coordinated
approach) - commitment
made by government to
BMRG will hopefully give the
capacity to open the pathway
of information. NRM &
agriculture are directly linked
and the outputs of one will
obviously impact on the other.
BMRG the community has a
clout.
Need incentives (must
economically maintain a viable
business) to ensure
landholders can or want to
participate in sustainable
actions.
Page 142 of 235
Economics seem to
have taken over
conservation and
sustainability.
No matter how much
investment is put in,
eventually it comes to
the crunch on making
a living - is the
business viable?
forced in
changing their
intentions /
outcome.
It’s becoming
harder to make
an income from
primary
production.
Many farmers
have needed a
second income
coming into the
family and at the
take time
extension
services are
being withdrawn.
Hope to work at
a sub-catchment
scale rather than
as a region, eg.
BCCA South.
Need more
resources booklets etc.
to gain the
information
needed.
Available in
strategic
locations eg.
DPI&F to
ensure Best
Management
Practice
(BMP).
Need more
extension
officers to
ensure
property
managers are
kept
appraised of
changes in
BMP.
Cultural
Heritage Act has
lots of penalties
attached to it.
Need to work
with
communities
rather than
against them.
Attitude has to be
one of help and not
compliance - allow
the community to
take an active role
and be
empowered. Better
to reward rather
than punish.
Natural &
Cultural
Heritage
Want restoration
of
communication
that community
have previously
had and
extension
officers to
address specific
community
needs.
In Vegetation Management
Act there is no reference to
white European activity.
Page 143 of 235
Need land managers
to be better portrayed
- as land custodians
and conservationists
not as bulldozers and
chains.
Frustration when are we
going to see
actual action?
People fed up
with being asked
to meetings,
want to see
change.
STAFF
RESOURCE
S ARE A BIG
ISSUE!
LGA's and
property
managers
need more
support.
Where do you
go to find out
the answer?
As a LGA
Kingaroy has
an NRM
Officer, the
other LGA's
need
assistance.
NRM capacity
building in
Councils.
There are
community
groups
available that
can help - but
comes down
to overcommitment.
Same
individuals
being asked
again and
again.
Need to
consider a
succession
strategy to
ensure
continuity in
planning for
NRM.
Other
Targets once the
whole system is
understood and
pulled together,
targets can be set.
For example a WQ
target for the mouth
of the Burnett can
be brought back to
Kingaroy, Wondai
target and upper
catchment etc.
Strategies need to
be locally driven
and managed eg.
training,
apprenticeships,
community
schooling and
entrepreneurial role
models.
Selected Priorities
Water
Dams - loss of
productive land
with dams
becoming silt
traps.
Water
Resources
Local bodies should be
elected to manage and
oversee government funded
schemes and act as advisory
groups to assist with business
planning, evaluate initiatives,
etc.
Page 144 of 235
Local Councils need
to receive adequate
funding to maintain
NRM activities,
apprenticeships with
NRM focus, etc.
Possible
strategies could
include the
introduction of
community
service
components into
the education
system, support
to employers
new to a district,
and assistance to
local youth that
want to remain in
NRM industries.
How do we expand
good activities and
spread the word?
Flexibility and
adaptability are
important in this
instance.
People have worked
long and hard, but
information is not
available.
Ability of plan to be
updated very
important.
Priority NOW, but
could change
over time.
How do the
regional plans
stack up against
the mandates
imposed by
Governments eg.
vegetation
management?
Not discussed.
Consistency in terms
of regulatory
frameworks.
Management
must be sensible
- for example
current
restrictions with
respect to Farm
Forestry.
Not discussed.
Measurement of
sustainability underlying
concept. Is it
better than last
year? How can
we measure
improvements?
Detailed Issue 2
Detailed Issue 1
Natural &
Cultural
Lifestyle &
People
Coastal &
Marine
Land
Resources
Key Regional
Asset
Biodiversity
Must capitalise on
local experience &
knowledge - large
amount of
expertise in the
region.
Veg management
committees'
recommendations
should be
respected.
Weeds are
considered the
greatest threat
right now.
Vegetation
management
committees'
recommendations
should be
respected.
Detailed Issue 4
Page 145 of 235
Interaction with
government
regulation compliance.
Measure by repeated
communication with
same people - staff
turnover prevents
relationship
formation, means
new people have little
or no knowledge of
what went before cover same ground
again (reinventing the
wheel: RTW).
Must build on current
knowledge.
Efforts of local groups
must be recognised Integration in Plan.
Detailed Issue 3
Loss of human
resources in
community in terms
of NRM knowledge.
Important to get
things right (in the
Regional Plan)
before we start
acting.
Lantana - big
problem in Monto.
Detailed Issue 5
Roundtable Validation Sheet for Regional Assets As Captured in Monto on 4 March 2004 and Feedback Submissions
Nothing ever
changes - things
don't get better.
Commonsense
MUST prevail at
all times.
Basis of
sustainable
production obvious
importance.
Detailed Issue 6
Interaction of
BMRG with
State & Federal
Governments.
Involvement by
all levels of
government.
Detailed Issue
7
Not discussed.
Water
Resources
Selected
Priorities
Heritage
Page 146 of 235
Roundtable Validation Sheet for Regional Assets As Captured in Monto on 4 March 2004 and Feedback Submissions
Engaging schools to
support
implementation
ensure continuous
Not discussed.
Burnett & Kolan
problems with water
weeds - issue of
effective cost
management (more
research on integrated
management
strategies).
Valuing communities
time (ie high level
expectations on
community to
volunteer time).
Need to ensure that
we are sensible in our
approach (ie consider
investing in
endangered species
that we can protect
rather than those that
we can't protect).
Not discussed.
Detailed Issue 1
Farm forestry looking
to be positive on
social & economic
outcome front
however early days &
some potential
impacts being
recognised (ie weight
on roads).
Improved practices (ie
contouring of banks
etc) to reduce soil
erosion.
Detailed Issue 4
Page 147 of 235
Potential positive
approach is to
channel 'action'
through the
education system
(ie get the schools
to embrace the
implementation of
plans/strategies).
Consideration needs
to be given to
differing levels in
population size of
certain areas over
others (eg smaller
communities have
limited number
people who are
required time &
again to participate).
GBRMPA has
funding
opportunities
targeting schools
Sustainable use of
our land & soil to
ensure ongoing
economic benefits
& social outcomes.
Detailed Issue 3
Must remember to
consider innovative
approaches (eg one
man's poison is
another man's
potion).
Detailed Issue 2
Natural &
Cultural
Heritage
Water
Resources
Lifestyle &
People
Coastal &
Marine
Land
Resources
Key Regional
Asset
Biodiversity
Critical that
consideration be given
to what's gone before
and what other
research is currently
being carried out that
we can learn from now
or in the near future &
look to invest in
something else in the
meantime.
Major issue especially
on meeting
requirements of EPA consideration being
given to sharing costs
between Shires.
Detailed Issue 5
Roundtable Validation Sheet for Regional Assets As Captured in Miriam Vale on 4 March 2004 and Feedback Submissions
Regulation usually
drives the planning
process - politics may
also impact on
achieving the desired
outcome.
Detailed Issue 6
Biodiversity
Water
Page 148 of 235
with respect to water
quality monitoring
(check website &
distribute with
Roundtable report).
Note: Baffle Creek in a position to provide benchmarking and demonstration sites for application to the remainder of the region
Selected Priorities
approach (eg embed
in curriculum to
ensure survival).
Roundtable Validation Sheet for Regional Assets As Captured in Miriam Vale on 4 March 2004 and Feedback Submissions
Eroding banks of the
upper reaches in the
area will end up on
the Great Barrier
Reef.
Local Governments
need to work together
to manage weed and
pest issues.
An example
given was two
vehicles and
four employees
would need to
be assigned to
Wide Bay Creek
work over two
years to address
weed issues
Needs to be a survey
to identify Rare and
Endangered species
in the shire to enable
the Shire and the
Regional Group to
understand what is
present and what
actions to take to
maintain the species.
Widgee Creek is
heavily infested
with Cats Claw
Creeper killing
trees that are
falling into creek
and effecting
water quality.
Sipples, Francis
and Murgon
Weirs on
Barambah
Creek, impact
on fish with deoxygenation of
water by weeds
like hyacinth
growing in the
impoundments.
Not discussed.
Coastal &
Marine
Land
Resources
Biodiversity
Local
Governments are
best placed to be
the lead manager
of weeds,
however all
agencies need to
recognise this
and effectively
resource the
Local
Governments.
Possible target
for the NRM
PlanNeighbouring
Shires to work
together for weed
control and other
NMR concerns.
Platypuses have
gone in many
streams and
swamp turtles
are losing their
wetland habitats.
Page 149 of 235
Cost of managing
Environmental
Weeds, (Class 3)
is too great for
individual
Councils to deal
with, would prefer
more research on
Biological control.
Kilkivan Shire is
the top of the
catchment and if
weed control was
effected in the
shire impacts on
shires towards
the estuary of the
rivers may be
reduced.
Water distribution
planning is
perceived to be
unfair and having
poor
environmental
outcomes.
Parthenium weed
identified as a
priority, needs
more money to
ensure increased
control. At the
moment Kilkivan
Shire are managing
the spread of Giant
Rat's Tail.
Kilkivan Shire has
doubled weed team
to better address
the issue.
Possible future
Local Government
staff involvement in
defining local
biodiversity values.
Giant Rats Tail
Grass is a huge
concern as it
directly impacts
on land
productivity, most
land holders
manage GRT
however some
are tardy in
Lippia or
Condamine
Couch, drought
feed or pest,
increasing its
spread in the
Shire.
The need to work
closely with
current priority
actions of Burnett
Mary Regional
Group that relate
to native
vegetation and
waterways (PAP
3.4) and other
NRM issues.
Roundtable Validation Sheet for Regional Assets As Captured in Kilkivan on 13 April 2004 and Feedback Submissions
Key Regional
Detailed Issue
Detailed Issue 2
Detailed Issue 3 Detailed Issue 4
Detailed Issue 5
Detailed Issue 6
Asset
1
Continue to build
on the
achievement of
Landcare and
improved land
management
practices over the
past 20 years,
these
achievements
need to be
recognised.
The development
of sustainable
long-term weed
management
strategies was
necessary. Taking
from one to pay
for management
of another weed
leads to the
People may not
agree with the
Government on
how things
happened but
there is a
realisation and a
turnaround on the
issue of tree
clearing in the
region.
Detailed Issue 7
600 people attended
a recent "Meat for
Profit" event in
Kingaroy which
showed the rural
community concern
for economic issues.
Kilkivan Shire is
a primary
production Shire
with
approximately
$40 Million of
beef alone
produced last
year.
Not discussed.
Lifestyle &
People
Natural &
Cultural
Heritage
Water
Resources
Shire still very
Water Quality is poor.
dry with water a
continuing issue
for some
landholders and
Environmental
Weeds- Cats Claw
Creeper and Chinese
Elm, impact on rivers
and creeks, riparian
zones, biodiversity.
Water Hyacinth
is not a severe
problem as
Kilkivan Shire
does not have
enough water.
Kilkivan is
currently on a
bore water
supply only.
Encourage work
teams to provide
assistance to
complete labour
intensive tasks
ie. Green Corps,
Conservation
Volunteers of
Australia and
work for the Dole
programmes.
Giant Rats Tail
Grass is a huge
concern as it
directly impacts
on land
productivity, most
land holders
manage GRT
however some
are tardy in
control programs.
Page 150 of 235
Goomeri gets its
water supply
from the Burnett
Catchment and
Kilkivan gets its
Need to reach a
balance with
environmental
management and
productivity to
result in a
"healthy
situation".
Agencies need to
prove to land
managers that
improved
practices will
improve
economic
sustainability.
Convince people
to spend money
on weeds,
education and
awareness.
Volumetric charge
on water ("All litres
paid for") has
resulted in 30%
reduction in water
Cost of managing
Environmental
Weeds, (Class 3) is
too great for
individual Councils
to deal with, would
prefer more
research on
Biological control.
Concern that
irrigators in the
Burnett
Catchment area
of Kilkivan Shire
there.
control programs.
Water distribution
planning is
perceived to be
unfair and having
poor
continued growth
of the other. A
vicious cycle.
Encourage 2
way
communications.
Convince people to
spend money on
weeds, education
and awareness.
Biodiversity
Water
Selected Priorities
Other
The need to work
together to pool
information to
gain leverage for
project funding
proposals.
Page 151 of 235
Possible target
for the NRM
PlanNeighbouring
Shires to work
together for weed
control and other
NMR concerns.
Developing the
ability to identify
where research
and development is
needed.
The impact that
Land Care has
had over the
years on rural
land use and
management
ethics is positive.
local authorities.
water supply
usage (Water
are having water
from the Mary
meters were
allocations
catchment.
introduced to
reduced to
Goomeri 13 years
provide sufficient
ago and to Kilkivan water to justify
10 years ago).
Paradise Dam.
The value of
encouraging
active community
groups "willing to
get their hands
dirty".
environmental
outcomes.
Nature Search
(QPWS) = needs
some more impetus
to get off the ground.
Need to ensure that
this program is given
priority for future
funding. Good
program highly
suitable for schools.
Two High Schools in
Maryborough are
offering Marine
Studies and have a
lot of time doing boat
work etc. could be a
good resource for
more meaningful
curriculum and
partnerships etc.
Riverbank erosion is
a big problem for the
Mary River - eg. La
Franz Drive, Tinana.
Residential area banks gradually
collapsing. LGA has
stopped development
immediately adjacent
to the river. Come
about since the
Barrage was put in
(below the barrage).
Detailed Issue 1
Land Resources
Coastal & Marine
Resources
Key Regional
Asset
Biodiversity
High schools are
involved in tree
planting and
landcare
mitigation work.
Still reliant on
Community
Groups having
time to liaise with
schools.
Salinity a big
problem for
Tinana.
Water weeds are
a problem in the
Mary River looking forward to
participating in
any project that
may help.
Detailed Issue 4
Page 152 of 235
Coastal erosion is
a developing
problem and will
need big
investment to fix.
Development
putting big
pressure on
foreshore.
Detailed Issue 3
Coast Watch (see
Nature Search /
Waterwatch).
Detailed Issue 2
Detailed Issue 5
Detailed Issue 6
Roundtable Validation Sheet for Regional Assets As Captured in Maryborough on 15 April 2004 and Feedback Submissions
Detailed Issue
7
Original Maryborough
site is overgrown with
cats claw - riparian
vegetation and trees.
Need help!! LGA
can't do it alone.
Interested in a CVA
project.
Flood plain
management is a big
issue for many of
these catchments
and yet is given little
focus in the SoRR should at least
characterise the
catchments with
respect to floodplain
attributes or
floodplain
management.
Natural &
Cultural Heritage
Water Resources
By combining the
results from these
community programs
we get a better
informed community.
Lifestyle &
People
Flood mapping
desperately
needed for Tiaro hampering future
development /
building
approvals.
Cane
restructuring is
this a part of
BMRG?
Restructuring of
the farming
industry is
destroying our
lifestyle, people
and cultural
heritage.
Waterwatch =
fairly robust
program. Need
to ensure that this
program is given
priority for future
funding. Good
program highly
suitable for
schools.
Page 153 of 235
Hydrology studies
- whilst there has
been a lot of
study done there
are big gaps. Is it
beneficial to fill
these gaps with a
whole of river
hydrology study
for the Mary?
Dredging
upstream of WHA
- gravel may pay
a royalty, should
build in better
monitoring.
Where do the
royalty fees go are they closing
off the
environmental
loops with many
of our industries?
Is the collected
revenue being
spent
appropriately?
Are we enforcing
or monitoring the
outputs of
stormwater?
Need more
community
monitoring.
Will funding
actually hit the
ground or be tied
up in bureaucratic
red tape?
Need projects
with results.
Good example:
water re-use
project (Coasts
and Clean Seas).
Need to get the
best bang for the
buck! Limit the
things that you do
and do them well.
Make sure that
targets are
achievable.
Funding is never
continuous - funding
programs seem to be
piecemeal.
Need a forum for LG
planners and State
Agencies (NR&M,
DPI&F and EPA) to
discuss IPA /
Development
Assessment / ADAS
etc. to get BMP for
planning process,
stormwater
management etc.
Bring in case studies
to highlight how
issues could best be
handled.
Water
Selected Priorities
Biodiversity
Other
LGA's need more
resources extension officers
based out in the
region. Need to
actually be
achieving things not just attending
meetings. Like
the idea that
CSO's will be
more out and
about.
How will they do
this so BMRG
have any
statutory /
regulatory
power? No.
Relies on
community
groups, LGA's
and good will.
Page 154 of 235
Have the BMRG
as an
organisation got a
'long term' goal
and how will
BMRG implement
funding in the
long term?
[Through the
Regional Plan].
Feel that there
isn't enough LG
representation
from the Mary.
Would like
another Board
Member. This
was discussed
and consensus
reached that
more
representation
might make the
Board unwieldy.
Is the problem
more one of
facilitating more
open
communication.
Need more
overall statement
of commitment to
the process from
both state and
federal
government.
Will BMRG tie in
with IPA - yes the
IPA aspirations of
LGA's will need to
be incorporated
into the Regional
Plan.
Community
Groups need
more support exhausted!
CSO's assistance
would be great in
applying for
funding etc.
Sharing lessons
such as
development in
environmentally
sensitive areas is
very important.
Process is
good as it
brings together
lots of different
stakeholders
together to find
a common
ground.
Weeds used as an
example of links
between related
issues such as
killing of tree shade
for water bodies
and total rafting of
water bodies by
hyacinth and
assets eg
biodiversity, water
quality and
economy.
Not discussed.
Concerns that the
Grazing Land
Management
Package may or
may not work.
Detailed Issue 1
Land
management
practices and
enforcement
eg stocking
rates.
Detailed Issue
2
Trees as
habitat for
animals and as
a forestry
industry
resource.
Coastal & Marine
Land Resources
Key Regional
Asset
Biodiversity
The accuracy of
information eg maps.
Main Roads have
indicated as much as
30% error in their data.
Salinity hazard maps
have a disclaimer as
best guess on the
potential for dry land
salinity, ground water
and saline water
mobility. Maps used in
vegetation
management need
finer scale.
Consultation on
vegetation clearance
and management on
pastoral lands.
Detailed Issue 4
Page 155 of 235
Relatively good
condition of
pastures in
relation to other
areas of the
region.
Riparian Rights in
respect to fencing
etc.
Detailed Issue 3
Riparian Rights in
respect to fencing
etc.
The perception
that 80,000
hectares of forest
lands are to be
"locked up" and
unavailable to the
forest industry in
the Eidsvold
Shire to allow for
the need to clear
lands in the
Southeast.
Detailed Issue 5
Roundtable Validation Sheet for Regional Assets As Captured in Eidsvold on 14 April 2004 and Feedback Submissions
Consultation
on vegetation
clearance and
management
on pastoral
lands.
Detailed
Issue 6
Maps used in
vegetation
management
and
consultation
are not
accurate
enough to
guide local
and regional
decision
making.
The perception
that 80,000
hectares of forest
lands are to be
"locked up" and
unavailable to the
forest industry in
the Eidsvold Shire
to allow for the
need to clear
lands in the
Southeast.
Detailed Issue 7
Riparian Rights in
respect to fencing
etc.
Not discussed.
Not discussed.
Abi Group and
the Eidsvold
Weir.
Use of on the
ground local
knowledge.
Water
Selected Priorities
Biodiversity
Vegetation Management
Lifestyle &
People
Natural &
Cultural Heritage
Water Resources
Landholders
access to
information and
being able to form
arguments and to
justify claims in
respect to land-use
and management
when talking with
Government and
their technical
people.
Strategic weed
management and
upstream/downstream,
uphill/downhill realities
of management
activities.
Page 156 of 235
Catsclaw
infestations at
Eidsvold Station
Burnett River
Bridge and the
Burnett and Boyne
River bridges at
Mundubbera.
Weeds used as
an example of
links between
related issues
such as killing of
tree shade for
water bodies and
total rafting of
water bodies by
hyacinth and
assets eg
biodiversity, water
quality and
economy.
Roundtable Validation Sheet for Regional Assets As Captured in Eidsvold on 14 April 2004 and Feedback Submissions
Cherbourg has had
Weed Programs
before and is
looking for funding
and the resources
to continue a
program. DPI&F
Murgon has been
involved in the
past.
Weeds used as an
example of links
between related
issues such as
killing of tree shade
for water bodies
and total rafting of
water bodies by
hyacinth and
assets eg
biodiversity, water
quality and
economy.
Not discussed.
The Aboriginal
community
presence on land
and local
knowledge of
conditions on
country.
Detailed Issue 1
Thorny Acacia is
identified as being
in the area.
Erosion at the
back of the
forestry affecting
Dingo and Branch
Creeks through to
Barkers Creek
and the Bjelke
Petersen Dam.
The impact of
weeds was also
used to explain
the idea of
biodiversity.
Detailed Issue 2
Coastal & Marine
Land Resources
Key Regional
Asset
Biodiversity
Hyacinth a
problem in some
areas of
Barambah, Bjelke
Petersen Dam
and Barker.
The introduced
English and
Italian honey bee
is competing with
the native bee
population.
Detailed Issue 4
Page 157 of 235
Catsclaw
infestations on
Barambah
Creek right
near Cherbourg
township.
Detailed Issue
3
Some places
the fresh water
turtles have
gone from the
creeks.
Strategic weed
management and
upstream/downstre
am, uphill/downhill
realities of
management
activities.
Introduced cadargi
gums are affecting
native bee
populations in
Southern
Queensland.
Detailed Issue 5
Weeds used as an
example of links
between related
issues such as killing
of tree shade for
water bodies and total
rafting of water bodies
by hyacinth and
assets eg biodiversity,
water quality and
economy.
Split authority over
forest management.
Natural Resources
and Mines look after
forest/vegetation
management.
Department of
Primary Industries
(Forestry) is the
production and
business arm of the
State.
Detailed Issue 6
Roundtable Validation Sheet for Regional Assets As Captured in Cherbourg on 15 April 2004 and Feedback Submissions
Need to identify
the purple
flowered weed
being used by
youth in
Cherbourg as an
hallucinogen.
Logging and land
clearance is
affecting
witchetty grub
populations and
other habitat for
animal life (the
biodiversity).
Detailed Issue 7
Sensitivity to
cultural and
intellectual property
when developing
projects. "No one
asked us about the
right to use bush
tucker".
The increasing use
of water and farm
dams on the
Barambah and
Barker Creek.
Aboriginal people
live in a modern
world but still have
close connections
with their traditions.
Not discussed.
The difference in
water use
between grape
and olive tree drip
irrigation in large
areas and cotton
at Byee.
Collection of
firewood from
State Forest
Reserve has been
challenged by
Rangers while the
State permits the
harvesting of
timber. "An open
fire is part of our
culture here in
Cherbourg and
they can take the
living trees but we
can't take the
dead stuff".
Water Resources
Lifestyle &
People
Natural &
Cultural Heritage
The large number
of weirs on the
Barambah and
Barker Creek
system.
Some places the
fresh water
turtles have gone
from the creeks.
Page 158 of 235
The idea that
this is the
biggest wet
season in 30
years but still
some areas
have missed
out on rain and
revival of water
supplies.
Forestry
workers driving
like rally drivers
through the
Forest Reserve
makes it
difficult for
hunting and
fishing groups
Salinity showing
around the edges
of drying water
bodies in the area
ie there is salt on
banks when levels
fall.
Some forest taken
away from the
Cherbourg
Reserve back in
Bjelke Petersens
day.
The Aboriginal
community presence
on land and local
knowledge of
conditions on country.
The introduced
European honey bee
is competing with the
native bee population
which is a traditional
medicine for colds
and sore throats of
the winter months.
The water of the
Barambah near
Cherbourg was
tested and
people were
advised not to
drink it.
Introduced
cadargi gums
from North
Queensland are
affecting native
bee populations
in Southern
Queensland.
Aboriginal people
have a special
spiritual
association with
country.
Access to
traditional
resources for
health purposes.
Water
Selected Priorities
Biodiversity
Other
The need to clarify
the Aboriginal use
of fisheries
resources and the
permitting system
and opportunities
for Aboriginal
community
involvement in
fisheries
management.
The spiritual value
of being in a good
and peaceful place
is important for the
mental health of
everybody.
Mental health
issues arising
from the use of
the
hallucinogenic
weed and
concern amongst
health
professionals at
the meeting.
Page 159 of 235
Maintaining
that culture and
lifestyle is
important at a
time when rural
suicides are a
fact of life in the
bush in both
Aboriginal and
non Aboriginal
communities.
Brief mention of
the Silver Lining
Foundation Project
in which Colin and
Esmae
Fewquandie and
others are involved
in and its planned
Family and Youth
Program.
"New" farmers don't
always understand local
issues, often involved in
intensive agriculture,
increased risk of point
source pollution. Many
have smaller farms
(blocks) to work and do
this more intensively.
Information on best
management practice
no longer freely
Noosa priorities: rare
and threatened species,
rehabilitation of
degraded lands.
1:25000 regional
ecosystem mapping
for Noosa,
Caloundra,
Maroochy.
Highest
development
pressure - Sea
Changers gradually
moving up the coast
as a wave from
Brisbane and now
the Sunshine
Coast. Noosa has
capped population.
Development
issues - Toogoom,
Burnett, Isis, 1770
etc. Subdivisions in
Woocoo increasing
(see also Coastal &
Marine Resources).
Detailed Issue 2
Detailed Issue 1
Land
Resources
Coastal &
Marine
Resources
Key Regional
Asset
Biodiversity
Page 160 of 235
Lack of local
knowledge addressed
by Landcare groups
proactively
approaching new
residents in Noosa
(need funding to
support).
Provide funding to
ensure longevity of
groups undertaking
activities - people will
develop skills & be
more effective in their
actions.
Detailed Issue 3
Barung Landcare
created the
nursery to give
them an income BMRG need to
encourage similar
activities to
increase
independence and
sustainability of
community
groups.
Detailed Issue 4
Detailed Issue 5
Roundtable Validation Sheet for Regional Assets As Captured in Cooroy on 26 May 2004 and Feedback Submissions
Detailed Issue
6
Detailed Issue 7
Very large projected
increase in water
demand from Mary
- issues not fully
understood, but
need to learn from
history (and
experiences
elsewhere).
Maroochy and
Noosa are highly
populated areas Noosa has
effectively capped
population and
hopes to reduce
dependency on
Mary River by
encouraging all
ratepayers to put in
rainwater tanks etc.
Not discussed.
SEQ pop growth will
impact upon our region population shifting
northwards, already
populated Glasshouse
Mountains, Maroochy
and Noosa.
Natural &
Cultural
Heritage
Water
Resources
Lifestyle &
People
available (lack of
extension services).
Page 161 of 235
Desalinisation a good
option, but water reuse
and increased
efficiency is a better
way to decrease water
consumption.
Water use
efficiency & rural
water use
efficiency - Brian
Stockwell also
gave water usage
figures per capita
as an example.
Maroochy Town
Plan includes a
number of water
quality
commitments,
protective
measures for
waterways &
vegetation.
EPA policy
presents a
serious
hindrance to
water recycling
technologies,
ideas and
uptake.
Development of
Lake MacDonald
group a good
example of how
issues can be
addressed in
partnership - very
successful
process in
matching funding
etc.
Idea - may look at
charities who analyse
the amount of $ that get
to activities (1980's
Oxfam only sent 4% to
onground aide).
Some angst within
LGAs with respect to
non-attendance of
BMRG (DS visited twice
and BMRG have
requested that LGA's
provide a contact
person) needs to cc
appropriate staff into
council communiqués lack of engagement
compared to SEQNRM.
What % of funding
received will get to
on-ground works?
Not that simple,
must look to change
attitudes.
SoRR Disappointing to
see lots missed
(Cod Recovery,
Bank mapping)
Tech paper will
cover - Please
advise if you notice
things missing!
Mapping of
Cabomba.
Biodiversity
Development
Water
Selected Priorities
Other
Page 162 of 235
Target could be 2530% of funds get to
actual on-ground work
(87% went to onground with
MRCCC).Approx 80%
good target. Ministerial target.
Research
considered onground action (ie
not
administration).
Allocation should
be considered part
of on-ground
budget.
Where does
activity facilitation
- eg. planning
workshops fit it?
Are these a part
of Admin or onground activities?
On-ground.
Need to report
on funding
allocation to
justify to
community.
We should
acknowledge
community
contribution as
per NHT1 (log
volunteer
hours)
This process is
much more
efficient than
NHT1 - has to be
done properly to
make sure $ are
spent wisely.
Sustainable Primary
Production Vegetation
Management: Funding
for Property Planning
with AGFORCE being
an effective service
provider.
Not discussed.
Not discussed.
Detailed Issue 1
Coastal & Marine
Resources
Land Resources
Key Regional
Asset
Biodiversity
Sustainable Primary
Production - Water
Reliability: Water
Allocations have been
reduced, reflecting the
demand from coastal
irrigators and urban
communities. Economic
and social implications as
Gayndah landholders
have small landholdings
in comparison to other
areas. Gayndah
Community members
perceive that all benefits
are focused towards the
coast with the inland
carrying the costs of
water management.
Detailed Issue 2
Page 163 of 235
Landholders are
cautious regarding level
of accuracy of the
vegetation
Management maps.
Detailed Issue 3
Landscape
Management and
Infrastructure Proliferation of
weeds and pests in
recent years. Need
to have incentives for
landholders to
manage weeds.
Detailed Issue 4
Detailed Issue 5
Landscape
Management and
Infrastructure Landholders
know the
problems yet
State Agencies
do not seem to
recognise the
extent of the
problem.
Roundtable Validation Sheet for Regional Assets As Captured in Gayndah on 26 May 2004 and Feedback Submissions
Landscape
Management
and
Infrastructure Utility Providers
contributor to the
spread of weeds.
African Love
Grass is
spreading in the
Gayndah area.
State Agencies
need to manage
stock routes
better.
Detailed Issue 6
Natural and Cultural
Heritage (Non
indigenous):
* Gayndah oldest town
in Queensland
* Develop awareness
of the early communes
at Byrnestown,
Weatheron and Bon
Accord
* Identify and protect
early settlement
structures
* Historic cemetery,
value early history
* Conflict of interest
with respect to access
to cultural sites.
Not discussed.
Natural & Cultural
Heritage
Water Resources
Loss of transport
services, trains have
been reduced to one
freight train a week
with no passenger
facilities. This service
is under constant
review.
Lifestyle & People
Loss of Government
Agencies from the area
especially DPI&F. This
loss of extension services
is increasing the pressure
on family units to
maintain production and
maintain regulatory
requirements. Is BMRG
able to offer a range of
services to assist
landholders in the area?
Weed species are
spreading due to the
reduction of staff. Soil
Extension Officer in the
area has recently retired
and will not be replaced
by a State Agency.
Heritage (Indigenous) Indigenous sector wish to
be consulted as there are
still a lot of people who
have not heard about the
BMRG.
Page 164 of 235
How will the Cultural
Heritage Act fit with the
objectives of the
BMRG?
Not discussed.
Logging in
Remnant
Vegetation,
impacted on by
land use, eg
grazing.
Tiaro LC Growth
management
needed.
Not discussed.
Detailed Issue
1
Off-park Nature
Conservation.
Natural & Cultural
Heritage
Lifestyle & People
Coastal & Marine
Resources
Land Resources
Biodiversity
Key Regional Asset
Suggestion: tariff
on consumers …
refer sustainability
argument.
Detailed Issue 4
Possibility resource a
consumer education
program to encourage
environmental
buying?
HBCC: EMP's on
some public lands
have put pressure on
to log freehold land.
Weeds/Tiaro LC Weed night, large
turnout, no funding,
and one man. Came
w/samples. Inundated
with BMRG STUFF.
When are we going to
get some support?
Frustration in process,
BMRG empire
building.
Page 165 of 235
PMPs & FMS,
EMS etc need to
be done
catchment wide.
Do State Forests
have PMP's?
Need to value (ie
pay for) good
works towards
sustainable and
natural systems
protection &
enhancement.
Endangered
species, Mary
River Turtle, loss
of habitat.
Regional
Biodiversity
corridor which runs
from the Mary
Mouth to the Isis in
the North.
Issue between
freehold and large
tracts eg public
lands.
Detailed Issue 3
Detailed Issue 2
DPI&F: How do we
get a wider range of
engagement,
landscape wide
rather than industry
specific?
Consumers (ie
developers) are
also part of the
growth
management
issues.
Biodiversity-needs
the most emphasis,
highest priority, all
else depends on it.
Detailed Issue 5
Selected Priorities
Water
Roundtable Validation Sheet for Regional Assets As Captured in Tiaro on 27 May 2004 and Feedback Submissions
Sustainable
Urbanism, urban
sprawl.
Detailed Issue 6
Continuity of
programs in
particular rehab
programs.
Tidal vs stillwater
stretches, lagoons,
cf "natural erosion
rates healthy rip v
stripped, take 1500
yrs to repair itself.
KM: LGA's starting
to work together
rather than
competing,
improving
coordination.
Rehabilitation of
Riparian Zone.
Tiaro LC, they
have a section
that no attempt
to rehab has
been
undertaken.
HBCC: Enough
negativity - let's
be part of the
solution.
Selected Priorities
Biodiversity
Land Resources
Water
Other
Water Resources
What we do upstream,
will benefit HB.
MRCCA - Most
landholders are aware
of h2o quality
importance. Only limit
on them making
improvements is
money: Is this
sustainable then?
Page 166 of 235
Needs to be
holistic, sugar
industry v grazier,
barrages v etc.
what is impact of
bailing out the
sugar.
AIEM:
Communication,
fuller engagement.
Loss of
environmental
flows.
MRCCA: When
talking to
community, talk
their language.
Riparian Rehab:
debate about the
fundamental cause
of Mary high rates
of erosion.
HBCC: UPSTREAM
impacts, where do
environmental levies
get paid, needs to
have some kind of
promotion to sell it to
voters.
MRCCA over 500
landholders involved
"proven to be
successful".
Dingo
management.
Federal law is
being devolved to
State and LGA political
interference can
disrupt the
decision making
process. Conflict
of interest. Needs
to be taken back
up at Federal
level. Technical
decisions affected
by political
interference.
Cooloola has a
Biodiversity
Policy &
significant
amounts of data
- need to
request from
Rachel Lyons.
EPBC - major
law, authority to
undertake this
will be enacted
by EPA and may
lose its power.
EPA have taken
on an
educational role
rather than
regulatory. Why
hasn't State
Environment
Law got teeth?
Biodiversity
Detailed Issue 2
Detailed Issue
1
Key Regional
Asset
Pandanus
palm
infestation of
Leaf-hopper
(Cooloola
Coastcare did
survey)
Potential for
massive
impact if it
invades Fraser
Island.
Developers
are still
bringing in
infected
plants.
RAMSAR site
for significant
migratory birds
- roosting sites
(4WD issues
donuts on
mudflats).
Cooloola
Council has
mapped many
of the roosting
sites.
Detailed
Issue 4
Page 167 of 235
Remnant areas of
significant size in
local Forest estate
and Wide Bay
Military Reserve
should be
examined in
regional context
for importance with
respect to
biodiversity, some
off-park threatened
by development.
Fire management
issues precautionary
strategies not
being used
(potential for
research /
monitoring).
Detailed Issue 3
False Water
Rat project studies
throughout
Great Sandy
Straits (GSS).
Detailed
Issue 5
Freshwater fish
endangered
species - Honey
Blue Eyes,
Psedomugil
mellis, Snapper
Ck population
and Oxleyan
Pigmy Perch,
Nannoperca
oxleyana, in
Seras Creek.
Detailed Issue 6
Roundtable Validation Sheet for Regional Assets As Captured in Tin Can Bay on 27 May 2004 and Feedback Submissions
Megadiverse
for insects
(doesn't
support many
mammals).
Ant-Blue
Butterfly local
Endangered
spp, and
Richmond
Bird-Wing
Butterfly,
Cooloola
Monster,
Cooloola
propator.
Detailed
Issue 7
Effect of
apiculture on
native bees.
Detailed
Issue 8
Stormwater - gross
pollutant traps are
expensive and
LGA finds
prohibitive
(sediment
collected would
end up in
wetlands).
Need more soil /
permeability
studies as do not
have enough
information to
actually defend
decision making
process.
Drainage issues
are a big
problem.
Weeds - not as
bad in Cooloola,
therefore
important to
prevent
invasion.
Boating
enthusiasts baseline data
needed before you
can determine
impacts on
resources (new
legislation on
discharge from
recreational
vessels).
Effluent
Disposal diffuse aquifer
structure (how to
address issues?
Subdivision at
Rainbow Beach
& "sound
management"
Land
Resources
Coastal &
Marine
Resources
Need to look
at reducing
impact of pine
plantations.
Erosion
control.
Stormwater
Management
(Cooloola's
draft is with
EPA).
Page 168 of 235
Education issue land use /
clearance impacts.
The message isn't
getting across to
landholders and
developers.
Some federal
motions to create
standards to
address national
issues, eg boat
effluent, Marine
pest & weed
management (eg
Ballast water
control), Climate
change etc (Under
national framework
for Integrated
Coastal Zone
Management).
Foreshore /
recreation
management interaction.
Syncarpia hillii
extraction potential for
local industry
propagating &
harvesting.
Carrying
capacity for
boats on inlet
(new marinas)
- flotilla of
medium/large
boats. Social,
environmental
& possibly
environmental
impact. Need
for cumulative
impact
assessment.
Acid Sulphate
Soils (ASS)
studies not
funded for this
part of the
region. For
example, Great
Sandy Straits
needs to be
mapped for
ASS. LGA
cannot afford to
undertake
mapping for this
Lack of
completed
Regional
Coastal Plan Wide Bay
Coastal. State
Coastal
Management
Plan does not
give any
recognition of
significant
regional issues.
Lack of
extension
officers - lost
from DPI&F,
NR&M etc.
Departments
can no longer
provide this
extension,
these
landholders
are now
turning to
LGA's and
Productive
buffer zones
around
protected
areas - allow
for social,
environmental
& economic
benefit.
Soil types very diverse
and issues
related to the
disturbance
management
of these vary
considerably.
Remediation
much more
costly than
prevention.
Local
landuse
planning big
issue Cooloola
Coast Land
Use Plan
currently in
development
by Cooloola
Shire
Council.
Low Socioeconomic base high potential for
ecotourism &
eco-industries
(foliage
harvesting
Cedar Hills
paying tree
Need baseline
URBAN EDGE
studies to provide
guidelines for
drainage buffers,
fire buffers (and
recognition of best
science for fire
management) and
effluent water
shed. "We're
extending the
envelope before
we understand the
current condition."
No recognition or
forward planning
for pristine / high
quality systems such as fens,
RAMSAR areas
Need to build
capacity in
community to
allow them to take
on economic
opportunities eg.
from Main Roads
to undertake
environmental
Lifestyle &
People
Run-off from
pine plantations
- including
metals
promoting
coastal algal
growth - result of
current practices
(e.g.
Trichodesmium).
Need to expand
drainage buffers
for use in foliage
harvesting.
NPWS good
work with
Bitou bush,
Slash Pine
(weed list) also
garden
escapees,
groundsel
(likely to be
exacerbated
by
uncontrolled
4WDing),
Leucaena &
broad-leaf
pepperina.
Page 169 of 235
Get people to
recognise the
timing required for
decision making
process from a
Community
perspective! Be
more sensitive to
community values
State agencies
need to pick up
their act!
Institutional
change: if they
want LGA to
undertake an
activity, then the
LGA will need
more support to
undertake. Under
IPA will need far
more resourcing to
support best
management
NRM.
issue.
Landcare etc.
To provide
this
information no resources
to do this.
Devolved
responsibility.
Cross-cultural site
- 20,000 pp come
for big meetings.
Sediment outflow
from Mary very
important (smother
seagrasses).
Urban
development
near national
parks.
Need research
in Tin Can Bay
to examine
hydrology &
identify risks
posed by
development.
Natural &
Cultural
Heritage
Water
Resources
Selected Priorities
Biodiversity
Land Management
Water
work.
cutters to stay
out of forest).
Need more
research on
the impacts of
both
commercial
and
recreational
fishing etc.
perhaps?
Numerous
cultural
heritage sites
and - need
more studies
done.
Page 170 of 235
Indigenous &
cultural heritage
studies not comp
done for GSS one of the last
areas that TO's living on site until
1902.
Interaction
between coast and
rivers - fish
barriers impacts
need to be
ameliorated and
examined more
fully.
and limitations.
Effects of
translocating
fish species
from one
catchment to
another can
have dire
effects eg.
Mary River
Cod is
impacted upon
by Yellow
Belly
(translocated).
Log jams are
aquatic fisheries
habitat and NOT
blockages as
described in
SORR. Projects
need to be
recognised as
such. Needs to
be clarified.
Need to provide assistance to industry
people to implement actions (ie PMPs,
BMPs, EMSs etc).
One on one extension services are critical
for building capacity.
Land Resources
Other
Water Resources
A need for riparian assessment
including habitat to better understand
morphology/typology.
Concerns with funding initiatives post
NAP & NHT2.
Farms can act as a filter for sediment
movement rather than the cause.
Pest and weeds considered a major
problem not just aquatic but terrestrial
also.
Page 171 of 235
No issues raised.
Reports from groundwater data for Cooloola
Coast indicate a problem with saltwater
intrusion.
Small rural Shires don't have the capacity to
update datasets (eg mapping layers etc).
No issues raised.
Coastal & Marine Resources
Lifestyle & People
Recovery Pans for iconic aquatic species
need to be developed as gaps in data.
Biodiversity
Community Input As Captured at the State of the Burnett Mary Region Report Forum in Gympie on 10 March 2004
Key Regional Asset
Detailed Issue 1
Detailed Issue 2
Must have groundtruthing for models.
How will we best monitor and
evaluate bank instability?
Need to support implementation of
industry initiatives to empower
producer bodies and individuals.
Detailed Issue 3
Need more focus on environmental
aspects in water quality monitoring
rather than potential storage capacity.
Need for event based monitoring data.
Pests and weeds a major problem in
this area, particularly the Kolan River
and where there is no grazing. Similar
observations for Walla Island (ie
controlled grazing assists in weed
management on riparian zones).
Need a framework developed to
manage development pressures.
More likely that erosion (especially in
the Gin Gin & Isis areas) is not
contributing to instream sedimentation
however it is affecting land
productivity.
Need to better engage stakeholders
and improve relationships to ensure a
balanced partnership approach for the
region.
No issues raised.
Detailed Issue 1
Water Resources
Natural & Cultural
Heritage
Lifestyle & People
Coastal & Marine
Resources
Land Resources
Biodiversity
Key Regional Asset
Page 172 of 235
Need to better understand
pollutant impacts from
transport.
Saltwater intrusion.
Need to better understand
the condition of remnant
vegetation areas.
Detailed Issue 2
May need to consider
retention values for
individual impoundments.
Need to be sensible in our
investment strategies (ie
may not achieve
sustainable NRM just by
rehabilitating overly
degraded riparian areas).
Detailed Issue 3
Community Input As Captured at the State of the Burnett Mary Region Report Forum in Bundaberg on 11 March 2004
Insufficient monitoring to
establish firm relationship
between salt outbreaks and
water quality.
Detailed Issue 4
Lifestyle & People
No issues raised.
Using local
knowledge and
experience (ie
economically viable
landholders).
Coastal & Marine
Land Resources
Use of fire as a
management tool:
*knowledge of a fire
as a tool;
*controlled burns,
ground fuel build up
and unmanaged wild
fires; and
*using fire as a
clearance tool.
Cooperation of
Federal and State
Governments to
support the NRM
Plan.
Need to better
understand the link
between the loss of
biodiversity and the loss
of biological service in
regulating adverse land
processes (ie salination).
Thinning vegetation
for grass growth and
biodiversity.
Biodiversity
Page 173 of 235
Deregulation impacts on
primary industry and
subsequent regulation.
Modelling is not the
answer, it is a broad
indicator at most for
assessing land condition.
Rewarding BMP and
landholders that achieve
economic and
environmental outcomes.
Detailed Issue 2
Detailed Issue 1
Regional Asset
Reality of people on
the land having to
produce more to earn
less and the impact
and increased
pressure on the
environment.
BMRG Priority Action
planning must work
closely with industry
and community to
ensure their voice is
heard in the bigger
picture planning and
management
processes (ie
regional and state).
Detailed Issue 3
Getting commitment
beyond the
politician’s term to
ensure sustainable
management.
Need to better
understanding the
importance of native
and perennial
grasses in
addressing salinity
issues.
Detailed Issue 4
Community Input As Captured at the State of the Burnett Mary Region Report Forum in Mundubbera on 27 May 2004
Concerns with set
stocking rates versus
pasture management
and climate impacts.
Detailed Issue 5
Poor knowledge on
how the various
types of riparian
areas work.
When do we stop
gathering data and
get on with the job of
management?
Water Resources
Other
No issues raised.
Page 174 of 235
Need to ensure the
science is there to
support the policy.
Community Input As Captured at the State of the Burnett Mary Region Report Forum in Mundubbera on 27 May 2004
Page 175 of 235
Water infrastructure - ensure that environmental flows are
being met. Establish priorities for maintaining environmental
flows for impounded rivers
Suggestion that the Plan should focus on natural ecosystem
boundaries rather that the LGA lines on a map - was decided
that this was more an aspirational aim and mire difficult to
implement and LGAs seemed as major partners in the
conservation of marine and coastal resources
Different perceptions of good grazing land management
practices - have to work with everyone to get a better
understanding - this can be achieved through the GLM - now
being adapted to sub-catchment landscapes according to
geomorphology
need for BMRG to act as a community/government "go
between" to ensure an integrated and cooperative approach to
NRM
Detailed Issue One
Suggestion that a suitable Management Action to protect
biodiversity was to "blow up the Barrage" - although this was
not likely to receive any financial support for this, there were
several participants offering their support
Need to be proactive and that protection of 'over-shod
industries' was not necessarily sustainable - need to rethink
the resources we had and how we could better utilise them for
the future (tourism, biodiscovery)
Other
Heritage
Water Resources
Lifestyle and People
Land Resources
Coastal & Marine
Resources
Regional Asset
Biodiversity
Member Working Draft Plan Consultation Series August 2004
Important not to use the plan to act "retrospectively" (ie that those
involved in the process could not assume that the current conditions
were baseline), without baseline data we may just be holding the fort
and preventing further degradation after the majority of damage has
been done
Need cost/benefit analysis of barrages and infrastructure
Support needed at a local level and this needs to be maintained in a
structured way. Importance of on going extension staff to liaise with
landholders and groups one-on-one
Felt that IPA may provide some part of the solution for the coastal
shires, this would not affect the inland/rural shire or State Lands not
covered by LGAs. management action to lobby NRM&E and DPI&F
where appropriate to ensure adequate conservation of biodiversity
values - suggestion that most coastal LGA may not be that easy to
comply as whilst there was an overall understanding of the problem coastal development was seen as an invaluable source of long-term
LGA revenue
LGA Pest Management Plans should be behind any regional weeds
management strategy /action must ensure that they are included
Detailed Issue Two
Need better recognition of pristine areas, significant habitats and sp.
For targeted on ground actions (some of this may be picked up in
PAP 3.4)
Need good land managers to spread the word
and help provide help with specific issues.
Landholders are fed up with people who don't
understand the land, telling people how to
manage their land (mainly state agencies)
Education and training - early focus of NRM at
schools. Need some skilled people to detail
an education program in order to effect
attitude change from the start
Ground water monitoring networks need to be
established
Plan to be written with clarity and precision to
ensure that there was no confusion as to the
desired outcomes or specific actions named in
the plan
Land Resources
Lifestyle and
People
Other
Water Resources
Comments of Marine and Coastal Biodiversity
aspirational target: To establish clear
baselines and targets for the sustainablity of
coastal and marine biodiversity. To mitigate,
reduce and reverse the current and future
impacts of threats to coastal and marine
biodiversity values
Coastal & Marine
Resources
Regional Asset
Detailed Issue Three
Need state gov to show demonstratable
Biodiversity
benefits of mythical entities such as shark
nets/drum lines and barrages etc. These are
obviously having a severe consequence on
biodiversity and threatened and endangered
sp.
thoughts that there needed to be another MAT in
institutional arrangements to get state and federal
gov to understand the importance of land and land
holders
perhaps institutional change should
be attitudinal change to encompass
everybody
Page 176 of 235
Need to consider the upper catchment more
Comments on Sustainable utilisation of coastal and
marine resources:- to utilise current and future
coastal and marine resources in an ecologically
sustainable way. To improve knowledge and
understanding of future coastal and marine
resources that are currently unutilised for further
development within their renewable threshold (based
on sustainable yield). To reduce adverse impacts on
over-exploited resources and relocation of effort to
provide for overall economic growth
Accompany PMP planning with an accredited course
(eg TAFE) certificate offering part time over 6-8
weeks. Provide competency based learning to
increase productivity, ensure BMP and use lessons
already learned.
Detailed Issue Five
There is no where stated that Human activities are
an acceptable activity
Control of sediment flow
A MAT that includes mapping at
scale of 1:25000 for terrestrial and
aquatic biodiversity assessment.
BAMM is somewhat nebulous, need
better ground truthing of existing
information - distorts reality especially
below the 1:25000 scale
Need a balanced message sustainable use rather than locking
up the land
Detailed Issue Four
A MAT that includes mapping at
scale of 1:25000 for terrestrial and
aquatic biodiversity assessment.
BAMM is somewhat nebulous, need
better ground truthing if existing
information - distorts reality on the
group, especially below the 1:25000
scale
Comments on Sustainable
development of coastal and marine
areas:- two aspects to development type and intensity, it’s the scale of
these that affects sustainability.
Important to stay within renewable
limits
Costs of remedial action to coastal
and marine development have not
been id. Already know we can't afford
all the current remedial action that is
required - perhaps need to project the
costs of planned actions to be
weighed up against the
risk/development threats?
Mapping and planning are rapidly
becoming an essential component of
a farms management
Need to consider
Estuarine and riverine
buffer zones
include in the MATs
something that relates to
the management of
thickening of vegetation
Utilise local knowledge
more
Coastal &
Marine
Resources
Land
Resources
Difficult to asses a 350
pg doc. Hard to find
relevant info. Is there a
way to simplify info for
general community?
Other
Hard to read this section
- needs reformatting,
difficult to follow, and
very academic
Water
Resources
5.2.2.1 is not reflective
of the knowledge in the
region, or the adequacy
of current "Burnett"
studies
Hard to understand
what some of the
targets meant in leymans terms and what
this meant for
landholders
Need to cover
opportunities for
sustainable production,
not just the issues
Marine Transport
needs to be reflected in
MATs
specify which subcatchments of the Mary
the plan is talking about
Detailed Issue Eight
Page 177 of 235
need to see specific management
actions - not the high level, so
community can gauge where BMRG
are heading
Fear amongst landholders that
resources preserved now might later
be exploited by more powerful entities
(eg government, multinationals, etc)
use recommendations from the
freshwater biodiversity tech paper for
RCTs and MATs
High freshwater biodiversity values
Endemic endangered
iconic sp. Mary River
Cod and Turtle
Biodiversity
Lifestyle and
People
Detailed Issue Seven
Detailed Issue Six
Regional Asset
Need to bring actions down to a
sub-catchment or specific
resource condition level. We
already have catchment
strategies that highlight broad
actions, but the intention of the
Regional NRM Plan is to be
more specific, and target subcatchment where improvement
can be made.
5.2.2.2 has not delivered the
'true' on ground picture
section not written in plain
English, not presentable to
landholders, process difficult to
follow, no logical sequence
MATs could identify potential
actions, ie quarantine activities,
training local govt in awareness
of marine pests
explain the BAMM methodology
Detailed Issue Nine
Not strategic or
prioritized
actions or
targets
Whole of 5.2.2.
is difficult to
follow
Decline in soil
health is the
biggest threat
Detailed Issue
Ten
need new
aspirational
targets are
required
Stormwater
management in
coastal urban
centres is a
major issues
Need to assess the
drivers of land
management
Ramsar wetland (Great
Sandy Strait) education
and awareness
campaign in local
government and
community
Set targets and
strategies for uptake in
forestry (over 40% of
catchment forested)
Need a specific MR
cod and turtle program
- they are only found in
the Mary Catchment in
the whole world
An analysis of the
strength of
‘collaborative’ relations
between local
government, primary
industry, agencies and
community NRM
groups is missing. This
is a key feature in
analysing the capacity
for NRM change.
Need to ensure protection
of all biodiversity values
not just "high value" - don't
want to let the good stuff
become bad stuff
Needs to include a "weed"
and "pest animal"
management section
Too much focus on salinity
Habitats and high value
areas to be
research/identified and
mapped at local scale
Hard to see how the
‘resource condition’ will
change with the
recommendations provided
Biodiversity
Coastal &
Marine
Resources
Land
Resources
Water
Resources
Other
Detailed Issue Twelve
Detailed Issue Eleven
Regional Asset
Page 178 of 235
Not clear and
concise – difficult
to read as there is
a great deal of
‘filling’ at the start
and end.
FB 3.1 need
revision to include
current knowledge
- smaller weirs too
and other barriers
Integration of all
NRM planning
processes
Maintenance of
'coastal' village
character
Detailed Issue
Thirteen
Need to identify
east-west corridors
Takes a
considerable amount
of reading time
before any proper
planning material.
We have a lot of
information now, lets
not sit around
waiting for research,
lets make the best
use of what we have
now
FB 4 - very broad timeframes not
realistic; need to
audit all known fish
barriers
Specific dugong
(bringing attention to
sea-grass) and seaturtle action
programs
Detailed Issue
Fourteen
Is TB1 a priority over
TB2
Far too large
document (in its
current form) – it
doesn’t need to
be so long.
Exotic fish need
to be considered
Clearer NRM
targets
Great sandy
strait initiatives
Detailed Issue
Fifteen
Monitoring and
evaluation?
FB 2.1 needs to be a
variety of strategies for
biodiversity - with a
program concentrating
on endangered species.
Need specific MR Cod
and turtle programs
Considerable mix-up
with “Management
Action Targets” and
“Resource Condition
Targets” which makes it
confusing to understand
Need to develop
'negotiable targets' with
the landholders
Carrying capacity of
coastal areas
Need more asset
sectoral issues to cover
more areas
Detailed Issue Sixteen
The authors talk about ‘major
knowledge gaps’ throughout the
document; however there is a vast
resource of expertise, information and
enthusiasm in the region.
Lack of recognition of ‘tried and
tested’ or ‘best available sciencebased’ strategies/methodologies,
as a surrogate for improving the
condition of the natural
resources, before delving into
expensive research exercises to
determine the ‘condition of the
resource’.
Other
Page 179 of 235
FB 4.1 and 4.2 needs to concentrate
on the potential of Cabomba
FB 3.1 need an audit
Water Resources
LR1.2 - been done. LR2.1 won’t work
LR 5.4 didn't understand LR 7 disgrace, tech paper covered this well
MAT need to be economically
achievable
Land Resources
Key Regional Asset
Detailed Issue Seventeen
Detailed Issue Eighteen
Don't modify existing
TB1.1 Comment: need better tools
Biodiversity
methodologies - need consistent
that the existing covenants/refuges.
approaches
Differential rating systems. Need to
cover all land types - may need
different approaches for state and
local government. Developer handover need to follow regional approach
to prioritisation and hence acquisition.
Local Govt need planning and
training support
Coastal & Marine
Resources
"The current level of understanding of freshwater aquatic
biodiversity values is relatively restricted at a regional level"
Comment One: this region has considerable knowledge on
the freshwater aquatic biodiversity values. The Mary river cod
recovery team has developed a Mary river cod recovery plan,
which was endorsed by the Aus Gov and has been
implemented for 5 years. Experts exist in the Gerry Cook Fish
Hatchery, DPI&F, Local Gov, Landcare and Catchment
Groups with regard to freshwater aquatic biodiversity.
Comment Two: An 80 page technical paper was prepared for
the BMRG
The Regional Investment Strategy isn’t an investment
strategy, but just a list of project titles, and what part of the
region they were developed.
Best available science currently points out that some
activities, ie Giant Rats Tail and Parthenium Weed education
and control programs needs to happen
Detailed Issue Nineteen
The issue of not enough adequate data raised, so decisions
cannot be made by the authors
Other
Industry Codes of Practice are lacking – far more
Codes of Practice than the QFF Environmental Code of
Practice.
Where were the ‘aspiration
targets’ for each asset category
derived?
Page 180 of 235
FB1 pg 60 - need to include: "Threats and strategies
identified to improve resource condition"
Comment One: Needs to include a "Mary River Cod
Recovery program" as a MAT "to improve the recovery
of Mary River Cod". A RCT should be "sustainable
populations of the Mary River Cod in the following
waterways by 200X"
Comment Two: need to include "Mary River Cod restocking and monitoring program" as a MAT "to
improve the recovery of hte Mary River Cod"
Comment Three: Needs to include a "Mary River Turtle
Recovery Program" as a MAT "to improve the recovery
of Mary Rover Turtle" A RCT should be "sustainable
Populations of the Mary River Turtle in the following
waterways by 200X"
Detailed Issue Twenty-two
Table 5.2.3.5, requires the following: TB 2.2 - how with
the toolkit focus on the drivers which impact on
terrestrial biodiversity decline? TB 2.2 - where has the
"toolkit" been identified as a useful resource? TB3 needs to mention environmental weeds as a threat to
Terrestrial Biodiversity
Should there be an aspect of "developing best
management practice at a regional level" instead of
measuring adaptation of BMP?
"Much of the information available
on the condition of waterways in
the region was gathered during
the "state of the rivers" Comment
One: state of the rivers
information is useful, but contains
some fundamental flaws. This
information needs to be used with
caution. Comparisons between
the Mary and the Burnett State of
the Rivers surveys cannot be
made.
LR1.2 native forest code of
practise being developed
LR1.1 happy with this sectoral issues; combined
with an "extension program to sustainable
manage native forestry" ie Sean Ryan native
forestry field days
"The knowledge gaps (WRT Freshwater
Biodiversity) that do exist are in the process of
being substantively addressed as a result of the
research and monitoring studies initiated
following the decision to construct Paradise Dam"
Comment One: Paradise Dam studies do not
address issues with Freshwater Aquatic
Biodiversity outside of the dam-site. These
studies will have little implication to the wider
region.
Comment Two: This statement shows the lack of
understanding of freshwater biodiversity in the
region. For example; the issues with the decline
of the Conondale Crayfish (listed in the IUCN
Red Book). The frog decline issues won’t be
addressed by the Paradise dam Studies. The
paradise dam studies will be identified how to
ensure sustainable populations of Lungfish in
impoundments, which will be useful but far from
adequate coverage of the full range of issues
pertaining to freshwater biodiversity.
Lack of recognition of successful existing
community-led, local government, agency NRM
programs; and the potential to partner these
successful programs in the NRM Plan.
Land Resources
Water
Resources
Detailed Issue Twenty-one
No mention of environmental
weeds, or strategies for
containment or control, or their
effect on Terrestrial Biodiversity
Detailed Issue Twenty
TB 2.3 too much jargon, what does it mean
Regional Asset
Biodiversity
Little recognition of the future pressures of
the region – particularly the Mary Catchment
– some recognition on pg. 71.
Other
Regional Asset
Detailed Issue Twenty-three
An "environmental weed awareness and
Biodiversity
control" asset sectoral issue needs to be
inserted: MAT - TB4 Environmental weed
Awareness and control program (i) TB4.1
reduce spread of priority environmental
weeds in sub-catchment of highest risk (ii)
TB 4.2 Raise awareness of priority
environmental wees in sub-catchments of
highest risk (iii) RCT - improve the terrestrial
biodiversity of high risk cub-catchments
through strategic environmental weed control
programs.
Land Resources LR 7 - needs to be re-worked, as it focuses
solely on biodiversity considerations - need
thorough prioritisation of weeds than as the
RCT suggested on pg 71 - impacts of weed
management on sustainable production
systems particularly broad-acre systems
FB3: need a strategic plan to restore fish
Water
passages throughout the region
Resources
FB1: what will this achieve? It is not spelt
out in the RCT how this will improve the
condition of the resource. Need to
include a Rivercare Program. Meed to
include ‘Corridors of Green’ program to
protect good bits of waterway. Need to
include a riparian education and
awareness program.
FB4 not focussed enough: needs to be revised RCT
- "containment strategies for Cabonmba and
Hygrophila in Lake MacDonald, and no further
spread of other aquatic weed within the region". OR
"Class 1 weeds contained to current location, with
minor spread of other aquatic weeds within the
region" MAT - Control strategies trialled and
adapted for Cabomba and Hygrophila in Lake
MacDonald’s. Awareness campaign throughout the
region's impoundments (particularly those that are
fished) on the effect of Cabomba. Surveillance
protocols developed for monitoring the spread of
Cabomba and other aquatic plants. other: needs to
include Salvinia control program. water hyacinth
issues need to be identified
Is the next phase to write an operational plan, or
sub-catchment plans?
Page 181 of 235
Pest animals programs need to be
considered
New asset sectoral issue on "weeds extension
program that affect sustainable production
Needs a Glossary of Jargon
Detailed Issue Twenty-five
Recommendations from the Draft
Regional Vegetation Management Plans
could be utilised
Detailed Issue Twenty-four
Pest animal strategies not included
Need an overall framework for
the Plan
RAP not in definition list
Other
Page 182 of 235
Need to include an Asset
Sectoral Issue on "instream
Habitat enhancement" for
iconic fish species of the region
Nothing in RCTs about pest
fish. (ie Carp, Gambusia,,
sooty Grunter)
Water Resources
Dairy, feedlot, pork industries
(intensive) not highlighted.
These industries have
developed sustainable primary
production programs that can
be developed at a regional
level, and the groups can
assist to foster greater
adoption of these programs.
Extractive industry not
highlighted
Land Resources
Regional Asset
Detailed Issue Twenty-six
Detailed Issue Twenty-seven
No recognition of building
FB 3.1 Consider Three Moon
Biodiversity
upon existing program, ie,
Fish Passage
Naturesearch or communitybased biodiversity projects.
Definition of terms eg
Significant Asset
No recognition of recreational
fishing programs
Detailed Issue Twenty-eight
TB 1.1,2.3 Accuracy of data
essential, funds support
implementation, heavy
weighting of social, and
economic costs, and
distribution of impacts for
Triple Bottom Line screening
criteria
An EMS (EMS terminology not
accepted locally though)
program for primary producers
(or locally accepted variant)
needs to be developed at a
regional level.
More linkages with authors of the
tech paper, and those doing
research and work on-ground
Sub-catchment planning for
habitat rehabilitation and
preservation not recognised - no
targeted action.
Environmentally sensitive
badging ie red-tipped bananas,
needs to be developed at a
regional level
Detailed Issue Twenty-nine
TB 1.1 All areas can not
economically support rich
diversity, some must be allowed
to be managed responsibly for
primary production
TB 3.1,2.3 impact of free
trade, market protection etc
puts pressure on primary
production land, and
therefore TB. Govt policies
must consider
environmental impact of
production pressures and
market manipulation
Trialling of new ideas in
environmental services'
Can't clearly see what the
desirable outcomes are.
Doesn't flow logically eg
action outcomes to
resource condition change
TB 1.1 Landowner
must be compensated
for losing land value
through compromised
primary production
value
Horticulture initiatives
are not highlighted
Need to include as asst
sectoral issue on "frog
related ecosystem
health projects" and
raise awareness of
stream frogs and
coastal frogs.
Biodiversity
Land
Resources
Water
Resources
Other
Reasonable content
Numbers should be
needs to use existing
expressed as a percentage
info/expertise more - c+ of population
rating
Detailed Issue Thirty-one
Detailed Issue Thirty
Regional Asset
Page 183 of 235
Improve and encourage drought
management strategies for property
owners, to ensure sustainable
management during droughts
water efficiency should target more
than irrigation areas and also local
government
TB 3.1,2.3 there must be
alternatives to DPI&F GLM package
. Govt agencies should not have a
monopoly, open market must apply.
Landholders must not have high cost
eg $1400 for DPI&F GLM Course in
addition to costs of changing land
use practices.
Detailed Issue Thirty-two
WR 9 needs expanding - reword to "Protection" of
riparian zones (rivercare works)" (1) why an
erosion study of high order streams? (2) sednet
modelling describes sediment 'hot-spots' (3) RCT
for WR9 does not spell out how the resource
condition will change (4) needs to consider
environmental weeds impacting on the water ways.
(5) basket-case waterway rehab (i) why target
remedial works at 50% of the worst areas over
10yrs does this mean that community groups
working in the 'good condition' riparian areas wait
10yrs for funding? (ii) how have these figures been
derived? (iii) need to promote 'titanic principle' of
river management (iv) need to promote 'risk
assessment' when considering riparian rehab of
sediment sources sites. (6) Far greater emphasis
of the NRM plan need to be places on riparian
rehab and protection, focussing on successful
existing extension programs such as MRCCC
"rivercare program" and the "Living with threatened
species program and "Corridors of green"
Land-slip issues not highlighted, sheet, rill and
gully erosion issues not highlighted
TB3.1,2.3 Biological systems can not be regulated
like engineering systems, there must be flexibility in
benchmarks. Science must be beyond reproach
and carefully communicated
Detailed Issue Thirty-three
Reduced
dependence of
reticulated water,
local government to
develop by-laws for
installation of rainwater tanks on
buildings
Provide Advice into town
planning schemes re: reuse of stormwater
Water
Resources
Strategies for the
abatement of the
drivers of alienation
of Good Quality Ag
Land
Soil condition issues need
to be expanded - soil
structure decline, acidity,
sodicity, organic matter
loss
Land
Resources
Regional Asset Detailed Issue ThirtyDetailed Issue
four
Thirty-five
Page 184 of 235
Water pricing should not
be used as a taxing system
to achieve water efficiency
or water saving
Restructure of agriculture
industries necessitated by
the projected transfer of
water consumption from
irrigated use to reticulated
urban supply
Detailed Issue Thirty-six
WR1.1 - multiple parties not
just agencies.
WR 5.1 currently held with
EPA though.
WR 6.1 completed in the
Mary.
WR 6.2 Acid Sulphate plan
for the Mary.
WR 7.1 and 7.2 should not
be restricted to the
irrigation areas.
WR 8.1, 8.2, 8.3
groundwater is an issue,
not just areas detailed in
the Plan (as identified in
Mary WRP) WR 9.2 define
significant
Ensuring that
environmental sustainability
is considered in relation to
emerging industries
Detailed Issue Thirtyseven
Water use efficiency (and
programs to address this) is also
an issue for the Mary River
Catchment.
Detailed Issue Thirty-eight
The use of 'tried and
tested' strategies can still
be used as a surrogate for
carrying out scientifically
rigorous data collection on
the condition of the
resource
Water quality monitoring
is not focused solely on
main trunk Mary River.
Gauging Stations and
Waterwatch volunteers
span the entire Mary
River Catchment
Water Resources
Land Resources
Ground water
monitoring networks
need to be
established
Page 185 of 235
Water Use Efficiency urban and rural areas (not
excluded to irrigation areas)
Urban stormwater needs to
be raised as an issue, and
strategies developed to
address or minimise affects
on the receiving
environment.
Detailed Issue Forty-eight
New Sectoral Issue
"rehabilitation of riparian sones
(rivercare works)" (a) targeting
areas that are contributing
most to sediment loads, while
recognizing 'sediment sinks'
and the need to avoid high risk
of failure areas (high cost/high
risk of failure areas) (b)
targeting areas that are
predicted, eg Sednet model, to
overwhelm reaches critical to
freshwater biodiversity
Detailed Issue Forty-three
Condition and trend
assessment (both in stream
and terrestrial) for riparian
health not highlighted as a
surrogate to monitor
improvement or decline in
resource condition of the
catchment.
Groundwater monitoring
initiatives needs to be
commenced in high risk
sub-catchments
Emerging industries need
BMP guidelines developed.
Existing industries have
had time to develop their
own BMP guidelines, even
if these have not been fully
implemented
Detailed Issue Fortytwo
WR8 (a) need to include
groundwater Monitoring
program in the Mary
River Catchment as
identified in the Mary
basin Water Resource
Plan
Detailed Issue Fortyseven
Detailed Issue
Forty-one
WR5.1 (a) the RCT
does not suggest
how this will improve
the resource
condition (b) what
BMP exists for pointsources; ie Sewage
treatment Plants they would currently
comply with EPQ
regulations
Detailed Issue Forty-six
WR1.1 (a) in conjunction
with line agencies? This
would be a multi-party team
to develop condition and
trend assessment, not just
agencies (b) will condition
and trend assessment occur
within 12 months if initiated
by agencies? (3) How will a
program of EV/WQO alter
the condition of the water
resource?
Regional Asset
Detailed Issue FortyDetailed Issue
four
Forty-five
Water Resources
Regional Asset
Detailed Issue Thirty-nine Detailed Issue Forty
Other / Miscellaneous
People think the short period for community consultation is criminal. The
community should be given more time to absorb the plan. BMRG
reinforced that the community has had opportunities to provide feedback in
the past. It was then pointed out that many landowners still do not know
what the BMRG actually is.
Local Government was excited about process but wanted information on
the process. How exactly do stakeholders become involved. BMRG
explained about the Weeds PAP and indicated that part of that PAP was to
talk to LGAs to find out what they want.
Page 186 of 235
Prioritisation process question raised regarding whether it would be based
on popular vote, if the community does not agree. BMRG would
incorporate community input and the Board votes on prioritisation, using
info from experts and staff. The Board ultimately carries responsibility but it
can be changed.
It was thought prioritisation was very good but had reservations. (1) are
regional inland communities going to police themselves out of existence.
For example, chemical usage on land. It was felt that the main focus
should be the quality of life of people inland and that they should be
compensated for improving the life of others. The concern inland people
have is that they will be the sacrificial lamb for the coastal people.
Compliance was considered an issue. BMRG stated that the plan was
about resourcing this generation to improve the quality of life of the future
generations. Others spoke about importance of compensation for
improving quality of life of people on the coast. One of the Directors
present indicated that this is a community body and that this is a chance for
the community to have thier say on these issues.
A community member indicated growers around the regions are not being
helped by government. People can import grain from other areas at a
cheap rate and the government does not prevent this. They wanted to know
if they will get support from the BMRG to pressure government. BMRG
Weed and Pest Management explained that it is our job to explain to government where community does
not agree with their discissions and indicated that it is BMRG's job to take a
holistic view and that may include influencing legislation. An example was
parthinium spread through stock feed.
Question of correctness of the information on the water extraction on the
river that will contain the Paradise Dam. Page 28 of 2a. The person felt that
70% extraction was incorrect. It was felt that it would be more like 70%
environmental flow. Deb indicated that we would look into this.
Issue 2
Concerns about HR in implementation phase. Inland does have a desire
but the capacity is not there. Only a few people ever step forward. It needs
to be put on the urban people that the need to support the inland more. It
was indicated the plan recognised this.
Draft NRM Plan Public Consultation Feedback Meeting in Gayndah December 2004
Issue 1
Much of the plan is driven by the need to protect the Barrier Reef. Who is
the scape goat if it fails. ie. The reef may go or climate change or other
things out of our control may make the plan untenable. It was indicated that
Community Capacity and the reef did not drive the plan. Volunteers may not be inclined to implement
works if they felt that the process would fail. A Director indicated that the
Partnerships
challenge for the BMRG is to convince the community to stick with us,
especially those that have been through the process and seen government
ignore evidence.
CMR CMD 1.2 (MA)CMD1F what does this mean? Concern about the
Coastal & Marine
possibility it could be a planting trees scenario.
Management
WR3.1 WR3A2 issue to do with pricing water. It was indicated that the
pricing structure did not encourage water use efficiency and that the
Water Quality and Equitable present system encouraged wastage because you could not save by using
Use
less. This was to fund SunWater. (NB: Like Ergon, most profit goes back to
the State government). It was noted NR&M had a discussion paper on
taxing water consumers.
A point was raised of Premiers announcement about western hard wood
resource being closed up over 7 years. It was suggested that water
allocation could be in a similar position. BMRG's role was to improve
government communication at all levels to help inform governments about
the views of stakeholders. BMRG are negotiating with the state
Sustainable Use
government on a range of issues. Weeds was also brought up as an issue.
Many of those present felt that it was a discrace that government does not
control weeds on State Land. A Director also indicated that he had been
trying to get government to take its role as a land manager on state land
seriously.
Action Program
What will happen to those that are not recognised
as partners in the plan. Will they miss out. BMRG
indicated that we would look to find all the players
to the best of our ability.
Issue 3
Issue 2
Draft NRM Plan Public Consultation Feedback Meeting in Maryborough December 2004
Weed and Pest
Management
Q: What are the mechanism of how groups will become
involved in the management actions with respect to the
expectations and commitments of partnerships?
A: This will depend on the capacity of groups. Some will go to
tender (technical management actions). Most will be agreed
through Working Groups - groups will be able to nominate their
involvement and agree on their work plans and
reporting/outputs against a budget.
Q: Is there a glossary of terms in any of the
volumes as the information is very technical?
A: Overall we have tried to keep technical
information to a minimum (except the Technical
Papers which are very technical). Coastal &
Marine has lots of Latin names, but this was in
response to a request by the Australian
Government in their feedback to the Draft NRM
Plan. Boxes are intended to provide definitions of
difficult terms.
Page 187 of 235
Q: Plans like this have become so complex - when
what needs to be stated is really quite simple. Do
Q: Will money be available for devolved grants to support
we need so much background information? It's a
technical information? N&DHA have been waiting for several beautiful presentation, but have BMRG done
years for technical support through the State Agencies?
overkill? Doesn't it confuse the issues?
A: Again this would depend on the specific management
A: These documents have only been provided to
action and whether the technical support fits within supported our members - the 14 page synopsis is the critical
activities/agreement from the Working Groups on the work
essence of the NRM Plan. The process was set by
plans.
the Government, and the background information
has been included to ensure a transparent
process.
BMRG have to be commended for the work that you have put
into this NRM Plan, but you will have to take a large number
of the community with you to achieve these outcomes. Could
Comment: If it hadn't been for us (community group) then you this process and NRM Plan have been made simpler to allow
would have missed a lot of the information in the Plan.
the community to be more fully engaged in the process?
A: Agreed, community involvement has been acknowledged as A: Agreed, but this process was defined for BMRG by the
an essential component in the development of this NRM Plan. Australian and State Governments. The full volumes have
only been provided to our members. The synopsis only is
available for public consultation to allow ready access by the
broader community.
Q: Timeframe for actions that have been identified as a
priority?
Q: Unless we get State agencies to undertake weeds and pest A: The timeframe is 1-3 years depending on the action.
management on public lands is there any use in BMRG
Some actions have a heavy reliance on State Government
undertaking any management actions with landholders?
involvement eg EV/WQO. Some actions are also progressive
A: This was also raised by the Board and will be part of our
and will lead into more investment once the initial funding
negotiations with the State Agencies as in-kind support.
period of 3 years has been completed (ie actions completed
by 2008). Once the 3 year budget is established then this
should rollout over the 3 years.
Biodiversity
Conservation
Other / Miscellaneous
Issue 3
Issue 4
Is there a logical flow of RIS in terms of
prioritisation? An example was worked through.
Action programs talk about actions yet
prioritisation has been done at the RCT level.
A: We will make explicit links in Action
Programs to RCT's.
Aquaculture industry - searched for aquaculture throughout the NRM Plan and found no positive references to aquaculture. Under the strict environmental guidelines in Queensland it is the most regulated discharge into
Queensland waterways (by DPI&F and EPA). Quote: Aquaculture provides less than 0.1% of nutrients to the GBR and therefore not a significant source of nutrients. Division of comments on the validity of this and discussion
on the potential impacts of aquaculture. Aquaculture effluent from the Noosa hatchery is cleaner than the water in Lake MacDonald - the water is discharged back into the lake and is used as a water supply. The water that the
aquaculture industry needs has to be clean. It doesn't follow . . . water comes out cleaner than it comes in? The plan doesn't recognise the potential importance of the aquaculture industry for the Burnett Mary region.
Hatcheries shouldn't necessarily be grouped with all aquaculture practices. Edited version made it look like all threats arose from prawns and scallops (oysters were in the original draft).
A: This feedback will be taken into consideration - Aquaculture could also feature as a sustainable land use in the Land Resources section. Recognition of players in the industry that are 'doing it right' will be included. Potential im
Issue 1
Q: Mary River Cod - how do Noosa & District Hatchery
BMRG talk about a threatened species working group - but
Association get funding through this group for their work with
this has already been in place for the Mary River Cod for
this species?
A: You will need to identify the
several years. Will the BMRG working group dilute the
management actions that cover the actions that need to be
impact / work of these existing groups?
undertaken - for example FB1.2 targets EVR species. Once
A: No, disagree as this will allow groups to share information
you identify yourself as a 'partner', then it will be these partners
and expertise.
that BMRG will contact to begin implementation.
Coastal & Marine
Management
Action Program
Appendix 5 Relevant Queensland Government Policy &
Legislation
Page 188 of 235
Table of Contents
1.
2.
3.
ABORIGINAL LAND ACT 1991 ............................................................................................. 190
BIOLOGICAL CONTROL ACT 1987 .................................................................................... 190
COASTAL PROTECTION AND MANAGEMENT ACT 1995 ............................................ 190
3.1. STATE COASTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ......................................................................................... 190
3.2. REGIONAL COASTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ................................................................................... 190
4.
ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION ACT 1994 ......................................................................... 191
4.1. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION (WATER) POLICY 1997................................................................ 191
5.
FISHERIES ACT 1994 .............................................................................................................. 192
6.
FORESTRY ACT 1959.............................................................................................................. 193
7.
INTEGRATED PLANNING ACT 1997.........................................................................................
7.1 WIDE BAY REGIONAL GROWTH MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK............................................................
7.2 SEQ REGIONAL PLAN .........................................................................................................................
8.
NATIVE TITLE (QUEENSLAND) ACT 1993........................................................................ 193
9.
NATURE CONSERVATION ACT 1992 ................................................................................. 193
10.
RECREATION AREAS MANAGEMENT ACT 1988 ........................................................... 194
11.
RURAL LANDS PROTECTION ACT 1985 .............. ERROR! BOOKMARK NOT DEFINED.
12.
SOIL CONSERVATION ACT 1986......................................................................................... 194
13.
VEGETATION MANAGEMENT ACT 1999.......................................................................... 194
14.
WATER ACT 2000 .................................................................................................................... 196
15.
LAND PROTECTION (PEST AND STOCK ROUTE MANAGEMENT) ACT 2002. ....... 196
Page 189 of 235
Legislation
Copies of Queensland’s current Acts and subordinate legislation (eg Regulations, Management Plans) can be
downloaded from http://www.legislation.qld.gov.au .
1. Aboriginal Land Act 1991
Provides for the grant, and claim of grant, of land as Aboriginal land (includes provisions for native title
interests of hunting, gathering and fishing).
2. Biological Control Act 1987
The Biological Control Act 1987 provides for biological control of agricultural pests for the protection of the
environment. This Act is jointly administered by the Department of Primary Industries and the Department
of Natural Resources and Mines.
The Act provides for the case of biological control agents to control agricultural pests through the declaration
of target organisms and the declaration and release of agent organisms to combat them.
The Act also establishes the Queensland Biological Control Authority and prescribes its powers and
functions.
The Act aims to provide a link with complementary legislation in the other States and the Northern Territory
to ensure a uniform approach to biological control throughout Australia
Source: http://www.dpi.qld.gov.au/biosecurity/4165.html#biological
3. Coastal Protection and Management Act 1995
The object of the legislation is to protect and manage Queensland's costal zone while allowing for
development that improves the total quality of life, now and in the future, in a way that maintains the
ecological processes on which life depends. This is to be achieved by an integrated approach to coastal
planning and development control consistent with the principles of ecological sustainable development. The
Act provides for the development of coastal management plans, both statewide and regional.
The State Coastal Management Plan (SCMP) and Regional Coastal Management Plans (RCMP) have the
effect of State Planning Policies under the Integrated Planning Act 1997 i.e. the SCMP and RCMPs must be
considered in development assessment and when making other plans such as local government planning
schemes, infrastructure and regional plans. (Source: Module 11 - Integrating Coastal and Marine Park
Management into Regional NRM Plans March 2004)
3.1. State Coastal Management Plan
The SCMP sets the State level direction and policy framework for coastal management. Broad-scale coastal
resources, their values and pressures impacting on those values are identified in Chapter 1. The SCMP
contains ten topic areas, each with a coastal management outcome, principles and policies. Topics of
relevance to NRM include:
x identifying areas of State significance for coastal management;
x targets for improving sewage treatment works that discharge to coastal waters;
x climate change issues as part of managing physical coastal processes;
x protecting coastal wetlands;
x retaining and managing vegetation in riparian corridors;
x rehabilitating, restoring and enhancing degraded coastal resources; and
x sharing information between government agencies and with industry and the community.
State and local governments must incorporate the SCMP in all planning and development assessment
decision-making. To meet the regional NRM plan accreditation criteria, NRM regional bodies must ensure
that the SCMP and any relevant RCMP measures are considered and complemented by NRM regional plans.
3.2. Regional Coastal Management Plan
Regional Coastal Management Plans (RCMPs) operate in conjunction with the State Coastal Plan and
include specific policies and information for the application of State Coastal Plan policies to geographic
areas. Regional coastal plans contain spatial information such as resource and interpretive maps. A RCMP
is, and has effect as, a State Planning Policy that local governments must incorporate into local government
planning schemes and development assessment.
Regional coastal plans define the boundaries of areas such as coastal management districts and key coastal
sites. The coastal management district identifies areas where the EPA has concurrence agency or assessment
manager powers for development assessment under the Integrated Planning Act 1997.
Key coastal sites guide decision makers to identify desired coastal management outcomes and provide
detailed information on coastal resources and values. The Wide Bay Coastal Management Plan has now
Page 190 of 235
commenced for the region with an anticipated completion date of June 2006. The SEQ Coastal Management
Plan is available for viewing at the below website.
The web site
www.epa.qld.gov.au/environmental_management/coast_and_oceans/coastal_management/regional_coastal_
management_plans identifies boundaries of RCMPs.
(Source: Module 11 - Integrating Coastal and Marine Park Management into Regional NRM Plans March
2004) at http://www.regionalnrm.qld.gov.au/planning/guidance/integration.html
4. Environment Protection Act 1994
This Act is to protect Queensland's environment while allowing for development that improves the total
quality of life, now and in the future, in a way that maintains ecological processes on which life depends.
This approach is termed 'ecologically sustainable development'.
Chapter 1 states that this is to be achieved by a cyclical integrated management program with four phases:
Phase 1 involves researching the state of the environment, including essential ecological processes, and
deciding those environmental values which are to be protected or achieved by consulting industry,
government departments and the community.
Phase 2 involves developing environmental protection policies which include indicators, standards, waste
minimisation and management advice, and promoting community involvement and responsibility.
Phase 3 implements and integrates environmental strategies into matters such as landuse planning and
managing natural resources, ensuring actions to protect environmental values from environmental harm,
monitoring contaminants in the environment, and requiring those causing environmental harm to pay costs
and penalties.
Phase 4 requires accountability including reviewing the impact of human activities, evaluating the efficiency
and effectiveness of environmental strategies, and reporting on the state of the environment.
The Act is to be administered as far as practicable in consultation with and having regard to the views and
interests of industry, Aborigines and Torres Strait Islanders, interested groups and persons and the
community generally.
The Act defines terms including environment, environmental value, contamination, contaminant, noise,
waste, environmental harm, environmental nuisance, material environmental harm, serious environmental
harm, and best practice environmental management.
The Act binds everyone including the Queensland Government and its agencies and, as far as legislative
power permits, the Commonwealth Government and other state governments.
Chapter 2 details the development, operation and review of environmental protection policies as in phase 2
above.
Chapter 3 covers environmental management. A key feature is the imposition of a general environmental
duty on all Queenslanders. Individuals undertaking any activity must take all reasonable and practicable
measures to prevent or minimise environmental harm.
The Act provides for two levels of 'environmentally relevant activities' based on the risk of environmental
harm from released contaminants. Level 1 activities must be licensed or receive an approval. Level 2
activities require an approval. The Integrated Planning Act 1997 provides for certain environmentally
relevant activities to receive development approvals under processes contained in that Act (IDAS) and the
Environmental Protection Act.
This chapter also provides detail about environmental authorities, evaluations, management programs and
protection orders, as well as financial assurances, contaminated land and environmental offences.
Chapter 4 details investigation and enforcement, including police powers to investigate noise complaints.
Chapter 5 covers legal proceedings.
Chapter 6 provides for devolution of certain powers. For example, responsibility for administering about 20
types of low level environmentally relevant activities is transferred to local government. This chapter also
covers other administrative matters including publication of a state of environment report at least every four
years.
Chapter 7 allows the Minister to approve codes of practice and details matters for which regulations can be
made. Chapter 8 covers repeals, amendments, savings and transitional matters.
4.1. Environmental Protection (Water) Policy 1997
This has the purpose of achieving the object of the Environmental Protection Act 1994 in relation to
Queensland waters.
The purpose is to be achieved by providing a framework for—
x identifying environmental values for Queensland waters;
x deciding and stating water quality guidelines and objectives to enhance the environmental values;
Page 191 of 235
x
making consistent and equitable decisions about Queensland waters that promote efficient use of
resources and best practice environmental management; and
x involving the community through consultation and education, and promoting community
responsibility.
Part 3 details the basic concepts including defining qualities from pristine water to suitability for industrial
use. It also covers indicators, guidelines, and procedures for sampling, measuring and analysing water
samples.
Part 4 sets management goals for waters.
Part 5 details management of activities including decision making, releases to land, water and groundwaters,
stormwater, artificial wetlands, biological controls, acid sulfate soils, facilities for ship waste, and
monitoring.
Part 6 details control of releases of certain sources of contamination such as from ships; making dumping
into a gutter, drain or water an offence; prohibition of build-up of sediment; and, use of on-site domestic
wastewater treatment systems.
Part 7 provides for the development and implementation of environmental plans for water including plans for
managing stormwater, sewage, trade waste, water conservation and for protection of surface and
groundwaters.
Part 8 covers some administrative functions including a strategy to educate and inform about water quality
management issues and ambient monitoring.
Part 9 provides for an assessment of policy performance.
Schedules list environmental values and objectives for Trinity Inlet waters and definitions.
Source: http://www.epa.qld.gov.au/about_the_epa/legislation/environmental_protection/
5. Fisheries Act 1994
The Department of Primary Industries and Forestry (DPI&F) has the statutory responsibility for
administering the Fisheries Act 1994 and the Fisheries Regulation 1995. These statutory processes stipulate
the conditions for ‘management, use, development and protection of fisheries resources and fish habitats, and
the management of aquaculture activities, and for related purposes’. The Act focuses predominantly on
ensuring the application of principles for ecologically sustainable development (ESD) in the use,
conservation and enhancement of the community’s fisheries resources and fish habitats.
Plans, policies, codes, guidelines, maps and other resources have been developed to assist in meeting the
management, use and protection objectives of the Fisheries Act 1994 and Fisheries Regulation 1995. These
resources have management and conservation foci.
5.1. Fish Habitat Areas
Fish habitats are fundamental to the sustainable management of fish species and marine plants. In order to
protect and conserve these habitats, the Fisheries Act 1994 has provisions for the declaration of Fish Habitat
Areas (FHAs). A FHA can be declared under Management ‘A’ (the highest level of protection) or
Management ‘B’.
FHA can be declared across the State, either coastal or freshwater. These Areas are based on fish habitat
diversity, biodiversity, and role as fish nurseries and shelter to support fisheries resources. Management
policies and measures have been developed for these declared Areas. These measures stipulate which
activities or uses are permitted in or adjacent to these Areas, and conditions associated with those activities.
For further information, refer to Table 1 at http://www.dpi.qld.gov.au/fishweb/10675.html .
5.2. Fisheries Management Plans
Fisheries Management Plans can be developed for fisheries, fish habitats, fish ways, fishery resources or
aquaculture. The overall intent of these plans is to ensure ecologically sustainable fisheries, including
economic sustainability and equitable access by different users. The plans stipulate the licensing, allocation,
and monitoring conditions for specific locations and/or species. To date, five Fisheries Management Plans
have been developed for different fisheries and/or fish resources across Queensland. These are:
x Fisheries (Freshwater) Management Plan 1999,
x Fisheries (East Coast Trawl) Management Plan 1999,
x Fisheries (Spanner Crab) Management Plan 1999,
x Fisheries (Gulf of Carpentaria Inshore Fin Fish) Management Plan 1999, and
x Fisheries (Coral Reef Fin Fish) Management Plan 2003.
Copies of these plans are available on http://www.legislation.qld.gov.au/Legislation.htm. The development
of an Inshore Fin Fish Fishery Management Plan on the East Coast is expected to commence in 2004.
Source: Integration of fisheries issues into Regional NRM Plans (Nov. 2003) from
http://www.regionalnrm.qld.gov.au/planning/guidance/integration.html accessed 12/08/04
Page 192 of 235
6. Forestry Act 1959
Provides for: forest reservations; the management, silvicultural treatment and protection of State forests; the
sale and disposal of forest products and quarry material; and, the property of the Crown on State forests,
timber reserves and other lands.
7. Integrated Planning Act 1997
Land use planning has a crucial role to play in the protection of areas of nature conservation value,
particularly through minimising the impacts of development. The legislative framework for land use
planning is provided by the Integrated Planning Act 1997 (IPA) which seeks to achieve ecological
sustainability by: coordinating and integrating planning at local, regional and State levels; managing the
process by which development occurs; and managing the effects of development on the environment
(including managing the use of premises).
Local governments are primarily responsible for landuse decision making and planning scheme preparation.
Planning schemes are statutory instruments that interpret ecological sustainability in the local context and
identify local environmental outcomes and ways to achieve those outcomes. They play a crucial role in the
protection and management of areas of nature conservation value as they are instruments for the
establishment of policy and procedure to guide the way land, buildings and structures are used and
developed. IPA provides the legislative framework for making, amending and reviewing planning schemes
and facilitates and encourages the use of planning schemes to integrate, resolve and express regional and
State level policy.
IPA requires planning schemes to achieve outcomes and focuses on planning scheme function rather than
form. Planning schemes must however identify broad desired environmental outcomes and contain measures
to achieve those outcomes. Planning scheme measures may include:
x broad and specific allocations of land for particular purposes;
x statements of desired physical outcomes (in relation to land use, works or lots) within specified
localities;
x statements of desired qualitative outcomes;
x statements of specific development standards or criteria to achieve particular outcomes;
x code provisions (performance based or prescriptive) applicable to certain development;
x statements about the nature of information desired for the assessment of particular forms of
development; and
x assignment of assessability (i.e. self assessable, code assessable and impact assessable).
IPA recognises that planning is a broad concept best implemented through a wide range of mechanisms and
instruments. While planning schemes are important tools for users outside of local government, they are just
one mechanism for planning. The regional planning mechanism is one of the most important planning
mechanisms recognised by IPA. There are opportunities for regional planning outcomes to inform the
planning scheme process. A Regional Nature Conservation Strategy (RNCS) for example, is a regional
planning tool which has direct application for local government planning schemes. A RNCS provides a
framework to assist local governments to identify areas of nature conservation significance and ensure that
these areas are sustainably managed through a range of strategies and actions.
In addition to planning schemes, there are opportunities for regional planning to inform a range of other
complementary planning processes and activities such as community nature conservation programs.
7.1. Wide Bay Regional Growth Management Framework
The Wide Bay Regional Growth Management Framework has been prepared under the direction of the Wide
Bay Regional Planning Advisory Committee (RPAC), and has been a collaborative effort involving Local
Governments, the State Government, and Business, Industry and Community sector groups present in the
region. The Plan is not a statutory instrument however it forms a key information source for all spheres of
government and the community as the principal regional strategy for guiding the management of population
growth and development in the Wide Bay region.
7.2. SEQ Regional Plan
The SEQ Regional Plan has been prepared under Part 5A of the Integrated Planning Act 1997 (IPA) as
amended by the Integrated Planning and Other Legislation Amendment Act 2004(IPOLAA 2004). The
legislation requires the identification of desired outcomes and policies and actions that achieve these
outcomes for the region. The Plan also details the region’s vision of spatial structure. The Plan is a statutory
instrument under the Statutory Instruments Act 1992 and a planning instrument under the IPA.
8. Native Title (Queensland) Act 1993
Recognizes and protects native title in Queensland.
9. Nature Conservation Act 1992
Page 193 of 235
The Act is based on principles to conserve biological diversity, ecologically sustainable use of wildlife,
ecologically sustainable development and international criteria developed by the World Conservation Union
(International Union for the Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources) for establishing and managing
protected areas.
The Act's object is the conservation of nature. This is to be achieved by an integrated and comprehensive
conservation strategy for the whole of Queensland involving matters including:
x gathering, researching and disseminating information on nature, identifying critical habitats and
areas of major interest, and encouraging the conservation of nature by education and co-operative
involvement of the community;
x dedication and declaration of areas representative of the biological diversity, natural features and
wilderness of Queensland as protected areas;
x managing protected areas;
x protecting native wildlife and its habitat;
x ecologically sustainable use of protected wildlife and areas;
x recognition of the interest of Aborigines and Torres Strait Islanders in nature and their co-operative
involvement in its conservation; and
x co-operative involvement of landholders.
The terms 'nature', 'conservation', 'biological diversity', 'ecological sustainable use', 'threatening process' and
'critical habitat' are among many defined by the Act.
The Act provides for, amongst other things:
x 11 classes of protected areas ranging from national parks (scientific), World Heritage management
and international agreement areas to national parks (Aboriginal land) and nature refuges and coordinated conservation areas involving private property;
x six classes of wildlife — presumed extinct, endangered, vulnerable (collectively known as
threatened wildlife), rare, common (these classes are collectively prescribed as protected wildlife),
international and prohibited wildlife (these classes relating to non-native species);
x the rights of Aborigines and Torres Strait Island people to hunt and gather protected wildlife for
traditional purposes;
x conservation plans that can allow for the ecologically sustainable taking and use of protected wildlife
from the wild for commercial or non-commercial purposes;
x development of codes of practice regarding keeping and using specific species of protected wildlife;
x controls on the commercial and non-commercial taking, keeping and use of wildlife; and,
x interim conservation orders to conserve, protect or manage wildlife, habitat or areas subject to a
threatening process likely to have significant detrimental effect.
Source: http://www.epa.qld.gov.au/about_the_epa/legislation/nature_conservation/
10. Recreation Areas Management Act 1988
The Act provides for the establishment and management of areas of Queensland as Recreation Areas. In the
BM Region, Fraser Island and Inskip Peninsula are managed by the Queensland Parks and Wildlife Service
on behalf of the Queensland Recreation Areas Management Board.
The Board aims to provide a wide range of opportunities for public recreation in natural environments and to
facilitate public appreciation, enjoyment and protection of resources in recreation areas. Economic objectives
are to provide for the co-ordination of recreation management as cost-effectively as possible and with
minimal economic burden on the Queensland community, subject to the maintenance of a broad range of
conservation and recreational values.
Recreation areas are partly managed on a user-pays basis. Visitors’ fees for camping and access are used to
help manage the recreation areas.
11. Soil Conservation Act 1986
Provides for the conservation of soil resources and the implementation of soil conservation measures by
landholders for the mitigation of soil erosion.
12. Vegetation Management Act 1999
Queensland’s tree clearing laws have been simplified by incorporating the tree clearing provisions of the
Land Act 1994 and the Vegetation Management Act 1999 into a single piece of legislation for both leasehold
and freehold land. The revised form of the Vegetation Management Act and its associated statutory Policy
and Codes aim to:
x conserve remnant ‘endangered’ and ‘of concern’ regional ecosystems
x prevent land degradation through clearing and the loss of biodiversity
Page 194 of 235
x manage the environmental effects of clearing
x reduce greenhouse emissions
Another important change in the legislation is that indigenous Deed of Grant In Trust (DOGIT) lands for
Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander purposes are no longer exempt from Queensland’s tree clearing laws.
The purpose of the Act is achieved mainly by providing for:
x Codes to be used for the assessment of vegetation clearing applications under the Integrated
Development Assessment Process (IDAS) of the Integrated Planning Act 1997;
x declaring areas for protection; and,
x the phasing out of broadscale clearing of remnant vegetation by 31 December 2006.
During the phase-out period, there is a transitional clearing cap of 500,000 hectares. Once existing
applications are assessed, those approved will be deducted from the cap. The balance of the cap will then be
allocated in a ballot, in which landholders will have their final opportunity to apply for broadscale clearing of
remnant vegetation in Queensland.
A financial assistance package is being developed to help landholders affected by these changes.
The State Vegetation Management Policy was adopted under the Act in May 2004. Its purpose is to regulate
the clearing of vegetation through codes that take account of regional natural resource diversity within a
consistent statewide framework. Assessments for clearing applications must have regard to both the Policy
and the relevant Codes.
Additionally, the policy specifies outcomes to be achieved under various headings. Note: terms in italics
have specific statutory meanings.
4. The conservation of biodiversity
4.1. Maintaining the conservation status of regional ecosystems by not permitting clearing that
would result in a change to the remnant of concern or remnant not of concern status of a
regional ecosystem.
4.2. Conserving remnant endangered and remnant of concern regional ecosystems by not permitting
clearing that further reduces the remnant extent of the endangered and of concern regional
ecosystems.
4.3. Conserving areas shown category 1 areas and category 2 areas on a property map of assessable
vegetation.
4.4. Retention of at least 30% of the pre-clearing extent of remnant vegetation within a bioregion.
4.5. Conserving remnant not of concern by the phasing out of broadscale clearing of remnant
vegetation.
4.6. Conserving viable networks of wildlife habitat.
4.7. Conserving wetlands, lakes, springs, watercourses and adjacent habitat.
5. The maintenance of ecological processes
5.1. Maintaining the ecological integrity and physical stability of landscapes, including
watercourses, wetlands and associated habitat.
5.2. Retaining vegetation to assist the maintenance of the hydrological cycle, surface and
groundwater quality and quantity and ground water levels.
5.3. Retaining vegetation to protect land from soil erosion, salinity and other forms of land
degradation caused by clearing.
5.4. Conserving viable networks of wildlife habitat.
6. The reduction of GreenhouseGas emissions
6.1. Reducing greenhouse gas emissions due to vegetation clearing by 20–25 megatonnes per year
by 2008 through the phasing out of broadscale clearing of remnant vegetation by 31 December
2006.
7. The management of the environmental effects of clearing to achieve the Act’s purpose.
7.1. Providing for clearing and the environmental effects of clearing to be limited to achieve the
outcomes 4.1 to 4.3 through the conditional approval or refusal of applications for clearing.
7.2. Considering, as part of assessment of applications, both the short and longterm environment
effects of development at local, regional, state and wider levels.
7.3. Applying the precautionary principle1 in decision making, to achieve the outcomes 4.1 to 4.3.
1
The precautionary principle is the principle that lack of full scientific certainty should not be used as a
reason for postponing a measure to prevent degradation of the environment if there are threats of serious
or irreversible environmental damage;
Source: State Policy for Vegetation Management (May 2004) at www.nrme.qld.gov.au/vegetation
accessed 19/08/04
Page 195 of 235
The purpose of the policy is to regulate the clearing of vegetation through codes that take account of regional
natural resource diversity within a consistent statewide framework. Assessments for clearing applications
must have regard to both the Policy and the relevant Codes.
13. Water Act 2000
Provides for rights in water, the measurement and management of water, the construction, control and
management of works with respect to water conservation and protection, irrigation and water supply,
drainage, flood control and prevention, improvement of the flow in or changes to the courses of
watercourses, lakes and springs; and protecting and improving the physical integrity of watercourses, lakes
and springs. The Act controls the removal of native vegetation in creeks and rivers (non-tidal watercourses)
across all tenures, through a permit system administered by NR&M.
The Act also provides for the establishment of the following Plans which are mainly concerned with the
sustainable allocation, management and use of water.
13.1.
Water Resource Plans (WRPs) - are basin or catchment wide plans prepared to provide
the statutory framework for allocating and managing water for both human use and environmental
flow requirements. WRPs include environmental flow and water allocation security objectives as
well as providing the platform for tradeable water allocations in the catchment. (NR&M Qld , 2004)
In the development of WRPs the Minister must also consider Environmental Values established
under the Environmental Protection (Water) Policy (1997). NR&M and EPA are currently
collaborating on integrating water quality considerations more closely with water quantity issues in
the WRP process.
13.2.
Resource Operations Plans (ROPs) – are basin or catchment wide plans which provide the
‘operational’ statutory framework for implementing the Water Resource Plans. They include
arrangements for converting existing entitlements to tradeable water allocations, and define water
sharing and flow management rules, water trading rules, infrastructure operating rules, and
ecosystem and water monitoring practices.
13.3.
Water Use Plans (WUPs) – these regional or district scale statutory plans can be prepared
in areas to address risks of natural resource degradation arising from water use practices in that area.
The water use plans may set water use practice standards to address issues like rising groundwater,
deteriorating water quality, soil erosion in the area or soil and water degradation due to
contamination/salinisation particularly from irrigation practices.
13.4.
Land and Water Management Plans (LWMP)– these property-scale plans describe how a
property’s land and water are to be managed in order to minimise on and off-site impacts to land
and water resources. These plans, prepared by the property-owner, are required prior to trading in
water allocations or where new water allocations are purchased or leased. The plans might address
issues such as water use efficiency, drainage, recycling, cropping practices and biodiversity and
cultural heritage conservation. A LWMP may also be required in an area where a Water Use Plan is
in place. Conversely, a WUP may alleviate the need for LWMPs within an area.
Source: NR&M Qld (2004) Supporting Integration of Water Planning & Regional NRM Plans &
Arrangements, www.nrm.qld.gov.au/wrp/index.html accessed 16/08/04
14. Land Protection (Pest and Stock Route Management) Act 2002.
The above Act:
x provides for management of the stock route network through development of the Queensland Stock
Route Network Management Strategy, and through Local Government Area Stock Route Network
Management Planning;
x regulates travel and agistment of stock on relevant land by providing for the issuing of permits;
x declares pest plant and animal species and provides a framework for their management and control;
and,
x provides for the development of statutory Local Government Area Pest Management Plans. The
purpose of Pest Management Plans is to provide strategic direction and an action plan for Local
Governments and other local stakeholders to meet their pest management responsibilities within
a Local Government Boundary.
Declaration of a species as a pest under the Act imposes a legal responsibility for control on all landowners
for land under their management. Large land owning state agencies are also required to develop and
implement pest management plans.
Sources: Fact sheets QNRME01274 and 01218, NR&M Pest Management Guidelines
www.nrm.qld.gov.au/pests/legislation/guidelines/html ,
http://www.nrme.qld.gov.au/land/stockroutes/legislation.html, and www.weeds.org.au.
Page 196 of 235
Appendix 6 Relevant Australian Government Policy and Legislation
Page 197 of 235
Table of Contents
SYNOPSIS OF AUSTRALIAN GOVERNMENT POLICIES AND PROGRAMS ..............................................199
GENERIC POLICY AND PROGRAMS ....................................................................................................199
1.
Natural Heritage Trust (NHT).....................................................................................199
2.
National Action Plan for Salinity and Water Quality (NAP).......................................199
3.
National NRM Guidelines (ANZECC and NRMMC)...................................................199
4.
National Framework for NRM Standards and Targets ...............................................200
5.
National NRM Monitoring and Evaluation Framework..............................................201
6.
National NRM Accreditation Criteria (and guidelines) ..............................................201
6.
National Capacity Building Framework .....................................................................202
7.
Natural Resources Information Management Toolkit .................................................202
8.
Seven Matters of National Environmental Significance ..............................................202
8.1.
8.2.
8.3.
8.4.
8.5.
8.6.
World Heritage Properties ......................................................................................................... 203
Ramsar wetlands of international significance........................................................................... 203
Nationally Listed Threatened Species and Ecological Communities......................................... 203
Listed Migratory Species ........................................................................................................... 204
Australian Government Marine Areas ....................................................................................... 204
National Weeds Strategy............................................................................................................ 205
BIODIVERSITY – POLICY AND PROGRAMS .........................................................................................205
9.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 ..............................205
10.
Native Title Act 1993 ...................................................................................................205
11.
Nationally Listed Threatening Processes ....................................................................206
12.
Recovery Plans for Threatened Species and Ecological Communities .......................206
13.
Threat Abatement Plans to Reduce the Impact of Key Threatening Processes ...........206
14.
Weeds/Pests/Ferals of National Significance ..............................................................207
18.
National Biodiversity Hotspots....................................................................................207
15.
National Objectives and Targets for the Conservation of Australia’s Biodiversity 2001-2005
.....................................................................................................................................208
16.
National Biodiversity and Climate Change Action Plan .............................................209
18.
National Approach to Firewood Collection and Use in Australia ..............................209
19.
National Strategy for Ecologically Sustainable Development....................................210
WATER – POLICY AND PROGRAMS ...................................................................................................210
20.
National Water Quality Management Strategy (NWQMS)..........................................210
21.
COAG Water Reform Framework ...............................................................................211
22.
National Recreational Fishing Policy and Recreational Fishing Codes of Conduct ..211
23.
Wetlands Policy of the Australian Government of Australia.......................................212
24.
Waterwatch..................................................................................................................212
25.
Coastal Catchments Initiative .....................................................................................212
COASTS – POLICY AND PROGRAMS ...................................................................................................212
26.
Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act 1975 ..................................................................212
27.
National Cooperative Approach to Integrated Coastal Zone Management (under development)
.....................................................................................................................................212
28.
Reef Water Quality Protection Plan ............................................................................213
29.
Great Barrier Reef Wetlands Program........................................................................213
30.
National System for Prevention and Management of Introduced Marine Pests..........214
31.
Australia’s Oceans Policy ...........................................................................................214
SUSTAINABLE LAND MANAGEMENT.................................................................................................214
32.
National Dryland Salinity Program ............................................................................214
33.
Managing Climate and Variability Program...............................................................215
34.
Agriculture – Advancing Australia (in particular FarmBis) .......................................215
35.
Plantations for Australia: the 2020 Vision ..................................................................215
36.
Australia’s National Framework for EMS in Agriculture ...........................................216
37.
EMS National Implementation Plan............................................................................216
38.
Australian Government Agricultural Portal................................................................216
39.
National Principles and Guidelines for Rangeland Management ...............................217
INDIGENOUS ENGAGEMENT ..............................................................................................................217
40.
COAG Reconciliation agenda .....................................................................................217
LOCAL GOVERNMENT ENGAGEMENT ...............................................................................................218
41.
National Local Government Biodiversity Strategy ......................................................218
Page 198 of 235
Synopsis of Australian Government Policies and Programs
Australian Government Policies and Programs provide a national direction for natural resource management.
They outline measures, frameworks, standards and targets to protect, maintain and enhance Australia’s
environment and natural resources.
The National Action Plan for Salinity and Water Quality (NAPSWQ) and the Natural Heritage Trust (NHT),
in particular, set the context for the development and implementation of regional NRM plans.
Many other plans and policy documents also exist, which must also be brought into consideration when
developing and implementing regional NRM plans.
The following is a list of Australian Government Legislation, Policies and Programs that can be used as a
quick reference for locating information relative to each policy and program.
Generic Policy and Programs
1. Natural Heritage Trust (NHT)
Webpage (s): www.nht.gov.au/
Purpose:
The Natural Heritage Trust (NHT), is jointly administered by Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry Australia
(AFFA), and Environment Australia (EA) and was established in 1997. The NHT is essentially a funding
program that commits $2.7 billion to help restore and conserve Australia's environment and natural
resources. The first phase of the NHT has invested $1.4 billion in environmental programs. The second
phase has now commenced, extending the program to 2006-07 with an additional $1 billion in funding.
Rivers, coasts and wetlands are a major focus of the NHT with a National Wetlands Program being an
initiative of the first phase. Wetland commitments will now be met through the four program areas of the
second phase, these are: Rivercare, Bushcare, Landcare and Coastcare.
Related Policy, Programs and Sites:
Landcare
www.landcareaustralia.com.au/
Coastcare
www.ea.gov.au/coasts/coastcare/
2. National Action Plan for Salinity and Water Quality (NAP)
Webpage (s): www.napswq.gov.au/
Purpose:
The National Action Plan for Salinity and Water Quality (NAPSWQ) was established by the agreement of
the Council of Australian Governments in 2000. Administered by AFFA, the NAPSWQ incorporates the
Australian Government’s proposed framework for protecting, maintaining and enhancing natural resources
in rural Australia.
The NAPSWQ aims to set targets and standards for water quality and salinity which will be met through
community based, regional management plans. These plans are expected to include actions for the protection
and rehabilitation of waterways.
The regional plans will incorporate existing statutory processes such as regional coastal management
planning and water resource plans. Implementation of the regional natural resource management plans will
be through a wide range of mechanisms, from local government planning schemes and budget allocations, to
adoption of industry best management practice. Substantial funding is available through the NAPSWQ to
assist in the setting and achieving of salinity and water quality targets.
3. National NRM Guidelines (ANZECC and NRMMC)
Australian and New Zealand Environment Conservation Council (ANZECC) and Natural Resource
Management Ministerial Council (NRMMC)
Between 1991 and 2001, ANZECC provided a forum for member governments to exchange information and
experience and develop coordinated policies in relation to national and international environment and
conservation issues. Since 2001, ANZECC has been replaced by the Natural Resource Management
Ministerial Council (See http://www.mincos.gov.au ).
ANZECC was a non-statutory Ministerial Council and included members at Ministerial level from State,
Territory and National Governments including representatives from New Guinea and New Zealand.
ANZECC produced a range of publications arising from its work program. These documents are now
available through NRMMC.
The National Water Quality Management Strategy series aims to achieve the sustainable use of Australia's
water resources by protecting and enhancing their quality, while maintaining their economic and social
development. The Strategy consists of a series of policy documents and guidelines which will help water
Page 199 of 235
authorities, environment protection agencies, catchment managers and local communities to manage the
quality of the nation's water resources in a sustainable way.
National Water Quality Management Strategy Guideline Documents
Policies and Process for Water Quality Management
Water Quality Management - An Outline of the Policies (1994)
Policies and Principles - A Reference Document (1994)
Implementation Guidelines (1998)
Water Quality Benchmarks
Australian and New Zealand Guidelines for Fresh and Marine
Water Quality (2000)
Australian Drinking Water Guidelines - Summary (1996)
Australian Drinking Water Guidelines (NHMRC/ARMCANZ)
(1996 amended 2001)
Australian Guidelines for Water Quality Monitoring &
Reporting (2000)
Groundwater Management
Guidelines for Groundwater Protection in Australia (1995)
Future Strategic Directions for the Management of Dryland Salinity: In the context of developing a national
policy for natural resource management (March 2000): This report presents a review of current approaches
and achievements in dryland salinity management and some key principles and recommended approaches
from which governments can draw in developing their policy responses to dryland salinity.
Management of Coastal Acid Sulfate Soils - A National Strategy (August 1999): Acid sulfate soils are
widely distributed around the Australian coastline. Poorly managed, they can produce enormous quantities of
sulfuric acid with serious impacts on water quality, aquatic systems, urban infrastructure and primary
industries such as fisheries, aquaculture and agriculture. This Strategy provides a framework for
governments, industry and the community to manage development on these soils. It seeks an integrated and
coordinated approach to management. It also provides general background about the impacts of acid
drainage water.
National Principles and Guidelines for Rangeland Management (April 1999): The Principles and Guidelines
bring together diverse interests in industry and the environment, and also reflect community issues. The
focus of the document is on sustainable management of Australia's rangelands which represent some of our
most sensitive ecosystems and support diverse industries and communities, including Australia's important
pastoral industries. It identifies a need for rangeland communities to develop regional strategies which
address the full range of social, cultural, aesthetic, economic and environmental issues they face. Copies can
be obtained by ringing 1800 803 772.
National Weeds Strategy (June 1997): The Strategy provides the mechanism to reduce the impact of weeds
on the sustainability of Australia's productive capacity and natural ecosystems. It proposes three goals: to
prevent the development of new weed problems; to reduce the impact of existing weed problems of national
significance; and to provide cost efficient and effective means of harnessing national action and weed
management. For further information or copies of the Strategy contact nht.weeds@daff.gov.au.
For more information on these guidelines visit the Australian Government Department of Agriculture,
Fisheries and Forestry or the Australian Government Department of Environment and Heritage websites.
Source: http://www.mincos.gov.au/nwqms_docs.htm and http://www.deh.gov.au/pcepd/anzecc
4. National Framework for NRM Standards and Targets
Webpage (s):
http://www.affa.gov.au/content/publications.cfm?ObjectID=42F63870-82E8-4210-BADA8A37D0102013
http://www.deh.gov.au/nrm/monitoring/standards/
http://www.regionalnrm.qld.gov.au/planning/national/index.html
Purpose:
The National Framework is to establish the principles and requirements for natural resource management
standards and targets, to guide investment through national natural resource management programs,
particularly investment through integrated regional NRM plans under the National Action Plan for Salinity
and Water Quality and the Natural Heritage Trust.
Page 200 of 235
The National Action Plan for Salinity and Water Quality
5. National NRM Monitoring and Evaluation Framework
Webpage (s):
http://www.affa.gov.au/content/publications.cfm?ObjectID=129596A4-E41C-4247-AB3844495642F0F0
http://www.deh.gov.au/nrm/monitoring/evaluation/framework.html
http://www.regionalnrm.qld.gov.au/planning/national/index.html
Purpose:
The Natural Resource Management Ministerial Council has established the National Natural Resource
Management Monitoring and Evaluation Framework (National Framework) to assess progress towards
improved natural resource condition through the development of accurate, cost-effective and timely
information on the:
x health of the nation's land, water, vegetation and biological resources; and
x performance of programs, strategies and policies that provide national approaches to the conservation,
sustainable use and management of these resources.
The National Framework is based on a set of principles for the monitoring, evaluation and reporting on
natural resource condition. It also provides a set of indicators for assessing change in resource condition and
program performance.
The arrangements for monitoring and evaluation will be outlined in the NHT and NAP Bilateral Agreements
developed between the Australian Government and each State/Territory, and will require each State/Territory
to develop a Monitoring and Evaluation Implementation Plan. Effective monitoring and evaluation
arrangements will also need to be in place at the regional level, as this is a requirement for the accreditation
of regional NRM plans.
The National Action Plan for Salinity and Water Quality
6. National NRM Accreditation Criteria (and guidelines)
Webpage (s):
Framework for NRM Plan Accreditation
http://www.nrm.gov.au/national/accredframe.html
Accreditation of Integrated Catchment/Regional NRM Plans
http://www.nrm.gov.au/national/accredcriteria.html
Purpose:
The Australian and State/Territory Governments have agreed to support integrated natural resource
management across Australia through the development of accredited regional plans that identify regional
priorities and establish a framework for investment in action.
Plans are accredited using criteria agreed by the Australian and States/Territory Governments through the
Natural Resource Management Ministerial Council in May 2002.
Key elements of the accreditation criteria require regional bodies to demonstrate that their plans:
x cover the full range of natural resource management issues;
x are underpinned by scientific analysis of natural resource conditions, problems and priorities;
x have effective involvement of all key stakeholders in plan development and implementation;
x focus on addressing the underlying causes rather than symptoms of problems;
x include strategies to implement agreed natural resource management policies to protect the natural
resource base;
x demonstrate consistency with other planning processes and legislative requirements applicable to the
region;
x set targets at the regional scale, consistent with the national framework for natural resource
management standards and targets;
x identify strategic, prioritised and achievable actions to address the range of natural resource
management issues and achieve the regional targets: this includes an evaluation of the wider social
economic and environmental impacts of such actions and of any actions needed to address such
impacts; and
x provide for continuous development, monitoring, review and improvement of the plan.
Page 201 of 235
6. National Capacity Building Framework
Webpage (s):
http://www.affa.gov.au/corporate_docs/publications/word/nrm/landcare/capacity-building-framework.doc
http://www.affa.gov.au/content/output.cfm?ObjectID=7AB47618-E7BE-4823-8E98346A6D93EFF1
Purpose:
Natural resource management is largely about people and the decisions they make. Decisions that lead to
sustainable use of our natural resources are becoming increasingly complex and involve difficult trade-offs
between alternative land uses – and users – at local, regional and national levels. Reaching the best possible
decisions depends on human and social capital – that is, the stock of skills and understanding we have as
individuals, and also the networks and partnerships that exist between people and organisations.
Capacity building for sustainable natural resource management goes beyond enhancing skills and knowledge
through training and provision of technical advice. It focuses on enhancing genuine community engagement
in all aspects of natural resource management, from planning to on-ground actions. Therefore, in addition to
the transfer of technology and technical capability, capacity building should foster social cohesion within
communities, and build both human and social capital.
The National capacity building framework provides an agreed reference point for Federal, State and
Territory jurisdictions when planning and implementing capacity building investments concerning natural
resource management.
The Framework has four pillars:
x Awareness of the condition of the environment and how that affects one’s community and
economy.
x Knowledge and information to manage natural resources sustainably.
x Skills to develop and implement actions to achieve sustainable natural resource management.
x Facilitation to engage communities and build the social capital needed to negotiate trade-offs.
Participants in Capacity Building
The participants in capacity building are those involved with natural resource management and planning,
including:
x Regional integrated NRM groups and key stakeholder groups;
x Landholders, their representatives and other resource users;
x Indigenous communities;
x Regional and local community-based groups and organisations;
x Scientific and research organisations;
x Local, State and Australian Government agencies and elected representatives; and
x NRM service providers and managers, including facilitators and coordinators
x Technical and financial advisers and consultants.
The National Action Plan for Salinity and Water Quality:
http://www.napswq.gov.au/
Natural Heritage Trust:
http://www.nht.gov.au/index.html
7. Natural Resources Information Management Toolkit
Webpage (s):
http://www.nlwra.gov.au/toolkit/contents.html
Purpose:
Prepared by National Land & Water Resources Audit and ANZLIC – the Spatial Information Council to
assist regional natural resources management groups discover, access, visualise and manage their data and
information. The Toolkit has been developed in close cooperation with all jurisdictions and has been targeted
at regional groups to build capacity and facilitate the two-way flow of data and information. The Toolkit can
be used as a text book document, teaching aid or as a series of stand-alone modules.
8. Seven Matters of National Environmental Significance
The ‘seven matters of national environmental significance’ is one of the broad areas of jurisdiction created
by the Environmental Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (EPBC Act). Other jurisdictions
created by the EPBC Act include: Australian Government areas and actions; and biodiversity conservation
measures, such as, the protection of the listed marine species and cetaceans (e.g. Whales) and international
trade in wildlife. Six of the seven matters are discussed below. ‘Nuclear actions’ has been excluded as it is
not considered of particular relevance to the BM region.
Page 202 of 235
8.1. World Heritage Properties
Webpage(s):
http://www.deh.gov.au/heritage/worldheritage/awhbook.html#foreword
Australian location map:
http://www.deh.gov.au/heritage/worldheritage/index.html
Purpose:
Heritage is our legacy from the past, what we live with today, and what we pass on to future generations.
What makes the concept of World Heritage exceptional is its universal application. World Heritage sites
belong to all the peoples of the world, irrespective of the territory in which they are located.
It is the universal quality of world heritage sites, transcending national identities that make, for example,
a World Heritage site in Egypt belong equally to Egyptians and to the peoples of Indonesia, Argentina or
Australia.
These qualities are expressed in the Convention concerning the Protection of the World Cultural and
Natural Heritage (the World Heritage Convention). States that have signed the Convention recognise that
the sites located in their territory, and which have been inscribed on the World Heritage List without
prejudice to national sovereignty or ownership, constitute a world heritage 'for whose protection it is the
duty of the international community as a whole to cooperate'.
Without the support of the Convention, some sites with recognised cultural or natural value would
deteriorate or, worse, disappear, often through lack of funding to preserve them. States Parties to the
Convention contribute the necessary financial and intellectual resources to protect World Heritage sites.
By December 2000, 161 countries had signed the Convention and 690 properties had been included on
the World Heritage List.
Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade (version):
x http://www.dfat.gov.au/facts/world_heritage.html
x http://www.deh.gov.au/heritage/worldheritage/convention.html
x http://whc.unesco.org/ab_conve.htm
x http://whc.unesco.org/wldrat.htm
x http://whc.unesco.org/pg.cfm
8.2. Ramsar wetlands of international significance
Webpage (s):
x http://www.deh.gov.au/epbc/assessmentsapprovals/nes/ramsar.html
Purpose:
The broad aim of the Convention on Wetlands (Ramsar, Iran, 1971) is to halt the worldwide loss of
wetlands and to conserve those that remain through wise use and management. This requires
international cooperation, policy making, capacity building and technology transfer.
The implementation of the Convention on Wetlands is guided by its mission statement, which is 'the
conservation and wise use of wetlands, by national action and international cooperation as a means to
achieving sustainable development throughout the world.' This means ensuring that activities which
might affect wetlands will not lead to the loss of biodiversity or diminish the many ecological,
hydrological, cultural or social values of wetlands.
The Convention was signed by representatives of eighteen nations at a small Iranian town called Ramsar
in 1971. The Ramsar Convention, as it has become commonly known, was the first intergovernmental
treaty between nations for the conservation of natural resources. Australia was one of the first nations to
become a Contracting Party to the Convention. There are now more than 135 Contracting Parties to the
Convention who have designated more than 1200 wetland sites throughout the world to the Ramsar List
of Wetlands of International Importance.
Guidelines for the Implementation of the Wise Use Concept
http://www.ramsar.org/key_guide_wiseuse_e.htm
8.3. Nationally Listed Threatened Species and Ecological Communities
Webpage (s):
List of Threatened Fauna
x http://www.deh.gov.au/cgi-bin/sprat/public/publicthreatenedlist.pl?wanted=fauna
List of Threatened Flora
x http://www.deh.gov.au/cgi-bin/sprat/public/publicthreatenedlist.pl?wanted=flora
Page 203 of 235
Listing since commencement of EPBC Act
x http://www.deh.gov.au/biodiversity/threatened/species/listings-todate.html
List of Threatened Ecological Communities
x http://www.deh.gov.au/cgi-bin/sprat/public/publiclookupcommunities.pl
Purpose:
Australia is home to more than one million species, many of which are found nowhere else in the world.
About 85 per cent of flowering plants, 84 per cent of mammals, more than 45 per cent of birds, and 89
per cent of inshore, temperate-zone fish are endemic - that is they are only found in Australia.
Changes to the landscape and native habitat as a result of human activity has put many of these unique
species at risk. Over the last two hundred years many species of plants and animals have become extinct.
For the other species of plants and animals whose survival is threatened a range of management and
conservation measures are in place. The Australian Government is working in partnership with state,
territory and local governments, non-government organisations, tertiary institutions and community
groups to ensure the protection of our native species.
The Australian Government mechanism for national environment protection and biodiversity
conservation is the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (EPBC Act). The
EPBC Act provides for:
x identification and listing of Threatened Species and Threatened Ecological Communities;
x development of Recovery Plans for listed species and ecological communities;
x recognition of Key Threatening Processes; and where appropriate
x reducing these processes through Threat Abatement Plans.
The EPBC Act has provisions for the public nomination of species and ecological communities for
listing. Nominations are assessed by the Threatened Species Scientific Committee.
The EPBC Act also allows for the development of a Register of Critical Habitat.
In addition to the requirements of the EPBC Act the development of action plans and conservation
overviews, which provide information on the status of a large group of related organisms, may assist in
the listing of threatened species and ecological communities.
Revised Recovery Plan Guidelines
x http://www.deh.gov.au/biodiversity/threatened/recovery/guidelines/introduction.html
x http://scaleplus.law.gov.au/html/pasteact/3/3295/top.htm
8.4. Listed Migratory Species
Webpage (s):
x http://www.deh.gov.au/biodiversity/migratory/list.html
Purpose:
The Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (EPBC Act), in force from 16 July
2000, enhances the management and protection of Australia's listed migratory species.
Australia's listed migratory species are animal species that listed under the:
x Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals (Bonn Convention) and for
which Australia is a Range State under the Convention;
x Agreement between the Government of Australia and the Government of the People's Republic of
China for the Protection of Migratory Birds and their Environment (CAMBA); and/or
x Agreement between the Government of Australia and the Government of Japan for the Protection of
Migratory Birds and Birds in Danger of Extinction and their Environment (JAMBA).
Listed migratory species also include all native species listed under any other relevant international
agreement that may be approved by the Australian Government Minister for Environment and Heritage
in the future.
A key innovation of the EPBC Act is that it provides for Australian Government assessment and
approval of actions that are likely to have a significant impact on a listed migratory species.
Related Policy and Programs:
Listed migratory species are:
x http://www.deh.gov.au/epbc/assessmentsapprovals/nes/migratory.html
8.5. Australian Government Marine Areas
Webpage (s):
Page 204 of 235
x http://www.deh.gov.au/epbc/assessmentsapprovals/nes/marine.html
Purpose:
The Australian Government marine area is any part of the sea, including the waters, seabed, and
airspace, within Australia's exclusive economic zone and/or over the continental shelf of Australia, that
is not State or Northern Territory waters. Generally, the Australian Government marine area stretches
from three miles to two hundred nautical miles from the coast.
http://scaleplus.law.gov.au/html/pasteact/3/3295/top.htm
8.6. National Weeds Strategy
Webpage (s):
x http://www.affa.gov.au/content/publications.cfm?ObjectID=C117755C-7C09-422183BE018505D256C5
x http://www.nrme.qld.gov.au/planning/plans/weed_strat_national.html
x www.weeds.org.au
Purpose:
The purpose of the National Weed Strategy is to reduce the harmful impact of weeds on the sustainability of
Australia’s productive capacity and natural ecosystems.
The Strategy addresses:
x Weed problems of national significance, in particular, weed problems that threaten the profitability or
sustainability of Australia's principal primary industries;
x Weed problems impacting on conservation areas and environmental resources of national
significance;
x Weed problems which are a major threat to Australia's biodiversity; and,
x Weed problems where remedial action may be required across several States and Territories.
Under this Strategy, twenty ‘Weeds of National Significance’ have been identified and national strategies
published for each of the weed species.
Weeds of National Significance
x http://www.nrme.qld.gov.au/pests/wons/index.html
Biodiversity – Policy and Programs
9. Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Website (s):
x http://www.deh.gov.au/epbc/index.html
Purpose:
The purpose of the Act is:
(a) to promote ecologically sustainable development through the conservation and ecologically sustainable
use of natural resources;
(b) to promote the conservation of biodiversity; and
(c) to assist in the co-operative implementation of Australia's international environmental responsibilities.
The EPBC Act is the key statute for implementing Australia’s commitments to international conventions.
The two main mechanisms employed by the Act to achieve its objectives are a system of development
assessments and approvals and a system for the identification, protection and recovery of threatened
biodiversity.
x http://www.edo.org.au/edonsw/site/factsh/factsheet2a.asp
10. Native Title Act 1993
Website (s):
x http://www.atns.net.au/biogs/A000178b.htm
Purpose:
The Native Title Act 1993 (NT Act), came into operation on 1 January 1994 and serves three main functions:
1. validating past acts in relation to native title;
2. providing for the recognition and protection of existing native title; and
3. regulating future dealings with native title;
Page 205 of 235
The Australian Government is responsible for the Native Title Act 1993 with a number of important
functions performed by the Native Title Tribunal.
11. Nationally Listed Threatening Processes
Website (s):
Listed Key Threatening Processes
x http://www.deh.gov.au/cgi-bin/sprat/public/publicgetkeythreats.pl
Further Information on Key Threatening Processes
x http://www.deh.gov.au/biodiversity/threatened/ktp/index.html
Purpose:
The Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 provides for the identification and
listing of key threatening processes.
A process is defined as a key threatening process if it threatens or may threaten the survival, abundance or
evolutionary development of a native species or ecological community (for example predation by the
European Red Fox).
A process can be listed as a key threatening process if it could: cause a native species or ecological
community to become eligible for adding to a threatened list (other than conservation dependent), or cause
an already listed threatened species or threatened ecological community to become more endangered, or if it
adversely affects two or more listed threatened species or threatened ecological communities.
The assessment of a threatening process as a key threatening process is the first step to addressing the impact
of a particular threat under Australian Government law. Once a threatening process is listed under the EPBC
Act a Threat Abatement Plan can be put into place if it is proven to be "a feasible, effective and efficient
way" to abate the threatening process.
Before making a decision on the need for a Threat Abatement Plan (TAP) the Minister for the Environment
and Heritage must request advice from the Threatened Species Scientific Committee and must take
reasonable steps to seek the advice of any interested Australian, State or Territory Government agency.
The Australian Government is committed under S 269 and S 269 of the EPBC Act to implementing TAPs
within Australian Government areas, to not contravening TAPs, and to seeking the cooperation of states and
territories to implementing the plans in their jurisdiction. The Australian Government is funding through the
national component of the Natural Heritage Trust development of key strategic threat abatement tools, such
as biocontrol agents and improved management practices.
Related Policy, Programs and Site:
x Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
x Threat Abatement Plans
Decision whether to have a Threat Abatement Plan
x Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 - Section 270A
Threatening Species Scientific Committee
12. Recovery Plans for Threatened Species and Ecological Communities
Website (s):
x http://www.deh.gov.au/biodiversity/threatened/recovery/
Purpose:
The Minister for the Environment and Heritage may make or adopt and implement recovery plans for
threatened species (other than conservation dependent species) and threatened ecological communities listed
under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (EPBC Act).
Recovery plans set out the research and management actions necessary to stop the decline of, and support the
recovery of, listed threatened species or threatened ecological communities. The aim of a recovery plan is to
maximise the long term survival in the wild of a threatened species or ecological community.
Recovery plans should state what must be done to protect and restore important populations of threatened
species and habitat, as well as how to manage and reduce threatening processes. Recovery plans achieve this
aim by providing a planned and logical framework for key interest groups and responsible government
agencies to coordinate their work to improve the plight of threatened species and/or ecological communities.
x Draft Recovery Plans Available for Public Comment
x List of Recovery Plans Adopted by the Australian Government
x List of Recovery Plans in Preparation
13. Threat Abatement Plans to Reduce the Impact of Key Threatening Processes
Website (s):
Page 206 of 235
x Threat Abatement Plans
Purpose:
Threat abatement plans provide for the research, management, and any other actions necessary to reduce the
impact of listed key threatening processes on a threatened species or ecological community. Implementing
the plan should assist the long term survival in the wild of the threatened species or ecological community.
Within 90 days of listing a key threatening process the Minister for the Environment and Heritage must
decide if a threat abatement plan should be made or adopted.
This decision is based on whether having and implementing a plan is the most "feasible, effective and
efficient way to abate the process". The Minister will consult the Threatened Species Scientific Committee
and interested government agencies before making this decision.
Decision whether to have a Threat Abatement Plan
x Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 - Section 270A
x Threatening Species Scientific Committee
x Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
14. Weeds/Pests/Ferals of National Significance
Website (s):
Weeds of National Significance
x http://www.weeds.org.au/docs/WONS/
x http://www.weeds.org.au/natsig.htm
Purpose:
Over the past decade there has been a developing awareness of Australia's weed threat which achieved
formal recognition with the launch of the National Weeds Strategy in mid 1997.
A central component of the strategy is the identification of Weeds of National Significance and the resultant
coordinated actions across all States and Territories.
The development of an assessment process, nomination of candidate species, assessment and resultant
ranking of species, through to final endorsement by Ministerial Councils has no precedent and took two
years to complete.
The agreed methodology for determining Weeds of National Significance comprised of the following four
major criteria:
x Invasiveness
x Impacts
x Potential for Spread
x Socioeconomic and Environmental Values.
Analytical techniques were required that would enable a ranking that discriminated between species, where,
often, only very small differences existed.
Related Policy, Programs and Site:
National Weeds Strategy
x http://www.affa.gov.au/content/publications.cfm?ObjectID=C117755C-7C09-422183BE018505D256C5
15. National Biodiversity Hotspots
Website (s):
http://www.deh.gov.au/minister/env/2003/mr03oct03a.html#factsheet
Purpose:
Australia is one of the most biologically diverse countries in the world, with a large portion of our species
found nowhere else. But that biodiversity - the plants, animals, micro-organisms and their ecosystems - is
threatened by the impact of human activities.
Biodiversity hotspots (15 identified in Australia) are areas under immediate threat from impacts such as
salinity, land clearing, weeds and feral animals, and are strongholds for large numbers of Australia's unique
plants and animals. The hotspots are home to 'endemic' species - in other words, native flora and fauna that
are mostly restricted to one geographic locality.
The National Biodiversity Hotspots were identified to raise public awareness of our environmental heritage
at risk, and to support strategic action to conserve it.
The National Biodiversity Hotspots were identified by the Australian Government's Threatened Species
Scientific Committee, with input from recognised experts in the field of biodiversity conservation from each
Australian State and Territory.
The National Biodiversity Hotspots are:
Page 207 of 235
1. Einasleigh and Desert Uplands (Queensland)
2. Brigalow North and South (Queensland and New South Wales)
3. Border Ranges North and South (Queensland and New South Wales)
4. Midlands of Tasmania
5. Victorian Volcanic Plain
6. South Australia's South-East/ Victoria's South-West
7. Mt Lofty/ Kangaroo Island (South Australia)
8. Fitzgerald River Ravensthorpe (Western Australia)
9. Busselton Augusta (Western Australia)
10. Central and Eastern Avon Wheatbelt (Western Australia)
11. Mount Lesueur-Eneabba (Western Australia)
12. Geraldton to Shark Bay sand plains (Western Australia)
13. Carnarvon Basin (Western Australia)
14. Hamersley-Pilbara (Western Australia)
15. North Kimberley (Western Australia)
Maps of Australia’s Biodiversity Hotspots
x http://www.deh.gov.au/minister/env/2003/mr03oct03a.html#maps
x Threatening Species Scientific Committee
16. National Objectives and Targets for the Conservation of Australia’s Biodiversity 2001-2005
Website (s):
x http://www.deh.gov.au/biodiversity/publications/objectives/index.html
Purpose:
The National Objectives and Targets for Biodiversity Conservation 2001-2005 (National Objectives) was
developed in 2001 to provide a set of biodiversity objectives, actions and agreed targets for on-going and
practical action over a 5 – 10 year period.
The Australian, New South Wales, Victorian, South Australian, Western Australian and the Australian
Capital Territory governments endorsed the document.
The National Objectives provides an action plan for implementing Australia's biodiversity conservation
aspirations. It assists Australia meet its obligations under international agreements and goals under national
strategies.
The framework it outlines is central to the Australian government's commitment to protecting the
environment and provides a powerful tool for measuring the success of progress against that commitment
into the future.
The National Objectives include national targets to achieve biodiversity conservation goals through
regulation, incentives, agreed standards, allocation of natural resources such as water, identification of
biodiversity, designation of protected areas, impact assessments, management plans, performance
assessments, access to information, awareness raising and institutional reform.
These priority outcomes, objectives and targets complement the National Action Plan for Salinity and Water
Quality, the National Framework for Management and Monitoring of Australia’s Native Vegetation; the
National Greenhouse Strategy; the Ramsar Convention Strategic Plan 1997-2002; the Asia-Pacific Migratory
Waterbird Conservation Strategy and Shorebird Action Plan 2000-2005; and COAG water reforms.
x National Strategy for the Conservation of Australia’s Biological Diversity
x Australian and New Zealand Environment Conservation Council (ANZECC)
x The National Action Plan for Salinity and Water Quality
x Council of Australian Governments (COAG)
x COAG water reforms
x National Framework for Management and Monitoring of Australia’s Native Vegetation
x National Greenhouse Strategy
x Ramsar
x Asia-Pacific Migratory Waterbird Conservation Strategy and Shorebird Action Plan 2001- 2005
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1.
National Framework for the Management and Monitoring of Australia’s Native Vegetation
(Native Vegetation Framework)
Website (s):
Page 208 of 235
x National Framework for Management and Monitoring of Australia’s Native Vegetation
x Purpose:
In 1998 the Australian Government and all States and Territories agreed to develop the National Framework
for the Management and Monitoring of Australia’s Native Vegetation (Native Vegetation Framework). The
Framework was endorsed by the NRM Ministerial Council in 2001.
The Framework includes:
x Identification of ‘best practice’ native vegetation management and monitoring
x A vision of desired native vegetation outcomes
x State, Territory and Australian Government work plans that describe actions and timelines to achieve
best practice native vegetation management.
On 16 April 2004 the NRM Ministerial Council agreed to a review of the Framework. A timetable has not
yet been established, but it is expected that a reviewed Framework will be released in late 2005/early 2006.
The Native Vegetation Framework outlines ‘best practice’ for:
x Roles and responsibility of Governments and the community
x Planning and assessment
x Formal reserve system
x Communication and capacity building
x Incentives
x Regulatory mechanisms
x Monitoring and evaluation
Natural Heritage Trust:
x http://www.nht.gov.au/index.html
17. National Biodiversity and Climate Change Action Plan
Website (s):
Department of the Environment and Heritage site
x http://www.deh.gov.au/biodiversity/publications/nbccap/#download
Consultation Paper for developing the National Biodiversity and Climate Change Action Plan
x http://www.deh.gov.au/biodiversity/publications/nbccap/pubs/nbccap.pdf
Purpose:
The National Biodiversity and Climate Change Action Plan (NBCCAP) will be a key part of Australia's
Forward Climate Change Strategy, particularly those elements promoting policies and programs that assist
adaptation to the unavoidable consequences of climate change.
The National Task Group have prepared a set of principles proposed to guide the development and
implementation of the NBCCAP, reflecting both current policy trends and accepted conservation practice,
providing solid building blocks for action.
x The plan will be adaptive, allowing for change as new information becomes available.
x The plan will be integrated with existing and future natural resource management and biodiversity
conservation policies and programs, and coordinated with broader policy frameworks.
x Actions will be prioritised to maximise biodiversity conservation outcomes.
x Actions will be delivered at a range of levels including at the national, state, regional and local
levels.
x The plan will be informed by good science.
x The plan will recognise the dynamic nature of biodiversity, both at a spatial and temporal scale
including natural variation and evolutionary processes.
18. National Approach to Firewood Collection and Use in Australia
Website (s):
http://www.deh.gov.au/land/publications/firewood-approach/
Purpose:
This national approach to firewood collection and use in Australia has been developed by a Firewood
Taskforce established under the auspices of the Australian and New Zealand Environment and Conservation
Council (ANZECC). It aims to ensure all firewood collection, including commercial cutting, is ecologically
sustainable and not a major cause of loss and degradation of remnant and woodland ecosystems or the
habitats of threatened species. It does not seek to stop firewood collection. Rather, it seeks to reduce its
impact in areas of concern and to ensure firewood is obtained from sustainable sources over the long term.
Page 209 of 235
A strong case exists to encourage a more sustainable firewood industry in regional Australia because it could
deliver several benefits as well as the conservation of biodiversity. Compared with other traditional fuel
options (e.g. oil, gas, electricity) firewood can be managed as a renewable resource with greenhouse and
dryland salinity benefits. It also provides regional economic and job opportunities. A well-managed industry
could provide real market-based incentives for landholders to retain native forest and woodland, which might
otherwise be degraded or cleared. It could also help promote multi-purpose plantations, thus reducing
pressure on native vegetation and wildlife habitat.
ANZECC
x http://www.deh.gov.au/pcepd/anzecc/
19. National Strategy for Ecologically Sustainable Development
Website (s):
National Strategy
x http://www.deh.gov.au/esd/national/nsesd/strategy/index.html
National Strategy Development
x http://www.deh.gov.au/esd/national/nsesd/
Purpose:
The National Strategy for Ecologically Sustainable Development (NSESD) provides broad strategic
directions and framework for governments to direct policy and decision-making. The Strategy facilitates a
coordinated and co-operative approach to ecologically sustainable development (ESD) and encourages longterm benefits for Australia over short-term gains.
The NSESD addresses many key areas for action identified in Agenda 21. These include issues across a
number of sectors such as manufacturing, agriculture and mining; and also cover broader inter-sectoral issues
such as gender, native vegetation, pricing and taxation, coastal zone management, education and training. To
ensure the goals and values of all Australians were included, the Strategy was developed in consultation with
the community, industries, interested groups, scientific organisations, governments and individuals.
Although it primarily guides the decisions of governments, the strategy is also useful for community,
industry and business groups.
Agenda 21
x http://www.deh.gov.au/commitments/uncsd/agenda21/index.html
Water – Policy and Programs
20. National Water Quality Management Strategy (NWQMS)
Website (s):
x http://www.deh.gov.au/water/quality/nwqms/
Purpose:
The NWQMS has been jointly developed by two Ministerial Councils - the Australian and New Zealand
Environment and Conservation Council (ANZECC) and the Agriculture and Resources Management Council
of Australia and New Zealand (ARMCANZ). The Australian National Health and Medical Research Council
(NHMRC) is involved in aspects of the strategy that affect public health.
In 1994 the NWQMS was included in the Council of Australian Governments (COAG) Water Reform
Framework.
The Strategy has three major elements:
x Policies - The main policy objective of the NWQMS is, "to achieve sustainable use of the nation's
water resources by protecting and enhancing their quality while maintaining economic and social
development."
x Process - The process for water quality management involves the community working with
government to set and achieve local environmental values and water quality objectives for water
bodies and to develop management plans for catchments, aquifers, estuarine areas, coastal waters or
other water bodies. Management of water resources is mainly a State and Territory responsibility and
implementation of the NWQMS will involve the Strategy guidelines, State and Territory water
policies and community preferences.
x Guidelines - The national guidelines developed under the NWQMS cover issues across the whole of
the water cycle - ambient and drinking water quality, monitoring, groundwater, rural land uses and
water quality, stormwater, sewerage systems and effluent management for specific industries. The
aim of the guidelines is to help the community, catchment managers, environment protection agencies
Page 210 of 235
and water authorities protect water quality including developing local action plans for water quality
management. A total of 19 guideline documents have been released and two more are being prepared.
Policies and principles of the NWQMS
x http://www.affa.gov.au/content/publications.cfm?ObjectID=FBFB714D-CA55-491B89A0609CA6945673
Australian and New Zealand Environment Conservation Council
x http://www.deh.gov.au/pcepd/anzecc/index.html
Agriculture and Resource Management Council of Australia and New Zealand
x http://www.affa.gov.au/docs/operating_environment/armcanz/armcanz.html
Australian National Health and Medical Research Council
x http://www.nhmrc.gov.au/index.htm
x Council of Australian Governments (COAG)
21. COAG Water Reform Framework
Website (s):
x http://www.deh.gov.au/water/policy/coag.html
Purpose:
In February 1994, the Council of Australian Governments (COAG) consisting of the Prime Minister,
Premiers, Chief Ministers and the President of the Australian Local Government Association agreed to
implement a "strategic framework to achieve an efficient and sustainable water industry."
The Framework is based on the recognition that action is needed to halt the widespread degradation of our
natural resources and to minimise unsustainable use of our precious water resources. The Framework seeks
to establish integrated and consistent approaches to water resource management throughout Australia.
The Framework includes provisions for water entitlements and trading, environmental requirements,
institutional reform, public consultation and education, water pricing and research. The time frames for
implementation of the Framework were set at five to seven years with full implementation by the year 2001.
Timeframes for implementation were subsequently extended for certain aspects including allocations and
trading, which were extended to 2005.
Critical environmental water issues are identified in the Water Reform Framework and include:
x allocation of water for the environment;
x ecological sustainability of new developments;
x institutional reform;
x the incorporation of environmental costs in water pricing;
x ecologically sustainable water trading;
x protection of groundwater; and
x implementation of the National Water Quality Management Strategy.
National Water Initiative
http://www.dpmc.gov.au/docs/nwi_discussion_toc.cfm
22. National Recreational Fishing Policy and Recreational Fishing Codes of Conduct
Website (s):
x http://www.affa.gov.au/content/output.cfm?ObjectID=D2C48F86-BA1A-11A1A2200060B0A01293
Purpose:
This policy provides a framework and a common set of goals within which each responsible Australian
Government, State and Territory authority can work with the recreational fishing community to develop
suitable long-term policies.
These goals include:
x To ensure quality fishing, and maintain or enhance fish stocks and their habitats, for present and future
generations as part of the environmental endowment of all Australians.
x To develop partnerships between governments, the recreational fishing community, and associated
industries to conserve, restore and enhance the values of recreational fisheries throughout Australia
x To allocate a fair and reasonable share of Australian fish resources to recreational fishers, taking into
account the needs of other user groups.
x To establish an information base at national and regional levels to meet the needs of recreational
fisheries management.
x To establish a funding base to effectively manage the nation's recreational fisheries.
Page 211 of 235
This policy does not aim to usurp the recreational fishing management responsibilities of the States and
Territories. Rather, it is intended to offer guiding principles (16) for conserving and enhancing Australia's
recreational fish stocks and their habitats.
23. Wetlands Policy of the Australian Government of Australia
Website (S):
x http://www.deh.gov.au/water/wetlands/publications/policy.html
Purpose:
The Wetlands Policy of the Australian Government Government of Australia was created by Environment
Australia in 1997 to ensure that the activities of the Australian Government Government promote the
conservation, repair, and sustainable use of wetlands. The Policy provides objectives, principles and
strategies for the development of a national framework of wetland policies and strategies. The
Implementation Plan for the Wetlands Policy of the Australian Government Government of Australia,
released in 1999, identifies specific actions, timeframes, responsibilities, and performance indicators against
each of the strategies of the Policy.
Ramsar
x http://www.deh.gov.au/epbc/assessmentsapprovals/nes/ramsar.html
24. Waterwatch
Website (s):
x http://www.waterwatch.org.au/
Purpose:
Waterwatch is a national community water quality monitoring network that encourages all Australians to
become involved and active in the protection and management of their waterways and catchments.
Since Waterwatch began, the number of monitoring groups has grown from 200 operating in 16 catchments,
to nearly 3000 groups in 200 Catchments. Regular monitoring occurs at approximately 5,000 sites nationally.
The Waterwatch network is made up of individuals, community groups and school groups who undertake a
variety of biological & habitat assessments and physical & chemical tests to build up a picture of the health
of their waterways and catchments.
25. Coastal Catchments Initiative
Website (s):
x http://www.deh.gov.au/coasts/pollution/cci/
Purpose:
Seeks to deliver significant reductions in the discharge of pollutants to agreed hotspots, where those hotspots
have been identified through agreement with the relevant jurisdictions. Rollout of the CCI, to be undertaken
in collaboration with State environment protection agencies, is in two stages:
x firstly, agreement on the coastal hotspots and preparation of water quality improvement plans. The
plans, prepared consistent with the Framework for Marine and Estuarine Water Quality Protection,
will amongst other matters identify the most cost-effective and timely projects for investment by all
parties — including the Australian Government, State and Local Governments, and community and
environment groups; and
x investing in water quality projects identified through the improvement plans. The Australian
Government will target projects that are most likely to deliver cost-effective water quality
improvements, whilst seeking from the respective jurisdiction implementation of management
strategies to sustain these improvements into the long term.
x Framework for Marine and Estuarine Water Quality Protection
Coasts – Policy and Programs
26. Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act 1975
Website (s):
x www.gbrmpa.gov.au
Purpose:
Establishes a framework for the protection and management of the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park. It
provides zoning and management tools, such as plans of management and compulsory pilotage areas for
shipping.
27. National Cooperative Approach to Integrated Coastal Zone Management (under development)
Website (s):
x http://www.deh.gov.au/coasts/information/framework.html
Page 212 of 235
Purpose:
The Natural Resource Management Ministerial Council endorsed the Framework for the National
Cooperative Approach to Integrated Coastal Zone Management on the 3rd October 2003. The framework
was developed to protect coastal and estuarine water quality, coastal biodiversity and the economic base for
coastal areas around Australia.
The Framework provides a strategic approach for addressing coastal issues that would benefit from national
cooperation or that would benefit from complementary arrangements between jurisdictions. The six priority
issues agreed between Australian, State, Northern Territory and Local Governments are:
x Integration across the catchment-coast-ocean continuum
x Land and marine based sources of pollution
x Climate change
x Pest plants and animals
x Planning for population change
x Capacity building
The Framework will integrate with Integrated Oceans Management, regional marine planning under
Australia’s Oceans Policy and the Natural Heritage Trust to complete a comprehensive natural resource
management approach across all of Australia’s land, water, coastal and marine environments.
At its October 2003 meeting, Natural Resource Ministers agreed the development of a plan for implementing
the Framework over a 7-10 year timeframe. The Intergovernmental Coastal Advisory Group have prepared a
Discussion Paper for exposure to stakeholders to raise awareness and stimulate debate and feedback on the
proposed objectives and measures for consideration as part of the Framework implementation plan.
x http://www.deh.gov.au/coasts/information/whatsnew.html
x http://www.nht.gov.au/index.html
28. Reef Water Quality Protection Plan
Website (s):
x http://www.deh.gov.au/coasts/pollution/reef/
Purpose:
The purpose of the Reef Water Quality Protection Plan (RWQPP) is to halt and reverse the decline in water
quality entering the Reef within ten years.
To achieve this, the RWQPP has the following objectives:
1. Reduce diffuse sources of pollutants in water entering the Reef.
2. Rehabilitate and conserve areas of the Reef catchment that have a role in removing water borne
pollutants.
This will be achieved by:
x Improving decision making in landuse planning;
x Adopting sustainable production systems;
x Rehabilitating damaged wetlands and riparian areas;
x Conserving existing wetland and riparian areas.
Great Barrier Reef Wetlands Program
x http://www.deh.gov.au/water/wetlands/publications/wa12/gbr.html
29. Great Barrier Reef Wetlands Program
Website (s):
x http://www.deh.gov.au/water/wetlands/publications/wa12/gbr.html
Purpose:
The Queensland and Australian Governments have agreed that to protect the Great Barrier Reef, a high
priority is to stabilise and reverse the decline in water quality entering the reef lagoon. In May 2003, the
Australian Government announced a Wetlands Protection Program to enhance wetland protection in the
Great Barrier Reef catchments. The Great Barrier Reef Wetlands Protection Program (GBRWPP) will
implement key actions in the Queensland and Australian Government's Reef Water Quality Protection Plan.
The program has been developed in response to concerns regarding the potential damage to the Great Barrier
Reef caused by the loss of wetlands along the Queensland coast. The area of wetlands in the Great Barrier
Reef catchment has decreased by over 50 percent since European settlement.
Page 213 of 235
One of the first activities under the Great Barrier Reef Wetlands Protection Programe will be to identify
wetlands that provide significant wildlife habitat and contribute to water quality in the Great Barrier Reef
lagoon.
The focus of the program will then switch to working with land owners and managers to protect significant
wetlands, including through individually tailored voluntary conservation agreements and incentive packages,
to protect and restore significant wetlands. Conservation agreements could include a range of management
activities such as fencing, weed control and re-establishing riparian vegetation.
Reef Water Quality Protection Plan
x http://www.deh.gov.au/coasts/pollution/reef/
30. National System for Prevention and Management of Introduced Marine Pests
Website (s):
http://www.deh.gov.au/coasts/imps/
Purpose:
This National System is designed to build on and complement the barrier controls already set in place by the
Australian Quarantine and Inspection Service under the Australian Ballast Water Management Strategy.
x Australian Ballast Water Management Strategy
x Australia's Oceans Policy
x Australian Quarantine and Inspection Service
x National Taskforce Report
The Australian Government is currently building elements of the National System that will be based on three
elements:
1. Prevention of the entry of new pest species to Australia;
2. Emergency response to those pests that do enter Australia's waters and survive;
3. Ongoing management and control of established pests.
The High Level Officials Working Group (HLG) was established in 2002 by the Natural Resource
Management Ministerial Council (NRMMC) to advise on the most appropriate governance, funding and
legislative arrangements for the National System. These arrangements were the subject of 23
recommendations by the High Level Officials Group
x High Level Officials Working Group Report
x Natural Resource Management Ministerial Council
31. Australia’s Oceans Policy
Website (s):
x http://www.deh.gov.au/commitments/wssd/publications/oceans.html
x http://www.deh.gov.au/commitments/wssd/pubs/oceans.pdf
Purpose:
Launched in 1998, the International Year of the Ocean, the Policy is a framework to deal with the complex
issues confronting the long term future of one of the world's largest Exclusive Economic Zones.
The Policy balances industry and conservation to ensure sustainable economic growth is a challenge best met
through a whole-of-government approach.
The Oceans Policy recognises improved marine management arrangements in individual industry sectors.
The Policy builds on these improvements to deliver a more integrated approach to allow access to resources
by multiple users through greater cooperation and coordination across industry, community and management
arrangements.
Australia's Oceans Policy is an investment in securing the future of the country's own and shared marine
ecosystems and the many industries on which regional livelihoods depend. Managing Australia's oceans
sustainability is fundamental to food security, economic development, relieving poverty and preserving
Indigenous cultures.
Related Policy, Programs and Links:
National Ocean’s Office
x http://www.oceans.gov.au/home.jsp
Sustainable Land Management
32. National Dryland Salinity Program
Website (s):
x http://www.ndsp.gov.au/
Purpose:
Page 214 of 235
Australia's National Dryland Salinity Program is a collaborative research and development effort that is
investigating the causes of, and solutions to, the national problem of dryland salinity.
The first five-year phase of the program was completed in 1998. It focussed on improving our understanding
of the causes of dryland salinity and on establishing a collaborative national focus on the R&D effort.
A larger, second five-year phase is now underway (1998 - 2003). This phase is continuing to identify and
research the knowledge gaps in our understanding of the causes and impacts of dryland salinity. It is also
investigating socio-economic arrangements that encourage or impede appropriate management of salinity,
new production options using saline resources and management of saline landscapes.
The program has identified four objectives required to meet its goal which is to research, develop and extend
practical approaches to effectively manage dryland salinity across Australia.
x Institutional arrangements
x Solutions
x Management of saline resources
x Landscape processes
33. Managing Climate and Variability Program
Website (s):
x http://www.lwa.gov.au/managingclimate/
Purpose:
The Managing Climate Variability Program is building on more than a decade of climate research by the
Climate Variability in Agriculture Program (CVAP). This new phase is aiming to deliver more accurate
seasonal forecasts with longer lead times than is currently available.
The Program is focusing research and development activities on improving climate prediction, providing
better access to climate information, developing tools for tactical decision making and further adapting
agricultural and natural resource management practices to Australia's unique circumstances.
x Climate Variability in Agriculture Program (CVAP)
34. Agriculture – Advancing Australia (in particular FarmBis)
Website (s):
AFFA website:
x http://www.budget.gov.au/2000-01/minst/html/affa.htm#P118_9119
DAFF Website:
x http://www.affa.gov.au/content/output.cfm?ObjectID=D2C48F86-BA1A-11A1A2200060B0A00144&contType=outputs
Purpose:
The Agriculture – Advancing Australia package was designed to boost the competitiveness, sustainability
and profitability of the rural sector, focusing on four key objectives to:
x Funding for business management training and education
x Support for innovation
x Financial management tools
x Financial support and professional advice
x Improved climate information
x Improved access to markets.
FarmBis was extended in the 2004–05 federal budget
http://www.farmbis.gov.au/
35. Plantations for Australia: the 2020 Vision
Website (s):
x http://www.plantations2020.com.au/
x http://www.affa.gov.au/content/output.cfm?ObjectID=D2C48F86-BA1A-11A1A2200060B0A03314
Purpose:
Plantations for Australia: The 2020 Vision is a strategic partnership between the Australian Government,
State and Territory Governments and the plantation timber growing and processing industry.
Page 215 of 235
The overarching principle of the Plantations 2020 Vision strategy is to enhance regional wealth creation and
international competitiveness through a sustainable increase in Australia's plantation resources, based on a
notional target of trebling the area of commercial tree crops by 2020.
36. Australia’s National Framework for EMS in Agriculture
Website (s):
x http://www.affa.gov.au/content/publications.cfm?ObjectID=6166032A-0172-4C4BA8A251F2E18912CE
Purpose:
To provide a context and a common level of understanding for the adoption of environmental management
systems (EMS) in agriculture, recognising that the details and content of an EMS will be determined by the
individual business.
EMS is a systematic approach that can be used by any enterprise or organisation to continuously improve its
business management to achieve efficiencies and better environmental outcomes.
The National Framework provides a set of principles that describe the broad parameters needed to achieve
consistency and acceptance across the agricultural sector. It also describes the relationships and roles of the
range of participants in environmental management in agriculture — including landholders, industry groups,
community groups, and governments at the local, State and national scale.
Most importantly, the Framework emphasises that the adoption of an EMS by a business is voluntary and
that the roles of government and industry groups are to facilitate the provision of information and assistance.
National Framework for EMS in Agriculture has been developed by a national EMS Working Group with
significant input from government, industry and the community through a public consultation phase, targeted
workshops and the involvement of the national Industry/Community EMS Steering Committee.
The National Framework has been endorsed by the Natural Resource Management Ministerial Council,
which will now oversee its use in supporting and coordinating the voluntary adoption of EMS in Australian
agriculture.
EMS National Implementation Plan
x http://www.affa.gov.au/content/publications.cfm?ObjectID=7F511D9E-71EF-4EAA9F076B4DF09669FE
x http://www.dpi.qld.gov.au/sheep/14504.html
37. EMS National Implementation Plan
Website (s):
x http://www.affa.gov.au/content/publications.cfm?ObjectID=7F511D9E-71EF-4EAA9F076B4DF09669FE
Purpose:
The Environmental Management Systems (EMS) Implementation Plan was developed to implement the
Australia’s National Framework for Environmental Management Systems in Agriculture.
The Plan was developed by a joint Australian/ State Government EMS Implementation Working Group and
was endorsed by NRM Ministerial Council in October 2003. The Plan outlines the activities to be undertaken
by Australian, State and Territory Government agencies to bring about the decisions within the National
Framework.
The five year Plan addresses industry concerns that the current momentum on EMS be maintained and
supported, following the finalisation of the National Framework. The endorsement of the Plan demonstrates
the Council’s continuing support for the voluntary development of EMS in agriculture.
x http://www.affa.gov.au/content/publications.cfm?ObjectID=6166032A-0172-4C4BA8A251F2E18912CE
38. Australian Government Agricultural Portal
Website (s):
x http://www.agriculture.gov.au/
Purpose:
The Agriculture Portal has been created to provide access to information and service requirements for a large
and diverse clientele. It has 3 main collection areas:
x Resource Management: For the management of natural resources for sustainable agriculture
x Products & Industries: Which includes information on agricultural industries and products
(commodities)
x Agribusiness: Business information specific to agricultural industries
Page 216 of 235
This portal is part of an Australian Online Government Initiative is to make all levels of government Internet
information and services visible, accessible and usable. Consequently several Australian Government
government agencies have been given the task of creating subject specialist portals. These portals allow all
government clients to access government information and services via these portals for the subject they are
interested in.
39. National Principles and Guidelines for Rangeland Management
Website (s):
http://www.nrme.qld.gov.au/planning/plans/rangelands.html
Purpose:
The National Principles and Guidelines for Rangeland Management provides a framework for communities
in the rangelands (broadly, the unimproved pastoral lands of inland Australia), in partnership with
governments and in consultation with the broader community to address the diverse issues facing their
communities.
Planning will allow communities to articulate their aspirations for rangeland management and identify
constructive action.
Rangelands are lands where livestock are grazed extensively on native vegetation and where rainfall is too
low or erratic for agricultural cropping or improved pastures. Almost 75% of Australia is rangelands, but
contains less than 8% of Australia's agricultural properties.
The Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry (DAFF) is working through a number of Government
initiatives such as the National Guidelines and Principles for Rangeland Management, the National Land and
Water Resources Audit - Rangelands Monitoring theme, the Natural Heritage Trust and the National
Landcare Program to achieve sustainable land management in our rangelands.
DAFF has commissioned four reports to help primary producers and other land mangers in Australia's vast
rangelands to adopt sustainable land management strategies and make better use of sound landcare practices.
The reports promote a wider understanding of the many issues concerning sustainability in these often
remote parts of Australia and also help us develop more effective policy and management options.
The four reports are:
x The Rangelands: A Synthesis of Three Reports on Sustainable Natural Resource Management - prepared
by the Centre for International Economics;
x Implementing Landcare in the Rangelands - prepared by the Arid Lands Council;
x Implementing Landcare in the Rangelands - prepared by the Pastoralists and Graziers Association of
Western Australia; and
x Sustainable Natural Resource Management in the Rangelands - prepared by the Centre for International
Economics
Indigenous Engagement
40. COAG Reconciliation agenda
Website (s):
x http://www.coag.gov.au/meetings/050402/reconciliation_report.htm
Purpose:
In November 2000, COAG acknowledged the decade-long work of the Council for Aboriginal
Reconciliation (CAR) and agreed on a framework through which governments would continue their efforts
to advance reconciliation and address indigenous disadvantage. COAG agreed that continued action is
needed from governments, the private sector, non-government organisations, indigenous communities and
the wider community.
COAG agreed on three priority areas for governments:
x investing in community leadership and governance initiatives;
x reviewing and re-engineering programmes and services to ensure they deliver practical measures that
support families, children and young people. COAG also agreed that governments should look at
measures for tackling family violence, drug and alcohol dependency and other symptoms of
community dysfunction; and
x forging greater links between the business sector and indigenous communities to help promote
economic independence.
In addition to pursuing the priorities, all governments, in their own ways, continue to support reconciliation
and promote recognition, respect and understanding between indigenous and non-indigenous Australians.
COAG recognised that governments have an important role to play in supporting the efforts of communitybased reconciliation and capacity building movements.
Page 217 of 235
x http://www.atsia.gov.au/media/ruddock_media02/r02056.htm
Local Government Engagement
41. National Local Government Biodiversity Strategy
Website (s):
x http://www.alga.asn.au/publications/Bio_diversity_strategy_Executive_summary.pdf
x http://www.deh.gov.au/biodiversity/toolbox/localgov.html
Purpose:
The document represents an agreed local government position at the national level on the management of our
biodiversity.
The strategy recognises that:
x Conservation and sustainable use of our resources will only be achieved through local area planning and
management, along with community education and participation.
x There is a willingness of Local Government across Australia to play a lead role in dealing with our most
pressing and complex conservation issues – the loss of biodiversity.
x A clear and cooperative partnership arrangement is required between the three
The success of this strategy will require the development of biodiversity policies, and commitment by
individual Councils.
EPBC Act 1999
x http://www.deh.gov.au/epbc/index.html
Page 218 of 235
Appendix 7 Local Governments Integrated Planning Act Schemes
Page 219 of 235
Local
Government
Mundubbera
Shire Council
Kolan Shire
Council
Burnett Shire
Council
MiriamVale
Shire Council
Monto Shire
Council
Eidsvold Shire
Council
Perry Shire
Council
Gayndah Shire
Council
Bundaberg City
Council
Isis Shire
Council
Hervey Bay City
Council
Maryborough
Shire Council
Elements with regards to NRM incorporated
Awaiting arrival of information.
Unable to release any information until IPA Scheme is available for public viewing.
Proposing to include maps of:
x Acid Sulphate Soils
x Land Stability (Slope)
x Flood Mitigation
x Need to contact Colin Higginson Town Planners)
NRM elements included in the plan include:
x GQAL
x Ecology Protection (Overlay and Code)
x Flood management (Overlay and Code)Acid Sulfate soils (Overlay and Code)
x Whilst not included in the scheme at present doing some work on stormwater quality
control plans for Bundaberg and McCoys creek.
x Also undertaking an open space and pathways study at the time being.
x GQAL
x Environmental Code includes NRM map.
x Natural Features Code (physical and topographical)
x Natural Waters Code (buffer zones, cultivation, agricultural run-off)
x More information re this section requested.
NRM elements included in the plan include:
x Quality Agricultural land (Overlay & Code), Fire Risk (Overlay & Code), Acid Sulphate
Soils (Overlay & Code), Water Resources (Overlay & Code), Mineral Resources
(Overlay & Code), Natural Areas (Overlay & Code), Cultural Heritage (Code),
Emerging Community (Code).
x Natural Area elements include Regional Ecosystems, EPA Biodiversity Mapping,
Urban Reserves Mapping, Flora & Fauna, Significant Vegetation, Vegetation
Linkages.
x Locality Codes that specify desired outcomes for area include:
x Urban, Coastal Villages, Rural and Fraser Island. Each Locality Code includes Zone
Codes.
x Management plans including a Coastal, Foreshore, Botanic Garden, Flying Fox
Colony and Natural Area;
x NRM programs including Cities for Climate Protection and the Land for Wildlife;
x Natural area auditing and assessment tools;
x Community Environment Volunteers Program;
x Supports a number of the local community groups such as the Wildlife Preservation
Society, the Bird Watchers and the Dugong & Sea Grass Monitoring Program; and
x Utilises a Temporary Local Planning Instrument (TLPI) for vegetation management.
NRM elements within the Plan include:
x Rural Use Code, Ecological Protection Code, Acid Sulphate Soil Code, Coastal
Townships Code, Fraser Island Code, Erosion Prone Areas Code, Filling and
Excavation Code, Flood Management Code, Landscaping Code and On-Site Effluent
Disposal.
Page 220 of 235
Local
Government
Biggenden Shire
Council
Woocoo Shire
Council
Chinchilla Shire
Council
Wondai Shire
Council
Nanango Shire
Council
Kingaroy Shire
Council
Murgon Shire
Council
Kilkivan Shire
Council
Tiaro Shire
Council
Cooloola Shire
Council
Noosa Shire
Council
x 35 Desired Environmental Outcomes have been identified in the Plan with all relating
to the 3 aspects of ecological sustainability outlined in the Integrated Planning Act.
Emailed Joseph 2/6/04. Follow up phone call 7/7/04.
No NRM elements are incorporated within IPA scheme in relation to vegetation clearing
and water/salinity issues. The Plan only refers to state Government responsibilities and
legislation. Shire has stated that in the future, it will need to develop policies that can
achieve some of the outcomes proposed in the NRM Plan.
* Wondai, Nanango, Kingaroy, Murgon and Kilkivan Shires all template based.
* NRM issues change the levels of assessment for different types of development (level
of impact).
* Included: riparian areas, bushfire prone land, vegetation mapping, GQAL, waterways,
slopes (steepness). Mapping relevant to each shire.
* Natural Features Codes covers
(1) mineral and extractive resources and associated buffer areas.
(2) natural hazards – possible bushfire hazards, drainage and flood problem areas.
(3) environmental management areas – critical nature conservation networks,
conservation state lands (buffer areas), water quality.
(4) economic resources – GQAL, buffer areas to intensive animal husbandry.
* Aviation and Assoc. Facilities Code
* Cultural features overlay (indigenous and historic sites).
* Included BAM from EPA
* IPA Scheme maps areas and shows different levels of assessments, then provisions in
codes to deal with elements and then protect significant values natural features, such as
location, physical damage, visual, etc.
As per Wondai Shire
As per Wondai Shire
As per Wondai Shire
As per Wondai Shire
Vegetation mapping that was forwarded to Qld Herbarium and updated information in
relation to the vegetation management Act.
Codes:
x conservation significant areas
x coastal management district
x natural waterways and wetland areas
x resource areas (includes extractive resources, GQAL, Cedar Pocket dam catchment
area)
x acid sulphate soils (mirrors SPP).
x Biodiversity overlay code (REs from herbarium) but used of concern, endangered and
not of concern. Allows protection of remnant vegetation and some regrowth.
Prepared a vegetation and fauna study (related type of vegetation to likelihood of
fauna occurring). Also riparian buffer with highest buffer of 250m (Noosa River) and
no new agriculture in buffers and fence to protect banks from grazing.
x GQAL maps
x Acid sulphate soils (already had mapped)
x Bushfire risk areas mapped
x Mining and extractive resource mapping (state interest in protecting)
x Wetland mapping still to be completed and included
x Erosion prone area mapping (EPA). To protect coastal area and new developments
Page 221 of 235
Local
Government
undertake code assessment process
x Water catchment overlay (part of Mary River in shire and also Lake McDonald) so
new development in these areas undertake code assessment.
x Supports a range of community groups and organisations in NRM activities within the
Noosa area. (eg Noosa Integrated Catchment Association Inc, Community Bushcare
volunteer programs);
x NRM programs including Cities for Climate Protection and Land for Wildlife;
x Management plans, reports, strategies and lists including Pest Management Plans,
Roadside Vegetation Surveys, State of the Environment Reports, Vegetation
Management Strategies, Weeds Species Lists and the development of Local Laws for
Vegetation Management; and
x Environmental information on the website.
Maroochy Shire
Council
Access plan online at www.maroochy.qld.gov.au
Plan has:
x Special management areas which recognise all information about biodiversity, etc and
the value placed on the area in the shire. The higher value areas are assigned higher
levels of assessment to develop.
x Codes for waterways and wetlands, nature conservation and biodiversity
x Currently reviewing environmental management codes.
x Environmental information on the website;
x NRM Programs including reducing and recycling plastic bags, Community
conservation programs, River Watch and Land for Wildlife;
x Encourages the use of Conservation Agreements; and
x Vegetation Conservation Levy.
Caloundra Shire
Council
x Cities for Climate Protection,
x Land for wildlife and Conservation Agreements (with registered conservation
covenants on title in perpetuity).
x Environment Policy, State of the Environment Report
x Local Law no. 14 (vegetation clearing), Vegetation mapping.
x Community Environment Grants
x Acquisition of Environmentally sensitive lands
x Environment Levy ($60 per rateable property).
Caboolture Shire
Council
x
x
x
x
Unable to release further information.
Using constraint mapping.
Addressing key principles of current SPP (bushfire risk, acid sulphate soils, etc)
Using overlay mapping.
**Check status IPA Plans on website www.ipa.qld.gov.au
Note: This table will be amended as further information relating to the various Local Government
IPA Schemes becomes available.
Page 222 of 235
Appendix 8 Member Contributions Local Investment Priorities
Page 223 of 235
Ecological monitoring of
seagrass beds,
management of
dugong/turtles and
provision of community
education
Ecosystem Monitoring in
the Woongarra Marine Park
Catchment
Great Sandy Strait
Fauna & Flora Watch
(through Lower Mary
River Land &
Catchment Care
Group
Catchment
Coastal
Management
Salinity Mitigation Field
Days
Catchment
Lower Mary Land &
Catchment Care
Group
Lower Mary Land &
Catchment Care
Group
Woongarra Marine
Park Monitoring and
Education Project
(sponsored by Burnett
Shire Council)
Better Management
Practices in Lower Mary
Catchment & Adjoining
Island including Weed
Control, Salinity, Property
Management, SCAB and
Cultural Heritage
Weed control in sensitive
areas
Catchment
Lower Mary Land &
Catchment Care
Group
Implementation of Kingaroy
Shire Council Remnant
Vegetation Management
Strategy
Local
Government Burnett West
Project Name
Sector
Organisation
Page 224 of 235
Support PAP 3.2 by providing a means to engage
landholders to participate in trials and
demonstration days. Preliminary works include
propagation of native plants and salt tolerant
species by local schools and implementation of a
planting trial
Ecosystem monitoring & awareness raising for:
*annual underwater benthic of the fringing coral
reefs at four locations
*Monthly water quality (ambient, nutrient,
suspended soils and chlorophyll a) at four coastal
and two estuarine sites
*seasonal tidal pools at three locations
Ecosystem monitoring including:
*seagrass monitoring at 19 sites
*Dugong/turtle (and wider fauna and community
usage) monitoring and education/awareness
activities
*Response team to stranded, injured and dead
Management of weeds at Big Woody Island and
Sandy Cape Lighthouses
To manage areas of remnant vegetation through
sustainable land use practices, as a means of
conserving biodiversity and through the building
of long-term partnerships between community,
landholders, and local government
Note: Components of this project are covered by
two other submissions - more information
required for remaining components
Project Summary
Lower Mary
Burnett
Lower Mary
Lower Mary
Lower Mary
Burnett
Regional
Basin
Mary & Burrum
Rivers
Coastal
Coastal & Marine
Coastal & Marine
Great Sandy Straits
& Lower Mary
Coastal
Stuart and Boyne
Rivers & Barker
Creek
Catchment/Subcatchment
Landcare
Local
Local
Government Mary
Kingaroy Landcare
Group
Kilkivan Shire Council
Hervey Bay City
Council
Project Name
Conservation of
environmental education
values and biodiversity
within the Ted and Maude
Mungomery Vine Forest
Regional Pest Management
Initiative
To develop a regional
Landcare Management
Strategy for Weed
Identification, Awareness
and Control - in the Central
Burnett
Implementation of Riparian
Pest Management Program
in strategic areas of the
Burnett Catchment
Landcare
Sector
Gayndah Landcare
Group Inc
Organisation
Page 225 of 235
fauna
Provide strategic direction in weed management,
encourage changes in land management
practices, and promote continual linkages with
technical assistance and methods of monitoring
and preventing to achieve a higher understanding
of soil properties and landscape processes
To minimise the impact of pest plants and
animals that pose a threat to the regional
ecosystems and impose high costs on
agricultural industries by:
*Mapping broad leaf privet outbreaks in Stuart,
Boyne and Barker catchments
*Develop and implement a control program
*Develop incentive program for landholders
*Establish a demonstration site to illustrate
benefits of control program
*Develop an education and awareness raising
program
*Develop partnerships for ongoing control and
sustainability of program
Development of a regional pest management
framework for the Mary Catchment to:
*provide information and strategic direction to
effectively manage pest species
*address critical gaps in stakeholder abilities,
knowledge, skills and resources
*add value to existing management infrastructure
Establish a community environment group to
facilitate awareness raising and educational
activities in the field as a means of measuring
environmental values and establishing a research
and monitoring program for management of the
forest
Project Summary
Lower Mary
Mary
Burnett
Burnett
Regional
Basin
Between O'Regan
and Eli Creeks
Mary Catchment
Stuart and Boyne
Rivers & Barker
Creek
Central Burnett
Catchment
Conservation
Conservation
Baffle Creek
Catchment
Management Group
Friends of the Burrum
River System Group
Inc
Friends of the Burrum
River System Group
Inc
Individual
Project Name
Restoration of Riparian Zone
on the Upper Estuarine
Burrum River
To protect and enhance the
biodiversity and water quality
of Goodger Wetland
Strategic Study of Water
Quality in the Estuarine
Burrum River Systems
Control Cat's Claw Creeper
Operational Plan - Strategic
Priorities
Primary
Industry Burnett
Coastal
Management
Sector
Cooloola Coastcare
Association
Organisation
Page 226 of 235
To protect and conserve the locally and
regionally significant vegetation community
classified as an endangered ecosystem #12.5.6
by developing and implementing a management
plan
Assess extent of problem caused by Cat's Claw
Creeper (CCC) identified as a weed requiring
strategic action (medium priority) in the Baffle
Creek Catchment Management Plan.
Investigate methods of control and implement
control program
Monitor water from the Burrum, Gregory, Isis
and Cherwell river systems at times of critical
events such as floods, dry spells, and from the
upper reaches of each river at low tides and
random occurrences (fish kills, pollution spills,
etc) in an attempt to better understand the
quality of water and ecology
To assist willing landholders on the upper
Burrum River to revegetate their riverine lands
Develop outline and structure of the main work
streams by which Cooloola Coastcare can:
*Monitor & evaluate sediment and nutrient
plumes at wetland/urban development interface
*Map and monitor weeds & develop removal
program
*Undertake a local provenance propagation and
sales program
*Develop an education program to communicate
alternative options and benefits
*Design and implement a landscape
interpretation and ecotourism project
*Develop and maintain GIS system
Project Summary
Burnett
Burrum
Burrum
Baffle
Mary
Regional
Basin
Stuart River
Burrum River
Burrum, Cherwell,
Isis and Gregory
Rivers
Baffle Creek
Great Sandy
Straits/Coastal
Catchments Cooloola Coast
Local
Government Burnett East
Catchment
Conservation
Burnett Shire Council
East BCCA
Subcatchment
Project Name
Connecting with the Baffle
Catchment
The Management of Aquatic
Weeds in the Lower Burnett
& Kolan River systems
Vegetation regeneration and
sequence plan for the
Pasturage Reserve
To rehabilitate and
revegetate Gin Gin Creek
flood Plain
Landcare
Sector
Kolan Shire Landcare
Association Inc
Organisation
Page 227 of 235
Plan & map the revegetation and rehabilitation
of Gin Gin Creek Flood Plain
including:*amelioration of the degradation of the
ecosystem of Forest Red Gum open forest on
alluvial flats*use of indigenous species*riparian
management*use of plants of Indigenous
cultural significance for awareness raising*focus
on awareness raising and capacity building to
inform community of wealth of diversity in local
vegetation
Develop a vegetation regeneration plan and
sequence plan for the Pasturage Reserve
considering:
*augmentation of indigenous vegetation
*enhancement of visual amenity
*increased number of species
*establishment of fauna corridor structure
*weed maintenance program
*fire control and management
*incremental exclusion of grazing
*theme and sub-theme development
*costs and potential funding sources
Develop an integrated management framework
that addresses the control and management of
aquatic weeds in the Lower Burnett and Kolan
Rivers and associated streams
Undertake the following to achieve continuity
and sustainability in NRM in the Baffle
Catchment:
*Establish productive
*Develop appropriate programs covering
catchment and subcatchments plans
*Develop effective facilitators to deliver project
*Establish baseline trends and conditions to
Project Summary
Baffle
Burnett
Burnett
Kolan
Regional
Basin
Baffle Creek
Lower Burnett &
Kolan Rivers
Coastal
Gin Gin Creek
Landcare
Catchment
Landcare
Landcare
Catchment
Bundaberg & District
Urban Landcare
North Burnett
Catchment Care
Gympie & District
Landcare Group Inc
Gympie & District
Landcare Group Inc
Coordination
Association
Project Name
Improving sustainable NRM
outcomes in Cooloola Shire
through riparian revegetation
project development and
implementation
River Health Improvement
through Land Stewardship
Initiatives (including Property
Level implementation of the
Mary River & tributaries
Rehabilitation Plan)
Training needs for analysis
for sustainable NRM in the
Regeneration of wetlands in
the Pasturage Reserve at
Mon Repos
Goondicom-Coomalum
Property Plan
Bundaberg Recycled Water
Project
Local
Government Burnett East
Sector
Bundaberg City
Council
Organisation
Page 228 of 235
To map timber, pastures, areas set aside for
wildlife. Map Burnett River to plan elimination of
lantana and other exotic weeds from Riparian
areas (14 klms of river and inflowing gullies)
Training needs analysis for the NRM sector, and
analysis of NRM training needs of small
landholders, including module development
options and delivery mechanisms
Development of project proposals targeting
riparian zone revegetation and environmental
weed control along high-conservation value
and/or high profile stream reaches that have a
high educational and demonstration value
Realise catchment and regional plans at a
property level with the Mary River Catchment
through innovative river health and rural
community development initiatives such a
Whole Farm Business Plans
riverine, estuarine and marine ecosystems
*Conduct professional development programs
for all stakeholders
*Target stakeholder participation in research
M&E activities and deliver accredited programs
Detailed analysis of the markets and locations of
demand to develop a greater understanding of
the environmental and social benefits of
constructing a recycled water pipeline north of
the Burnett River with the capacity to increase in
future stages
Develop a plan for regeneration of the wetlands
in the Pasturage Reserve at Mon Repos
Project Summary
Mary
Mary
Mary
Burnett
Burnett
Burnett
Regional
Basin
Mary River
Middle Mary
Catchment
Mary Catchment
North Burnett
Coastal
Coastal
Local
Government Mary
Local
Government Mary
Local
Government Mary
Local
Government Mary
Local
Government Mary
Local
Government Mary
Project Name
The Cooloola Classroom to
Creek Project - Water Use
and Stormwater
Management, Improvement
and Education in Cooloola
Shire (Pilot)
Indigenous Cultural Heritage
Study of Cooloola Shire
and/or Mary River
Catchment and Great Sandy
Straits
Natural Resource
Management Landholder
Education - Pilot
RAMSAR Habitat
Identification and
Management
Pilot Project - Community
NRM Agreements Program
Managing Areas of High
Conservation Value - Local
Area Planning for the
Cooloola Coast
Sector
Organisation
Page 229 of 235
Desk top analysis of existing records,
indigenous consultation, onground ratification
and development of land use protocols of
cultural heritage sites in Cooloola Shire of Mary
River Catchment
Assessing the carrying capacity and developing
Local Area planning outcomes for the Cooloola
Coast (a high conservation area) to:
*develop management outcomes that reduce
human impact
*examine carrying capacity for water, waste and
recreational resources
*set parameters for the above resources through
area management plans, development controls
and infrastructure provision plans
Expansion and modification of the existing
Cooloola Shire Rates Rebate Program and the
incorporation of the Land for Wildlife Program
Use existing knowledge of RAMSAR species to:
*develop predictive habitat maps
*identify threatening processes to habitat (roost
sites and feeding areas)
*develop management actions
Development, organisation and presentation of
various NRM landholder education workshops
with heavy involvement of local community NRM
groups
Undertake a community-based school and
general public education program regarding the
significant environmental, social and economic
impacts that inefficient water use and poor
stormwater quality can cause
Project Summary
Mary
Mary
Mary
Mary
Mary
Mary
Regional
Basin
Cooloola Shire
Cooloola Shire
Cooloola Shire
Great Sandy
Straits/Coastal
Cooloola Shire
Great Sandy
Straits/Coastal
Local
Government Mary
Local
Government Mary
Local
Government Mary
Catchment
Maryborough City
Council
Maryborough City
Council
Lake Macdonald
Catchment Care
Group
Project Name
A regional approach to
adaptive weed management
- a pilot initiative of the
community - driven by Lake
Macdonald Catchment Care
Group
Natural Resource
Management for the Hervey
Bay City Council (including
Wide Bay Burnett area for
voluntary conservation
agreements - Land for
Wildlife)
Controlling weed infestation
in Ululah Lagoon
Controlling weed infestation
in and surrounding the
Original Maryborough Site
To develop a GIS study of
the invasive vegetation
species and also exotic
fauna species and impacts
in the Perry Shire
Hervey Bay City
Council
Local
Sector
Perry Shire Council
Organisation
Page 230 of 235
This projects aims to:
*seek voluntary conservation agreements in the
Wide Bay Burnett region through Land for
Wildlife program
*mapping biodiversity, areas of high
conservation value and weeds in the Hervey
Bay LGA area
*prepare integrated management plans
*undertake a feasibility study for aquaculture
precinct development in the Hervey Bay LGA
*implement on-farm timber production joint
ventures in the Hervey Bay LGA
*implement a bat colony management project at
Toan Toan Creek
Development of an Integrated Pest
Management Plan for Lake Macdonald with
particular focus on:
*developing a communication plan
*assess population densities and impacts on
flora and fauna community assemblages
*develop biological control sampling methods
Instigate an annual weed control program
Identify vegetation species and exotic fauna,
and conduct awareness raising activities with
the community and private landholders to assist
them to develop management plans and
appropriate strategies to manage these species
including soil and water contamination in Perry
Shire
To develop a Management Strategy for weed
identification, awareness and control in the
vicinity of the original Maryborough site
Project Summary
Eastern Mary
Lower Mary
Lower Mary
Lower Mary
Kolan
Regional
Basin
Six Mile Creek
Mary & Burrum
Rivers
Mary River
Mary River
Kolan River
Landcare
Landcare
Landcare
Conservation
Conservation
Noosa & District
Landcare Group
Noosa & District
Landcare Group
Noosa & District
Landcare Group
Individual
Individual
Project Name
Prescribed Fire - Benefit or
Hazard to Our Bushland
Options for Sustainable
Management of Wetlands on
the Wide Bay Burnett Coast
Eastern Mary River
Catchment (Six Mile Creek
System) Water Quality
Monitoring and Education
Project
Foresting the Future:
Regionalising Farm Forestry
in the Burnett Mary
Biodiversity Values within
the Six Mile Creek
Catchment: A Ground
Truthing Exercise
Linking and Restoring
Riparian Zones within the
Six Mile Creek System
Landcare
Sector
Noosa & District
Landcare Group
Organisation
Page 231 of 235
and protocols
*trial biological control methods
Reconnect and expand adjunct corridors of
vegetation by implementing a community driven,
regional scale, strategic, native vegetation
protection and replacement projects
Demonstrate best practice regional
implementation of small plot farm forestry as a
sustainable land use practice
Monitoring of flora and fauna community
assemblages within nature refuges, revegetation
sites, control sites and Land for Wildlife
properties to ascertain ecological significance of
each site - the exercise will enable targeting of
priority areas for remediation measures
Promote awareness of water quality issues
throughout the region by:
*conducting school and community group
workshops
*collecting water quality data through a network
of volunteers
*gathering baseline water quality data to set
water quality objectives
Survey landholders to measure environmental
values and proposed actions to ensure longterm health and viability of wetlands on
properties in the Wide Bay Burnett coastal area
Collect and synthesise information on the
impacts of current burning practices on native
vegetation and associated habitats, and hazard
reduction effectiveness. Compile evidence to
determine causes of wildfires and assess the
effectiveness of non-fire based methods for
managing urban/bushland interface.
Project Summary
Burnett Mary
Burnett Mary
Eastern Mary
Eastern Mary
Burnett Mary
Eastern Mary
Regional
Basin
Baffle
Creek/Burnett,
Kolan & Burrum
Rivers - coastal
Baffle
Creek/Burnett,
Kolan & Burrum
Rivers - coastal
Six Mile Creek
Six Mile Creek
Burnett & Mary
River Catchments
Six Mile Creek
Conservation
Conservation
Landholder
Vasey Corporation Pty
Ltd
BSES Limited
Indigenous
Project Name
Cherbourg - Managing our
Country
Coordinating the Baffle
Catchment Outcomes
Building capacity for
improved management of
soil and water resources to
the east of the Gooburrum
escarpment at Bundaberg
Developing strategic policies
and analysing data on waste
management to provide
improved and sustainable
practice codes for the North
Burnett Regional group of
Councils
Best Management Practice
for Property Level NRM
Compo-Verm Technology
Awareness Project
Cherbourg Community
Council
Local
Monto Shire Council
Primary
Industry Burnett
Secondary/Tert
iary Industry
Sector
Compo-Verm
(Australia)
Organisation
Page 232 of 235
Coordination of the project submitted by
Build capacity across land managers to reduce
irrigation inputs into the region by making better
use of stored soil moisture and water available
from shallow ground water. Document the extent
and severity of ground water seepages and soil
salinity and capture baseline data on the
interaction between near surface watertables
and the regional aquifers.
Develop a NRM plan for Cherbourg including
assets, conditions and opportunities, and a
capacity building strategy to support
implementation
Implement best management practice at
property level by:*chemical control of Green
Cestrum along the Stuart River*fencing of Stuart
River*thinning existing native vegetation to
support growth in grasses and forb species
Develop and implement policies and practices to
achieve sustainable waste management in the
North and South Western Burnett Mary region
Formation of an industry cluster group in the
region to engage the community and raise
awareness of alternative solutions for the
beneficial reuse of organic wastes
Project Summary
Burnett
Burnett
Baffle
Burnett
Burnett Mary
Burnett Mary
Regional
Basin
Cherbourg
Moore Park,
Croome and
Tantitha Creek
Baffle Creek
Stuart River
Baffle
Creek/Burnett,
Kolan, Burrum, Isis,
Gregory & Mary
Rivers
Burnett River (North
& Central )
Local
Affiliate
Secondary/Terti
ary Industry
Landcare
Monto Shire Council
Conservation
Volunteers Australia
Bundaberg Aquascuba
and Salty's Dive
Centre
Barung Landcare
Association
Project Name
On-Ground Priority NRM
'Devolved Grant' Biodiversity
Schemes
Dive Industry Working Group
Assistance for Nature
Refuges in the Burnett Mary
Region
Local Area Pest
Management Plan
Regional On-Site Sewage
Toolkit
Local
Government Mary
Sector
Caloundra City
Council
Organisation
Page 233 of 235
Formation of a working group to develop best
management practice and conservation of
Woongarra Marine Park including:
*code of conduct for divers
*site hardening
*semi-permanent moorings
*diver facilities
*signage
*awareness raising
Implement strategic on-ground NRM works
using best management practices in:
*riparian revegetation
*riparian remnant protection and enhancement
*riparian stock access/crossings and watering
points
*non-riparian revegetation and remnant
protection (whole of landscape)
Develop a regional on-site sewage toolkit (CD
and booklet) to provide education and
awareness to users of an on-site sewage facility
and to enhance public health and protect
environmental quality
Develop a pest management plan to guide land
managers in the control of pests for the benefit
of the community and assist in prioritising
resources to ensure the most effective control
and eradication
Provide on-ground assistance to Nature Refuge
landholders through the provision of volunteer
labour
Project Summary
Mary
Mary
Burnett Mary
Burnett
Mary
Regional
Basin
Upper Mary
Burnett, Mary,
Kolan, Burrum, Isis,
Gregory & Boyne
Rivers and Baffle
Creek
Great Sandy
Straits/Coastal
North Burnett
Mary River
Landcare
Landcare
Landcare
Landcare
Conservation
Conservation
Barung Landcare
Association
Barung Landcare
Association
Barung Landcare
Association
Barung Landcare
Association
Wildlife Preservation
Society of Queensland
(Hervey Bay Branch
Inc.)
Wildlife Preservation
Society of Queensland
(Hervey Bay Branch
Inc.)
Project Name
Mapping of Wetlands in
Hervey Bay
Urban Stormwater
Infrastructure and
Institutional Development
(inc Wetlands Demo)
BMP Development
(Documents) and Capacity
Building (Training) for
Revegetation Projects)
Rehabilitation of Akarra
Wetlands, Dundowran
Beach, Hervey Bay
Decision Support Tool Baseline Data Audit and
Ground Truthing pilot
program using GIS Webbased Tools
PMP Extension for Priority
NRM Outcomes in Upper
Mary Headwaters
Mary Valley Farm Forestry
Extension
Landcare
Sector
Barung Landcare
Association
Organisation
Page 234 of 235
Proposal to investigate the rehabilitation of
wetlands - initially by raising the lowered water
outlet spillway, separating a man made dam
from the wetlands system and possible removal
of a walkway causing weed management issues
To map the location, size, water quality and
quantity, vegetation, frogs, and birds of the
wetlands of Hervey Bay and their variation with
season and weather conditions. To assess the
role of the wetlands in biodiversity conservation
and the contribution of the wetlands to human
welfare with the aim of determining a method of
conservation.
Groundtruth existing data layers, collate
information for new layers, and develop
processes and programs to manage on-going
community project information management
requirements
Develop property management planning
information modules for training and on-site
extension and education
Management of farm forestry in plantations and
private native forests using targeted and
strategic corridors and fields - complementing
other initiatives proposed by Barung
Demonstrate Best Management Practice
Stormwater options of both hard and soft
engineering construction to address point
source pollution from urban development
Provide training and educational materials on
revegetation and riparian zone management
including project management capacity building
Project Summary
Lower Mary
Lower Mary
Mary
Mary
Mary
Mary
Mary
Regional
Basin
Burrum River
Eli Creek
Upper Mary
Upper Mary
Mary River
Upper Mary
Upper Mary
Coastal
Management
Conservation
Primary
Industry –
Burnett & Mary
Local
Government –
Burnett East
Conservation
Hervey Bay Dugong &
Seagrass Monitoring
Program
Agnes Water
Landcare Group
Queensland
Dairyfarmer’s
Organisation (QDO)
Bundaberg City
Council
Fraser Island World
Heritage Area
Community Advisory
Committee
Individual
Project Name
Fraser Island Research
Project Priorities /Exotic Pest
Review and Treatment
Program.
Property Management Plans
and Incentives Program for
Burnett Mary.
Baldwin Swamp / Gympie
Estate Woongarra Scrub
Remnant Management.
Dairying BetterNBetter.
Agnes Water Flora and
Fauna Conservation
Program
Ecological monitoring of
seagrass and dugong in the
Hervey Bay area
Generic environmental
education module
development based on
Kidzone Environmental Expo
model
Conservation
Landcare
Sector
Gympie & District
Landcare Group Inc
Organisation
Page 235 of 235
7 research and onground projects that address
Fraser Island World Heritage CAC’s priorities
with a focus on research management, exotic
species, visitor impact, and cultural heritage.
Coordinate and support landholders developing
Property Management Plans, and developing an
incentive program to target significant flora and
fauna and land management issues.
Development of environmental education
modules primarily targeted towards Primary
School students and their teachers, based on
the very successful Kidzone Environmental
Expo model - this model is an interactive expo
involving a series of displays, activities and
presentations by local community groups and
Agencies focussing on NRM issues
Build on the Hervey Bay Dugong and Seagrass
Monitoring Program to ensure ongoing
monitoring and extend activities to include an
education and awareness raising program in
local schools
Build and initiate a community nursery to collect
native seeds and cuttings, propagate and
cultivate endemic local plants for use in local
revegetation projects
Implementation of Dairying BetterNBetter for
Tomorrow (NRM Best Management) Practises
across approximately 200 farms over a period of
3 years.
Control of infestations of declared &
environmental terrestrial & aquatic weeds in the
Baldwin Swamp and adjoining Council Land.
Project Summary
Burnett and
Mary
Mary
Burnett
Mary and
Burnett
Baffle
Lower Mary
Mary
Regional
Basin
Various through out
Burnett Mary region.
Fraser Island
Burnett River /
Bundaberg Creek
Various through out
Burnett Mary region.
Baffle Coastal and
Estuaries
Coastal & Marine
Mary Catchment